Riken

■297×477（背表紙 17mm）
No.78E
Power hydraulic Equipment and Tools
PRODUCTS LINEUP
Hydraulic Cylinder
Hydraulic Pump
Hydraulic Valve
Accessory
Exclusive Equipment
100MPa Series
RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD. URL http://www.rikenkiki.co.jp 200MPa Series

4-24-50, Takanawa, Minato-ku, Tokyo, JAPAN 108-0074
Phone: +81-3-3447-1151 Telefax: +81-3-5488-7022 e-Mail: osd@rikenkiki.co.jp Water Equipment
Osaka Branch, Fukuoka Branch
RIKEN KIKI (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD. URL http://www.rikenkiki-sh.com

Room713-715, No.3801 Pusan Road, Pudong, Shanghai P.R China ZIP201315
RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD

Phone: +86-21-5899-7500 Telefax: +86-21-5889-6755 e-Mail: service@rikenkiki-sh.com
No.78E-01 2017
NEW Products Lineup
Page
81
Page
66
Hydraulic Pumps > Battery Pumps Hydraulic Pumps > Electric Pumps
BTP Series EMP-6 Series

Battery Pumps One-Stage Electric Pump (0.75 kW)
• ACompatible
lightweight and easy-to-operate pump. • Win ithdischarge
a high-performance axial piston system, changes
• required). with lithium-ion battery (a battery adapter volume caused by fluctuations in pressure
are greatly reduced.
• Approx.
Number of operation cycles with a fully charged battery
30 cycles with a Panasonic EZ9200S battery
• Equipped with a double safe mechanism of a safety
valve and a pressure switch to prevent an overload.
pack.
Approx. 70 cycles with a Panasonic EZ9L45 battery
pack.
• The improved structure keeps operators from forgetting
to close the air valve and prevents oil leakage. Page
170
Page
114
Hydraulic Valves > Direction-Control Valve Accessories > Quick Coupler
SMVCH-43 VC-70 Series

Multiple-Linkage Type Manual Direction-Control Valve Quick Coupler
• Extremely
Multiple-linkage type manual direction-control valve. • Palressure loss is reduced to 1/5 of that of a convention-
• To meet various
small internal leakage. model (ROC series).
• are available. applications, 6 and 12-linkage types • Tthat
he insertion force required for coupling is about 1/2 of
of a conventional model.
• trolled
All-ports-blocked types or types without a pilot con- • With a lockingtypemechanism
S elf-sealing that prevents oil leakage.
check valve can be linked according to the
application.
• to prevent detachment.
1
cat-No.78E since2017
RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD
Page Page
94 95
Hydraulic Pumps > Special Pumps Hydraulic Pumps > Special Pumps
EPH Series VFMP Series

Engine Pumps Variable Discharge Pump
• DImproves
riven by a gasoline engine. • Amotor
pump unit that can change the rotation speed of the
• pump. work efficiency with a two-stage discharge and the discharge volume to meet various appli-
cations.
• Rgaseduces fuel consumption and emissions of exhaust
and toxic substances.
• Twith
he lineup includes the new VFMP-5 series equipped
a low-pressure pump.
• AEpprox. 25 % lighter (than conventional engine pumps) • With a 2.5 mhave
A ll models the DPGS-70 as standard.
• 100 MPa) with
quipped a roll bar and pressure gauge (ϕ 60 x
as standard.
• ing type). power cable having a 3-pin plug (ground-
• Tduring
he direction-control valve maintains the pressure
the switching transition period or in neutral.
• Bcany using the operation panel of the inverter, the pump
be started and the frequency can be set.
Page
Page
219
175
Accessories > Couplers Various Types of Water Equipment
VC-70-PEA WSMP Series

Couplers (Pressure Elimination Accessory) 70 MPa Electric Water Pumps
• Jpossible.
ust by turning the handle, easy pressure elimination is • Cwater
an increase the pressure up to 70 MPa using tap
as the hydraulic fluid.
• Wforithboth
the attachment, pressure elimination is possible • Due to the
C an be used where the usage of oil is hesitated.
R type and H type couplers. • matically switches
two-stage speed control, the pressure auto-
• Vent type. operating pressure is 10.5 MPa.
T he maximum between high and low speed modes
• for better work efficiency.
2
Contents
Contents
SI Units/Cautions and Warnings 5 Electric Pumps

Riken Products/Warranty 5 Descriptions of Electric Pump Functions 75to77
Handling Precautions for Hydraulic Equipment 6 Specifications for Electric Pump Motor 78
Model Selection 7to8 Outlet Plate 78
Examples of Combinations 9to10 MP-4 Series 79
EMP-5 Series 80
How to Select Hydraulic Cylinders and Handling Precautions EMP-6 Series 81
How to Select Hydraulic Cylinders and Handling Precautions 12
MP-10 Series 82
Single-Acting Cylinders
MP-12H Series 83
LJ Series 13
MP-12 Series 84
MC Series 14
MP-15H Series 85
S Series/MS Series
MP-15 Series 86
40 kN/50 kN 15to16
MP-17H Series 87
100 kN/200 kN 17to20
300 kN/400 kN/500 kN/700 kN 21to22 MP-17 Series 88
Hydraulic Pumps
R Series/MR Series/RJ Series 23to24 MP-20H Series 89
Double-Acting Cylinders MP-20 Series 90
D Series/MD Series MP-40 Series 91
40 kN/50 kN 25to26 MP-75 Series 91
100 kN/200 kN/350 kN/500 kN 27to31 Pumps with Large-Size Modular Valves 92
1000 kN/2000 kN 32 Special Pumps
3000 kN/5000 kN 33 Radial Pumps (RP Series) 93
Hydraulic Cylinders
Special Cylinders Engine Pumps (EPH Series) 94

Strong-Type Double-Acting Cylinders (SD Series) 34to36 Variable Discharge Pumps (VFMP Series) 95
Center Hole Cylinders (SC/DC Series) 37to39 Slight-Discharge Electric Pumps (GMP Series) 96
Lightweight Aluminum Cylinders for Jack-Up (SJ-AL Series) 40 Air Hydraulic Pumps (ON Series) 96
Cylinders for Jack-Up (SJ Series) 41 Automatic Control Static Loading Equipment 97
Cylinders for Jack-Up (SN Series) 42 Esperpack 98
Super Flat Jacks (LF Series) 43
Hydraulic Booster (RKB Series) 99
Toe-Lift Jacks (TS Series) 43
Ultrahigh-Pressure Hydraulic Boosters (IRE Series) 100
Pull Cylinders (MSP/SP Series) 44
Pressure Vessels (PV Series) 101
Hydraulic Cylinder with Stroke Sensor 44
Oil Coolers
Swing Cylinders (SW Series) 45
Water-Cooling Oil Coolers 102
Mini-Cylinders (BR/BRS Series) 46
Air-Cooling Oil Coolers 102
Wedge Ram (W Series) 46
Rotation Rams (SRP Series) 47
Cylinder Parts Examples of Applications
Caps and Tilt Saddles 48 Examples of Valve Applications Shown in Circuit Diagrams 104to105
Piston Bases/Flanges 49 Control Valves
Cylinder Lifting Handles/Cylinder Bases/Plugs for Base Threads 50 Shutoff Valves 106
Clevises/Pins/Washers/Split Pins 51to52 Check Valves with Bypass 106
Attachments 53 Small-Size Flow Control Valve 107
Data Flow Control Valve 107
Cylinder and Pump Selections 54 Needle Valves 107
Cylinder Internal Drawings 55to56 Inline Check Valves 108
Pilot Controlled Check Valves 108
Manual Pumps Pressure Reducing Valve 108
Hydraulic Valves
Manual Pump 58 Counterbalance Valves 109

P-1 Series 59 Relief Valves 109
P-4 Series 60
Electromagnetic Proportional Relief Valve Units 110
P-8 Series 61
Direction-Control Valves
P-5 Series 62
3-Way Valves (Manual/Foot) 111
Hydraulic Pumps
P-7 Series 63
Manual Direction-Control Valves (4-Way 3-Position Valves) 111to112
P-16B/P-6/P-3/P-14T/P-14 64
Manual Direction-Control Valves (4-Way 3-Position Valves) 113
Slight-Discharge Manual Pumps (FHP Series) 65
with Pilot Controlled Check Valve/Counterbalance Valve
Pole Jacks (WJ Series) 65
Battery Pumps Multiple-Linkage Type Manual Direction-Control Valves (SMV Series) 114
Battery Pumps (BTP Series) 66 KD Series 115
Discharge Volume List by Model GSL Series/Dedicated Plates for GSL 115
Discharge Volume List by Model 67 E Series 116
SMP Series M Series 117
Small-Size Portable Electric Pumps (SMP Series) 68 R4 Series 118
Small-Size Portable Electric Pumps for Single-Acting Cylinders 69to71 R46/R48 Series 119
Small-Size Portable Electric Pumps for Double-Acting Cylinders 72to74 External Drawings of Sub-Plates 120
3
Contents
Contents
KD Series Standard Press Stands
List of the KD Series 121 CD Standard Press Stands 188to189
Equipment for Special Use

KD Series 122to129 Press Sets 189
Examples of Application of the KD Series 130to133 Mini Press Stands
E Series CDM Press Frames 190
Hydraulic Valves
List of the E Series 134 Mini Press Sets 191

E Series 135to138 Equipment for Special Use
Examples of Application of the E Series 139 Bolt Tensioners 192
M Series Coupling Pullers/Bearing Pullers 193
List of the M Series 140to142 Straighteners/Rod Cutters 194to195
M Series (Pitches of Ports and Bolt Holes) 142 Pinch-Off Presses 196
M Series (Installation Methods) 142 Master Punches/Port Punches 197to198
M Series 143to153 Punchings 199
M Series Basic Mounting Methods and Combination Examples 154to155 Cable Cutters (CC Series) 200
Large-Size Modular Valves
100 MPa Series Pumps
100 MPa
Large-Size Modular Valves 156to159
Manual Pumps/Electric Pumps 202
100 MPa Series Accessories
Pressure Gauges
High-Pressure Nylon Hoses/Couplers/Joints 203
Pressure Gauges (AS/ASG/DS Models) 161
Pressure Gauges (with Peak Pointer) 161 200 MPa Series Cylinders
Pressure Gauges (with Load Scale) 162 Single-Acting Cylinders (US/ULF Series) 204
Gauge Dampers 162 Double-Acting Cylinders/Caps (UD Series) 205
Pressure Gauge Packing 162 200 MPa Series Pumps
Pressure Gauge Mounting Brackets 163 Ultrahigh-Pressure Manual Pumps (UP Series) 206
Pressure Switches Small-Size Portable Ultrahigh-Pressure Electric Pumps (SMP-200 Series) 207
Digital Pressure Gauges (DPGS-70) 164 Ultrahigh-Pressure Electric Pumps (MP-2000 Series) 208
Pressure Switches (SPS/PCS Models) 165 Esperpack (AMP-2000 Series) 209
200 MPa and Higher
Switches Ultrahigh-Pressure Air Hydraulic Pump (ON-15-2K) 209

Control Boxes 166 200 MPa Series Valves
Switches (Push Button/Foot) 166 4-Way 3-Position Direction-Control Valves (SMVT/HOV-2000 Series) 210
Branches 2-Way Solenoid Valves (SL-2K Series) 210
Branches for One Circuit 167 Shutoff Valves/Check Valves with Bypass/Check Valves 211
Branches for Two Circuits 167 Pilot Controlled Check Valves/Relief Valves/Needle Valves 212
Branches with Shutoff Valve for One Circuit 168to169 200 MPa Series Accessories
Outblocks 169 Pressure Switches/Pressure Gauges 213
Couplers High-Pressure Nylon Hoses (UH14/UH22 Series) 214
Quick Couplers (VC-70 Series) 170 Couplers (S-4/ROC-2K Series) 214
Couplers (S-1/S-2 Series) 171 Branches 215
Accessories
Couplers (S-3/S-5/S-6/S-8 Series) 172 Piping Parts (Pressure Gauge Mounting Bracket/Joints)/Details of Piping Threads 216
One-Touch Couplers (ROC Series) 173 300 MPa/400 MPa Series
Couplers (References) 173to174 Ultrahigh-Pressure Manual Pumps (UP-31/UP-41 Series) 217
Couplers (Pressure Elimination Accessory) 175 Pressure Gauges 217
Oils
Various Types of Water Equipment

Riken Power Oils 175
70 MPa Single-Acting Water Cylinder 218
Hoses
70 MPa Manual Water Pump 218
High-Pressure Rubber Hoses (H3/8 Series) 176
70 MPa Electric Water Pump (WSMP Series) 219
Anti-Spatter Hoses (ANH Series) 176
70 MPa Water Pressure Gauges 219
High-Pressure Nylon Hoses (NH3/8 Series) 177
70 MPa High-Pressure Nylon Hoses/Couplers 220
70 MPa Pressure Gauge Mounting Bracket 221
200 MPa Manual Water Pump 221
200 MPa Water Pressure Gauges 221
Handling Precautions for High-Pressure Hoses and Maintenance 179
Low-Pressure Hoses 179 Data
Joints Details of Special Threads 222
Steel Pipes 180 Tightening Torques of Tapered and Parallel Pipe Threads 222
Bite Type Tube Joints 180to181 Solenoid Specifications 223
Temporary Fastening Tool for Bite Type Tube Joints 181 Hydraulic Oils 224
Welded Joints 182 Table of Standard Bending Loads 225
Data
Air Vent Valves and High-Pressure Crosses 183 Table of Cylinder Speeds 226
High-Pressure Elbows/High-Pressure Tees/High-Pressure 45° Elbows 183 List of Cylinder Packing Sets 227
High-Pressure Y-Shaped Tees/High-Pressure Nipples/High-Pressure Sockets 184 Application Examples
High-Pressure Male-and-Female Sockets/High-Pressure Male-and-Female Square Elbows 185 Application Examples 228to242
Flexible Elbows 186 Index
Rotary Joints 186 Index 243to245
4
SI Units
In this catalogue, the units of pressure, force (load), torque, and stress are expressed in the international system of units (SI
units).
SI unit Conventional unit Conversion rate *Coefficient
Weight kg kgf (weight) 1 kg = 1 kgf 1
Force/Load N kgf 1 N = 0.102 kgf x 9.80
Pressure MPa kgf/cm2 1 MPa = 10.2 kgf/cm2 x 0.098
Torque N•m kgf • m 1 N • m = 0.102 kgf • m x 9.80
Stress N/mm2 kgf/mm2 1 N/mm2 = 0.102 kgf/mm2 x 9.80
The values (*) in the table show coefficients that convert conventional units into SI units.
■■When calculating the necessary pressure in the SI unit:
Output (kN)
Pressure (MPa) = x 10
Cylinder effective area (cm2)
(Reference) To calculate the pressure of a 100 kN cylinder:
100 (kN)
Pressure (MPa) = x 10
14.52 (cm2)
= 68.87 (MPa)
■■When calculating the cylinder output in the SI unit:
Pressure (MPa) x Cylinder effective area (cm2)
Output (kN) =
10
(Reference) To calculate the pressure of a 100 kN cylinder:
70 (MPa) x 14.52 (cm2)
Output (kN) =
10
= 101.64 (kN)
Cautions and Warnings
Be sure to read the operation manual for the product thoroughly before use to obtain a good understanding of the product.
Precautions with the icon in this catalogue are classified into the two categories as shown below. These must be
observed to ensure safety.
Warnings are indicated when mishandling the product may result in death or serious injury.
Cautions are indicated when mishandling the product may result in minor injury to the user, or only physical
damage to this product.
Note: These warnings and cautions do not cover all conceivable ways in which service might be done or all possible hazardous consequences.
Be sure to read the operation manual for the product thoroughly before use to obtain a good understanding of the product. Whenever using the prod-
uct, keep safety first in mind.
Riken Products
1. Riken products are designed for indoor use. They must not be used where exposed to rain water (except some prod-
ucts).
2. Do not use any Riken products where serious damage could result if the hydraulic oil leaks. In particular, they must
not be used near fire. Otherwise, injury or fire could result.
3. Riken products must be used at an ambient temperature of 0 to 40 °C.
4. Riken products do not comply with Japanese Fire Service Act.
5. Some actual logos are different from those of pictures in this catalogue.
6. The contents of this catalogue are subject to change without notice. We are always engaging in new product develop-
ment and provides our latest product information on our website: http://www.rikenkiki.co.jp
Warranty
All our products purchased and properly used in Japan are covered by a one-year warranty from the date of purchase.
If the products are to be used hundreds of times a day, this should be informed prior to purchase; in some cases the
warranty will not apply even within the first year. Defective products which Riken is responsible for will be repaired or
replaced free of charge. However, the company will not be responsible for any damage that occurred in association with
the problem caused by its defective product(s), the expenses for removal of other defective product(s) and attachment of
the replacement, the replacement work, and so on.
Website of RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD
5 http://www.rikenkiki.co.jp
Handling Precautions for Hydraulic Equipment
Closed
Open
Do not get in under an object that Do not throw hydraulic equip- Be sure to open the air valve
is jacked up. ment or handle it roughly. before use.
The cylinder must be used on a flat Do not remove the coupler while When moving the equipment to
surface. Be sure to apply a load to pressure is applied. another location, do not lift it by
the center of the rod. holding the hydraulic hose.
Do not apply a load that exceeds Do not bend the hose to a bend Do not place or allow any object
the maximum cylinder output. radius smaller than the minimum to fall on the hose.
one specified in the catalogue.
Do not hold the operating valve A duster cap is included with the Use the product within the oil vol-
with a pair of pliers. coupler. Attach the cap to the ume range of the oil level gauge.
coupler after use to prevent dust.
6
Model Selection
Output required　　　　 Stroke　　　　
1
kN　　　　 mm　　　　
While the cylinder is operating, the output must be 70 to 80 % of the maximum output
specified in the specifications.Select a cylinder that is longer than the stroke to be used.
How much ● We can manufacture 5000 kN or larger cylinders and even those that are not listed
output is in the catalogue, upon request. Please contact us for further information.
required ?
Selecting a single- or double-acting type
A single- or double-acting type can be selected by return type.
An external force is required to return the

[Load-return type] piston. For the return force, see the speci-
fications for the cylinder.
Single-
acting The return spring generates force to re-
type turn the piston only. In addition, the return
[Spring-return time varies depending on the hose length,
type] the hydraulic oil temperature, and so on.
Select a double-acting type if the cylinder
2
is frequently used and the operating cycle
[Double- time needs to be managed, if pull output
acting type] is required when a heavy jig is attached to
the piston, or if pressure fluctuations are
Cylinder large.
selection
● Be sure to use a cylinder within the operating pressure range. If the internal pressure exceeds the
maximum operating pressure, the cylinder or the hose may be damaged resulting in an accident.
● The cylinder must receive a vertical load at its center. Install the cylinder vertically to the receiving
surface. An eccentric load may overturn or damage the cylinder.
● The allowable eccentric load is within 2.5 % of the load specified in the specifications. Do not apply
a diagonal load or impact load. Doing so may overturn or damage the cylinder.
● The collar thread must be usually used to secure the cylinder with a flange or the like (see page 49).
● Be sure to use a cap or relative item if the piston thread receives a load directly. In addition, use
parts for cylinders (see pages 48 to 52) according to the application.
● If using cylinder parts such as caps, be sure to screw them completely. If they are not screwed com-
pletely and are also used frequently, the piston thread may be damaged. Accordingly, they may be
broken off or not be able to be removed. If the orientations of cylinder parts such as cylinder bases
and clevises are required to be aligned, please let us know your request.
● If the cylinder is frequently used, use a strong-type cylinder (see pages 34 to 36).
Cylinders may be damaged and need repair at an early stage.
● The cylinder output must be within 70 to 80 % of the maximum output.
Cylinders may be damaged and need repair at an early stage.
● Select a cylinder that is longer than the necessary stroke.
Avoid abutting by using the whole stroke. Otherwise, device failure could result.
Selecting a manual (foot) pump or electric pump

● In the case of manual pumps and two-stage electric pumps, low-pressure discharge
volume switches to high-pressure one automatically.
3
Rapid traverse is made under no load condition, which increases work efficiency.
● A combination of valves determines the suitable control circuit, such as a falling-by-
self-weight prevention circuit or a pressure control circuit. See the examples of combi-
Pump nations (see pages 9 and 10) and the examples of valve applications with circuits (see
selection pages 104 and 105). Please contact us for further information.
● When refilling the hydraulic oil, use ISO VG 32 oil. Use ISO VG46 for MP-17 electric
pumps or larger ones and electric pumps of the 200 MPa series.
For hydraulic oil, see “Riken’s Genuine Power Oil” on page 175. For details on hydrau-
lic oils made by oil manufactures, see page 224.
7
Model Selection
Manual pumps
! "#$#%& '()'* +,-*# #..#%&/0# -/$ 0-$()# /* $1r3#r &,14 &,# &-&1$ -/$ 0-$()#* r#5(/r#d .-r
&,# %7$/4d#r (*#d8
! 9-r)1$$7: )14(1$ '()'* 1r# (*#d ,-r/;-4&1$$78 <. &,#7 1r# (*#d 0#r&/%1$$7 =+/&, &,# -(&>
$#& '-r& .1%/43 d-+4+1rd?: *#$#%& 0#r&/%1$ &7'#* .-r &,# @>ABC: @>AC: 14d @>D *#r/#*8
Electric Pumps
! E,# %7$/4d#r *'##d /* d#&#r)/4#d G7 &,# d/*%,1r3# 0-$()# 14d #..#%&/0# 1r#1 -. &,#
3
Pump
(+B(3":''"%&'"-1/548')"*(''8"%.C/'"94"(.0'"==G3"
! E,# -'#r1&/43 01$0# 1&&1%,#d &- &,# '()' d/..#r G#&+##4 &,# */43$#>1%&/43 14d d-(>
G$#>1%&/43 %7$/4d#r*8
selection
!"H&'"-1/548')"*(''8"B+*%"C'"F5%&54"%&'"$9//9F540"*(''8"*('-5I-.%594*3"?%&')F5*'7"%&'"'E+5(B'4%"
)17 G# d1)13#d -r *%1&&#r#d )1&&#r )17 %1(*# /4M(r78
O4d#r 4- $-1d %-4d/&/-4 F PQQ )) R * )1N8

Standard type L& HQ M@1 F AJ"BB R * )1N8
O4d#r 4- $-1d %-4d/&/-4 F AQQQ )) R * )1N8
Strong type L& HQ M@1 F PQ )) R * )1N8
K(r/43 -'#r1&/-4: &,# -/$ &#)'#r1&(r# )(*& G# +/&,/4 1 r143# -. P &- BQ TJ8 <. &,# -/$ &#)'#r1&(r# #N>
%##d* &,# 'r-'#r r143#: &,# #5(/')#4& +/$$ G# d1)13#d 14d 4##d r#'1/r =r#'$1%#)#4& -. '1r&* -r &,#
&18).+/5-",+586".%".4"'.)/1"*%.0'7")'*+/%540"54"(99)"(')$9)B.4-'3"
O*# -'&/-41$ -/$ %--$#r=*? d#'#4d/43 -4 %-4d/&/-4 -. (*#8
Selecting a highpressure rubber hose or nylon hose
4
Hose
! E,#r# 1r# &+- &7'#* -. ,/3,>'r#**(r# ,-*#*F r(GG#r ,-*# 14d 47$-4 ,-*#8 E,# +#/3,&:
&,# )/4/)() G#4d r1d/(*: #&%8 1r# d/..#r#4&8 "## '13#* AHB &- AHI8
! E,# ,-*# &7'# /* d#&#r)/4#d G7 &,# '()'8 J,143# &,# %-('$#r -. &,# %7$/4d#r /. &,#
%-('$#r* -. &,# ,-*# 14d &,# %7$/4d#r d- 4-& )1&%,8
selection ! "## &,# &1G$#* =-4 '13#* AHB &- AHI? &,1& *,-+ %-rr#*'-4d#4%# -. ,-*#*: ,-*#
$#43&,*: '()'*: 14d %7$/4d#r*8
Coupler selection
5
Coupler
! J-('$#r* +,-*# */;#* %-rr#*'-4d &- d/..#r#4& d/*%,1r3# 0-$()#* -. '()'* 1r# 101/$>
1G$#8 <. &,# %-('$#r */;# /* /4%-rr#%&: &,# 'r#d#&#r)/4#d %7$/4d#r *'##d )17 4-& G#
1&&1/4#d: 14d 1$*- 4-/*# 14d ,#1& .r-) &,# ,7dr1($/% -/$ %-($d r#*($&8
! "#%(r#$7 14d %-)'$#&#$7 %-44#%& &,# %-('$#r*8 K- 4-& %-44#%& -r *#'1r1&# &,# %-(>
selection '$#r* +,/$# 'r#**(r# /* 1''$/#d8
! L d(*&#r %1' /* /4%$(d#d +/&, 1 %-('$#r8 C# *(r# &- (*# &,# %1' 1.&#r (*#8
!"#$"%&'"()'**+)'",+-%+.%'*"/.)0'/1"2'303"(+4-&54067"89"49%"+*'":;<7":;=7"49)">?@;<A"-9+>
'$#r*8
6
Accessory
Accessory selection
! @r#**(r# 31(3#* 14d *+/&%,#*: 01r/-(* &7'#* -. M-/4&*: #&%8 1r# 101/$1G$#8
! "#$#%& M-/4&* 14d ,/3,>'r#**(r# '/'/43 &,1& %-rr#*'-4d &- &,# )1N/)() -'#r1&/43 'r#*>
*(r# -. &,# '()' (*#d8
selection
!":('-5./"B9+4%540"C).-D'%*".)'")'E+5)'8"$9)">5D'4"()'**+)'"0.+0'*".48"*F5%-&'*3"
8
Examples of Combinations
■■Type 1
● A basic combination of a manual pump and a single-acting cylinder. R-10PM
● To mount a pressure gauge, a mounting bracket such as T-1 (coupler
MS1-150VC
connection type), T-2, or T-5 (screw-in type) are required.
NH3/8-1VC
P-1B CB-10M
■■Type 2
● An example of combination of an electric pump and a single-acting cylin-
der.
● Select an electric pump according to the cylinder speed required. See the
R-10PM
cylinder speed table (on page 226).
MS1-150VC
EMP-5B NH3/8-1VC
CB-10M
■■Type 3
● If cylinders are used by one pump, a branch is required.
● Two types of branches are available: pump connection type and hose MS1-150VC x 2 R-10PM x 2
connection type (see page 167).
B-2
P-1B NH3/8-1VC x 2
CB-10M x 2
■■Type 4
● Similar to type 3, it can enable or disable each cylinder using a branch with
valves (see page 168).
R-10PM x 4
MS1-150VC x 4
CBV-43VC
EMP-5B NH3/8-1VC x 5 CB-10M x 4
■■Type 5
● A combination of a manual pump and a double-acting cylinder.
● To use a double-acting cylinder, a pump with a 4-way direction-control R-10PM
valve is required. MD1-150VC
AS100-100M
NH3/8-1VC x 2
CB-10M
P-1D
■■Type 6
● A combination of an electric pump (with a 4-way manual direction-control
valve) and a double-acting cylinder.
R-10PM
● To use a double-acting cylinder, a pump with a 4-way direction-control
valve is required.
MD1-150VC
NH3/8-1VC x 2
EMP-5C
CB-10M
9
Examples of Combinations
■■Type 7
● The direction control valve can be placed away from the pump to allow
easy operation. R-10PM
● Direction-control valves with a square flange are also available to secure a MD1-150VC
direction-control valve to a panel, etc.
L3/8-1
NH3/8-1VC x 3
EMP-5B MHV-4B CB-10M
VC-70-R3
MPS-31
■■Type 8
● If double-acting cylinders are used by one pump, a branch is required for
both push and pull sides. As standard products, the BW-23 and -24 are
available for two double-acting cylinders (see page 167).　
R-10PM x 2
MD1-150VC x 2
BW-23VC
V-13C x 2
EMP-5C NH3/8-1VC x 6 CB-10M x 2
■■Type 9
● This is a solenoid valve version of type 6.
● Valves and the like may be required depending on the type of work.
● Please contact us for further information including valve combinations. R-10PM
MD1-150VC
NH3/8-1VC x 2
EMP-5SW
CB-10M
■■Type 10
● Prevents a heavy load from falling by its own weight while the cylinder is
moving down the load. R-10PM
● Adjusts the pressure of the counterbalance valve to appropriate one for the
MD1-150VC
heavy load to ensure smooth operation.　
NH3/8-1VC x 2
P-1DCB
CB-10M
(External pilot system)
■■Type 11
● A solenoid valve version of type 10.　
R-10PM
MD1-150VC
NH3/8-1VC x 2
EMP-5SCB
CB-10M
(External pilot system)
■■Type 12
● An electric pump equipped with Esperblock valve mounting units.
● This combination does not need piping joints or the like between valves. R-10PM x 3
MD1-150VC x 3
Also compact for easy circuit configuration and modification.　
MP-10 with mounted valves

NH3/8-1VC x 6 CB-10M x 3
10
Hydraulic Cylinders
How to Select Hydraulic Cylinders

･･･････････ 12
and Handling Precautions
Single-Acting Cylinders ･･･････････ 13 to 24
Double-Acting Cylinders ･･･････････ 25 to 33
Special Cylinders ･･･････････ 34 to 47
Cylinder Parts ･･･････････ 48 to 53
Data ･･･････････ 54 to 56
11
!"l$%d'r)
How to Select Hydraulic Cylinders and Handling Precautions
!"dr%&l() +"l(,d-r.
*+,'r%-l -%d $%,'r%-l dr-/$%0) -r' -1-$l-2l' 3or -ll 5od'l).
! @'3'r ,o A-0' 7 r'0-rd$%0 5od'l )'l'9,$o%.
1 How to determine the output 6 Operating environment
! 78$l' ,8' 9"l$%d'r $) o:'r-,$%0; ,8' o<,:<, 5<), 2' 70 ! @$E'% :rod<9,) 5<), 2' <)'d -, -% -52$'%, ,'5:'r-?
"#$%&$'$#($")*$+,-.+/+$#/"0/"$10*2.3*4$.5$")*$10*2.3? ,<r' o3 0 ,o R0 S!. M% ,8' 9-)' o3 9"l$%d'r) ,8-, %''d -
9-,$o%). lo/ 1ol<5' o3 o$l; ,8' $%,'r%-l :r'))<r' 5-" $%9r'-)'
d':'%d$%0 o% ,8' -52$'%, ,'5:'r-,<r'. M% ,8$) 9-)'; -
2 How to determine the stroke C<$9E 9o<:l'r or - o%'?,o<98 9o<:l'r 5-" %o, 2' -2l'
! N'l'9, - 9"l$%d'r /8o)' ),roE' $) lo%0'r ,8-% ,8-, ,o 2' ,o 2' 9o%%'9,'d.
r'C<$r'd. ! Q<r$%0 o:'r-,$o%; ,8' 8"dr-<l$9 o$l ,'5:'r-,<r' 5<), 2'
/$,8$% D ,o 60 S!.
3 How to determine the cylinder type: singleacting or doubleacting ! @$E'% :rod<9,) -r' d')$0%'d 3or $%door <)' J'+9':,
)o5' :rod<9,)L.
!$678.54*91$,9*$28,11.3*4$.5"#$")*$1.5:8*;,2".5:$"70*$
Jlo-d?r',<r%; ):r$%0?r',<r%L -%d ,8' do<2l'?-9,$%0 ,":' 7 Handling Precautions
J8"dr-<l$9?r',<r%L -99ord$%0 ,o ,8' r',<r% 3<%9,$o%.
! Wo-d?r',<r% ,":') 8-1' %o r',<r% 3<%9,$o%. U% '+,'r%-l ! M3 - 9"l$%d'r ,8-, /orE) %or5-ll" /$,8 )'l3?)'-l$%0 9o<?
3or9' $) r'C<$r'd ,o r',<r% ,8' :$),o%. :l'r) JN?1@; N?2R@; N?D@L
),o:) )<dd'%l"; ,8' 5o), `-:
R0 EF 9"l$%d'r ____ U::ro+. 0.07 EF l$E'l" 9-<)' $) loo)'%')) J-
100 EF 9"l$%d'r ____ U::ro+. 0.1D EF 0-:L 2',/''% ,8' 9o<:l'r).
!"#$%&'()*"#$ ,-%"#d&r0 1234%&'()*"#$ ,-%"#d&r0 !5&)"6% ,-%"#d&r0

Return 200 EF 9"l$%d'r ____ U::ro+. 0.VD EF G$08,'% ,8' 9o<:l'r) -0-$%
force V00 EF 9"l$%d'r ____ U::ro+. 0.RD EF <)$%0 - ,ool $3 - 0-: '+$),).
D00 EF 9"l$%d'r ____ U::ro+. 0.7D EF
1000 EF 9"l$%d'r ____ U::ro+. 1.D0 EF
! G8' r',<r% ):r$%0 o3 - )$%0l'?-9,$%0 9"l$%d'r 0'%'r-,')
3or9' ,o r',<r% ,8' :$),o% o%l". M% -dd$,$o%; ,8' r',<r%
,$5' 1-r$') d':'%d$%0 o% ,8' 8o)' l'%0,8; ',9. ! U1o$d <)$%0 ,8' /8ol' ),roE' o3 ,8' 9"l$%d'r. JU1o$d
! N'l'9, - do<2l'?-9,$%0 ,":' $3 ,8' 9"l$%d'r $) 3r'C<'%,l" -2<,,$%0 2" <)$%0 ,8' /8ol' ),roE'.L
<)'d or $3 :<ll o<,:<, $) r'C<$r'd /8'% - 8'-1" H$0 $) ! U ),ro%0 9"l$%d'r J)'' :-0') VR ,o V6L $) r'9o55'%d?
-,,-98'd ,o ,8' :$),o%. 'd $3 ,8' 9"l$%d'r $) 3r'C<'%,l" <)'d. Al'-)' 9o%,-9, <)
3or 3<r,8'r $%3or5-,$o%.
M3 -,,-98$%0 - 8'-1" H$0 or ,8' l$E' ,o ,8' :$),o%; )'l'9, -
:<5: /$,8 - 3-ll$%0?2"?)'l3?/'$08, :r'1'%,$o% 1-l1'. P,8'r? 8 Special cylinders
/$)'; ,8'r' $) - d-%0'r o3 )l$d$%0 o3 ,8' :$),o% -, - ):''d
/8$98 ,8' :<5: 9-%%o, 8-%dl' or 9-<)'d 2" ,8' /'$08, o3 ! B:o% r'C<'),; D000 EF or l-r0'r 9"l$%d'r) -%d '1'%
,8' H$0; ',9. /8'% ,8' :<5: do') %o, /orE.
,8o)' ,8-, -r' %o, l$),'d $% ,8' 9-,-lo0<' 9-% 2' 5-%<?
3-9,<r'd. Al'-)' 9o%,-9, <) 3or 3<r,8'r $%3or5-,$o%.
4 How to determine the cylinder speed
9 Attached couplers
,-%"#d&r 56r*0
! M3 ,8' :<5: $) <)'d /$,8 -% 'l'9,r$9 :<5: ; )'l'9, -
:<5: )<$,-2l' 3or ,8' -::l$9-,$o% r'3'rr$%0 ,o ,8' 9"l$%? ! B)' - V!?70 C<$9E 9o<:l'r ,8-, 'l$5$%-,') loo)'%$%0 $3
d'r ):''d ,-2l' Jo% :-0' 226L. - 9o<:l'r $) 3r'C<'%,l" r'5o1'd or $) )<2H'9, ,o 1$2r-?
,$o% J)'' :-0' 170L.
G8' 9"l$%d'r ):''d 5<), 2' /$,8$% ,8' 3ollo/?
! M3 ,8' $5:-9, :r'))<r' $) 8$08 J'.0. :<%98$%0)L; do %o,
.5:$10**4$10*2.32,".#51<$=")*9>.1*?$")*$*@/.0?
<)' N?1; N?2; -%d @P! 9o<:l'r).
5'%, 5-" 2' d-5-0'd or )9-,,'r'd 5-,,'r
! N'9<r'l" -%d 9o5:l','l" 9o%%'9, ,8' 9o<:l'r).Qo %o,
5-" 9-<)' $%H<r".
XN,-%d-rd ,":'Y B%d'r %o lo-d 9o%d$,$o%Z D00 55[) 5-+.
9o%%'9, or )':-r-,' ,8' 9o<:l'r) /8$l' :r'))<r' $) 16*6
U, 70 M:-Z V0 55[) 5-+. -::l$'d.
XN,ro%0 ,":'Y B%d'r %o lo-d 9o%d$,$o%Z 1000 55[) 5-+. ! M3 :r'))<r' $) l$E'l" ,o 2' -::l$'d ,o ,8' $%)$d' o3 ,8'
U, 70 M:-Z D0 55[) 5-+. 9"l$%d'r d<' ,o ,8' -52$'%, ,'5:'r-,<r'; <)' ,8' :r')?
)<r' 'l$5$%-,$o% -99'))or" ,o r'5o1' :r'))<r' 2'3or'
5 How to determine the mounting and securing methods 9o%%'9,$o%.
! G8' 9"l$%d'r )8o<ld 2' lo-d'd 1'r,$9-ll". 10 Other
! G8' -llo/-2l' '99'%,r$9 lo-d $) /$,8$% 2.D ] o3 ,8' lo-d
10*2.3*4$.5$")*$10*2.32,".#51<$ ! G8' 9o%,'%,) o3 ,8$) 9-,-lo0<' -r' )<2H'9, ,o 98-%0'
! G8' 9oll-r ,8r'-d 5<), 2' 0'%'r-ll" <)'d ,o )'9<r' ,8' /$,8o<, %o,$9'.
278.54*9$>.")$,$A,5:*$#9$")*$8.B*$C1**$0,:*$DEF<$ Al'-)' 1$)$, o<r /'2)$,' 3or ,8' l-,'), $%3or5-,$o%.
! G8' 9-: )8o<ld -l/-") 2' <)'d /8'% ,8' lo-d $)
r'9'$1'd d$r'9,l" 2" ,8' :$),o%. M% -dd$,$o%; <)' 9"l$%d'r http://www.rikenkiki.co.jp
:-r,) J)'' :-0') R^ ,o DVL -99ord$%0 ,o ,8' -::l$9-,$o%.
78'% <)$%0 9"l$%d'r :-r,) )<98 -) 9-:); 2' )<r' ,o )9r'/
,8'5 9o5:l','l". 78'% ,8'" -r' %o, )9r'/'d 9o5:l','l"
-%d -l)o <)'d 3r'C<'%,l"; ,8' ,8r'-d 5-" 2' d-5-0'd;
-%d -99ord$%0l" ,8'" 5-" 2' 2roE'% o33 or %o, 2' -2l' ,o
2' r'5o1'd. M3 ,8' or$'%,-,$o%) o3 9"l$%d'r :-r,) )<98 -) -
9"l$%d'r 2-)' -%d 9l'1$) %''d ,o 2' -l$0%'d; :l'-)' l', <)
E%o/ "o<r r'C<'),.
12
Single-acting cylinders (spring-return type)
100 to 2000 kN (LJ Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders
Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa Model code structure

Maximum output 100 to 2000 kN
Stroke 15 mm LJ 1 - 15 VC
Cylinder system Single-acting
Stroke Attached coupler
Return system Spring-return Maximum output (mm) VC : VC-70-R3
1 : 100kN S : S-1R
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8
2 : 200kN T : ROC-13R
● Thin jack with 15 mm stroke for all models. 3 : 300kN -NC : W/O coupler
● 500 kN and larger jacks have a handle. 5 : 500kN
● The cylinder tube and piston stop ring are plated with electroless 7.5 : 750kN
nickel. 10 : 1000kN
15 : 1500kN
For cylinder and pump selections, see page 54. 20 : 2000kN
Single-acting cylinder
LJ series
■■LJ3-15VC ■■LJ1-15VC/LJ2-15VC/LJ3-15VC
Special Cylinders Double-Acting Cylinders Single-Acting Cylinders
■■LJ5-15VC/LJ7.5-15VC/LJ10-15VC ■■LJ15-15VC/LJ20-15VC
Cylinder parts
■■Specifications
Data
Model LJ1-15 LJ2-15 LJ3-15 LJ5-15 LJ7.5-15 LJ10-15 LJ15-15 LJ20-15

Maximum output kN 100 200 300 500 750 1000 1500 2000
2
Effective area cm 14.52 30.19 46.56 72.38 109.35 149.57 215.12 285.26
Minimum overall length A 44 52 58 65 76 83 99 112
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 43 62 77 96 118 138 165.5 190.6
Cylinder external diameter ϕC 70 88 105 132 154 174 214 262
Piston diameter ϕD 34 48 60 82 105 112 140 165
Piston protrusion length H 1
Width across flats R 60 78 98 — — — — —
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46
protrusion S-1R S ≈ 53
length ROC-13R ≈ 49
Coupler position T 17 18 19 21 25 28 27 28
3
Required oil volume cm 22 46 70 109 164 225 323 428
Approx. weight kg 1.1 2.1 3.5 6.4 10.5 14.2 26.2 45.0
13
50 to 200 kN (MC Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Maximum output 50/100/200 kN
Cylinder system Single-acting MC 05 - 25 VC
Return system Spring-return
Single-acting cylinder Attached coupler
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 MC series Stroke VC : VC-70-R3
● The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. Maximum output (mm) S : S-1R
● A special head cover is included. 05 : 50kN T : ROC-13R
● Short type having a minimized overall length. 1 : 100kN -NC : W/O coupler
2 : 200kN
For cylinder and pump selections, see page 54.
■■MC2-50VC ■■MC05-25VC/50VC ■■MC1-50VC

■■MC1-15VC/25VC/35VC
■■MC2-25VC/50VC
Single-Acting Cylinders Double-Acting Cylinders Special Cylinders

Model MC05-25 MC05-50 MC1-15 MC1-25 MC1-35 MC1-50 MC2-25 MC2-50
Maximum output kN 50 100 200
2
Effective area cm 7.16 14.52 28.74
Stroke mm 25 50 15 25 35 50 25 50
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 30.2 43 60.5
Cylinder external diameter ϕC 46 57 82
Cylinder parts
Piston diameter ϕD 18 28 37 38
Head cover diameter ϕF 20 27 45 36
Piston protrusion length H 11 11 19 16
Piston hole diameter ϕJ 8 19 — 19
Piston hole length K 25 30 — 35
Collar thread size M M45 x 1.5 M58 x 2 M82 x 2 Data
Collar thread length N 23 25 50

Incomplete thread length R 3 6 6
VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
Coupler
protrusion S-1R S ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53
length
ROC-13R ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49
Coupler position T 25 21 25 25
Boss length U 18 17 19
3
Approx. weight kg 1.2 1.7 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.1 4.3 5.6
■■Compatible attachments
Attachment location Cylinder parts MC05-25 MC05-50 MC1-15 MC1-25 MC1-35 MC1-50 MC2-25 MC2-50
Piston Tilt saddle — R-1020SP — R-1020SP
Collar thread Flange 5FM 10FM 20FM
14
40 kN (S Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa

Model code structure
Maximum output 40 kN
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 28.6 S 04 - 15 VC
Effective area 6.42 cm2
Cylinder system Single-acting Maximum output Attached coupler
04 : 40 kN VC : VC-70-R3
Return system Spring-return S : S-1R
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 T : ROC-13R
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. Single-acting cylinder -NC : W/O coupler
S series Stroke (mm)
■■S04-15VC ■■S04-15VC ■■S04-40VC

■■S04-50VC ■■S04-70VC ■■S04-127VC/S04-150VC
Model S04-15 S04-40 S04-50 S04-70 S04-127 S04-150
Stroke mm 15 40 50 70 127 150
Cylinder parts
Minimum overall length A 46 126 148 190 252 288

Piston diameter ϕD 25 17 25
Piston thread size E — 3/4-14NPT
Piston thread length G — 24
Piston protrusion length H — 11 29
Collar thread size M — 1 1/2-16NS
Data
Collar thread length N — 27 28

Base thread size P — 3/4-14NPT
Incomplete thread length R — 2 3
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 40
protrusion S-1R S ≈ 53 ≈ 47
length ROC-13R ≈ 49 ≈ 43
Coupler position T 18 20 20 35 40
Required oil volume cm3 10 26 33 45 82 97
Approx. weight kg 0.7 1.2 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.1
Attachment location Cylinder parts S04-15 S04-40 S04-50 S04-70 S04-127 S04-150
Cap — With special head cover R-4P
Piston
Piston base — RB-4
Piston thread
Clevis — CLF-4-A (B)
Collar thread Flange — 4FS
Cylinder base — CB-4
Base thread
Clevis — CLM-4-A (B)
15
50 kN (MS Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 30.2 MS 05 - 50 VC
05 : 50 kN VC : VC-70-R3
Single-acting cylinder -NC : W/O coupler
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated.
MS series Stroke (mm)
■■MS05-100VC ■■MS05-50VC ■■MS05-75VC/100VC/125VC/150VC

Model MS05-50 MS05-75 MS05-100 MS05-125 MS05-150
Stroke mm 50 75 100 125 150
Minimum overall length A 154 211 236 261 286
Cylinder external diameter ϕC 46 45
Piston diameter ϕD 26
Piston thread size E M20 x 1.5
Piston thread length G 25
Cylinder parts
Collar thread size M M45 x 1.5
Collar thread length N 23
Base thread size P — M20 x 1.5
Base thread depth Q — 24
Incomplete thread length R 3
Data
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 39
Coupler position T 20 43
3
Required oil volume cm 36 54 72 90 108
Approx. weight kg 1.5 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.7
Attachment location Cylinder parts MS05-50 MS05-75 MS05-100 MS05-125 MS05-150
Cap R-5PM
Piston thread Piston base RB-5M
Clevis CLF-5-1 (2)
Collar thread Flange 5FM
Cylinder base — CB-5M
Base thread
Clevis — CLM-5-1 (2)
16
100 kN (MS Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders

Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 43 MS 1 - 50 VC
Maximum output Attached coupler
Cylinder system Single-acting 1 : 100 kN VC : VC-70-R3
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. MS series Stroke (mm)
■■MS1-100VC ■■MS1-50VC ■■MS1-75VC to 300VC

Model MS1-50 MS1-75 MS1-100 MS1-125 MS1-150 MS1-200 MS1-250 MS1-300
Stroke mm 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
Cylinder external diameter ϕC 58
Piston thread size E M28 x 2
Cylinder parts

Collar thread size M M58 x 2
Base thread size P — M28 x 2
Data
3
Approx. weight kg 2.8 3.7 4.1 4.5 4.9 5.8 6.6 7.5
Attachment location Cylinder parts MS1-50 MS1-75 MS1-100 MS1-125 MS1-150 MS1-200 MS1-250 MS1-300
Cap R-10PM
Tilt saddle R-10SP
Piston thread
Piston base RB-10M
Clevis CLF-10-1 (2)
Base thread
17
100 kN (S Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 43 S 1 - 12 VC
1 : 100 kN VC : VC-70-R3
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated.
■■S1-100VC ■■S1-12VC/35VC ■■S1-55VC

*The dimensions in parentheses show those of the S1-35VC.
■■S1-100VC ■■S1-120VC ■■S1-50VC/150VC/200VC/255VC/300VC
Model S1-12 S1-35 S1-55 S1-100 S1-50 S1-120 S1-150 S1-200 S1-255 S1-300
Stroke mm 12 35 55 100 50 120 150 200 255 300
Minimum overall length A 81 136 130 235 201 280 300 369 414 471
Cylinder parts
Piston thread size E — 1 1/4-11.5NPT
Collar thread size M 2 1/4-14NS
Collar thread length N 27 30
Base thread size P — 1 1/4-11.5NPT Data
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 39
Coupler position T 21 25 25 25 40 50 40
Required oil volume cm3 18 51 80 146 73 175 218 291 371 436
Approx. weight kg 1.5 2.3 2.1 3.8 3.1 4.4 4.7 5.8 6.5 7.4
Attachment location Cylinder parts S1-12 S1-35 S1-55 S1-100 S1-50 S1-120 S1-150 S1-200 S1-255 S1-300
Cap With special head cover R-10P
Piston thread Piston base — RB-10
Collar thread Flange 10F
Base thread
18
200 kN (MS Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders

Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 60.5 MS 2 - 75 VC
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. MS series Stroke (mm)
■■MS2-100VC ■■MS2-75VC/100VC/125VC/150VC ■■MS2-200VC/250VC/300VC/500VC

* Male-and-female sockets are attached to the MS2-

200/250/300/500. Be sure to use these sockets even when
connecting a pipe directly without a coupler.
Model MS2-75 MS2-100 MS2-125 MS2-150 MS2-200 MS2-250 MS2-300 MS2-500
Stroke mm 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 500
Cylinder parts

Base thread size P M40 x 2
Base thread depth Q 39
Data

Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 80
Coupler position T 61
Required oil volume cm3 216 288 360 432 575 719 863 1437
Approx. weight kg 8.2 9.0 9.8 11.7 12.5 14.1 16.0 21.3
Attachment location Cylinder parts MS2-75 MS2-100 MS2-125 MS2-150 MS2-200 MS2-250 MS2-300 MS2-500
Cap R-20PM
Tilt saddle R-20SP
Piston thread
Piston base RB-20M
Clevis CLF-20-1 (2)
Cylinder base CB-20M
Base thread
Clevis CLM-20-1 (2)
19
200 kN (S Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 65 S 2 - 25 VC
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. S series Stroke (mm)
■■S2-70VC ■■S2-25VC/50VC

■■S2-70VC/126VC/200VC ■■S2-250VC/320VC/510VC
* Male-and-female sockets are attached to the S2-250/320/510.

Be sure to use these sockets even when connecting a pipe directly without a coupler.
Model S2-25 S2-50 S2-70 S2-126 S2-200 S2-250 S2-320 S2-510
Stroke mm 25 50 70 126 200 250 320 510
Cylinder parts
Piston diameter ϕD 45 57
Piston thread size E — 2-11.5NPT
Piston protrusion length H 16 15 28
Data
Base thread size P — 2-11.5NPT
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 76
Coupler position T 25 48 47
Approx. weight kg 4.6 5.8 8.0 9.7 12.3 14.5 17.0 25.0
Attachment location Cylinder parts S2-25 S2-50 S2-70 S2-126 S2-200 S2-250 S2-320 S2-510
Cap With special head cover R-20P
Piston thread Piston base — RB-20
Base thread
20
300 to 500 kN (S Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders

Cylinder system Single-acting Ｓ 3 - 50 VC
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 3 : 300 kN VC : VC-70-R3
4 : 400 kN S : S-1R
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. 5 : 500 kN T : ROC-13R
For cylinder and pump selections, see page 54. Single-acting cylinder -NC : W/O coupler
■■S5-25VC ■■S3-50VC/125VC/200VC/S4-125VC ■■S5-25VC

■■S5-50VC
Model S3-50 S3-125 S3-200 S4-125 S5-25 S5-50
Effective area cm2 44.17 57.77 71.63
Stroke mm 50 125 200 125 25 50
Cylinder parts
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 75 85.77 95.5

Piston thread size E M65 x 2 M70 x 2 —
Piston protrusion length H 35 35 — 21
Collar thread size M M100 x 2 M115 x 2 — M127 x 2.5
Data
Collar thread length N 59 60 — 55

Base thread size P M65 x 2 M70 x 2 —
Base thread depth Q 30 30 —
Incomplete thread length R 6 6 — 6
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
length ROC-13R ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49
Coupler position T 50 52 52 35 30
3
Required oil volume cm 221 553 884 723 180 359
Approx. weight kg 11.7 15.3 19.0 19.5 9.4 13.8
Cap R-30P R-40P — With special head cover
Piston thread
Piston base RB-30 RB-40 —
Collar thread Flange 30F — — 50F
Base thread Cylinder base CB-30 CB-40 —
21
500 to 700 kN (S Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Maximum output 500/700 kN
Cylinder system Single-acting S 5 - 53 VC
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 5 : 500 kN VC : VC-70-R3
7 : 700 kN S : S-1R
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. T : ROC-13R
For cylinder and pump selections, see page 54. Single-acting cylinder -NC : W/O coupler
■■S5-53VC ■■S5-53VC/100VC/153VC/S7-100VC

■■S7-25VC ■■S7-50VC
Model S5-53 S5-100 S5-153 S7-25 S7-50 S7-100
Maximum output kN 500 700
Effective area cm2 71.63 102.69
Cylinder parts
Stroke mm 53 100 153 25 50 100
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 95.5 114.35
Piston diameter ϕD 88.5 78 100 95
Piston thread size E M92 x 2.5 — M90 x 2
Data
Piston protrusion length H 27 — 21 35
Collar thread size M M127 x 2.5 — M150 x 3
Collar thread length N 55 — 60
Incomplete thread length R 6 — 6
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
3
Approx. weight kg 18.0 22.0 26.0 16.5 22.6 31.5
Cap R-50P — With special head cover R-70P
Piston thread
Piston base RB-50 —
Flange 50F —
Collar thread
Lifting handle TH-127 —
22
Single-Acting Cylinders (load-return type)
40 to 100 kN (R/MR/RJ Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders

Maximum output
Cylinder system
40/100 kN
Single-acting
Ｒ 04 - 15 VC
Return system Load-return Maximum output Attached coupler
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 Single-acting cylinder 04 : 40 kN VC : VC-70-R3
R series 1 : 100 kN S : S-1R
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. MR series T : ROC-13R
RJ series -NC : W/O coupler
For cylinder and pump selections, see page 54. Stroke (mm)
*For the MR and RJ series, only 100 kN type is available as the maximum output.
■■R04-15VC ■■R04-15VC/30VC ■■R1-30VC

■■MR1-63VC/R1-63VC ■■RJ1-63VC
Model R04-15 R04-30 R1-30 R1-63 MR1-63 RJ1-63
Maximum output kN 40 100
Cylinder parts
Effective area cm2 6.42 14.52

Cylinder return force kN ≈ 0.07 ≈ 0.15
Stroke mm 15 30 30 63
Minimum overall length A 44 60 89 125
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 28.6 43
Data
Piston protrusion length H 1 11
Piston hole length K — 30
Collar thread size M — — 2 1/4-14NS M58 x 2 —
Collar thread length N — — 30 25 —
Incomplete thread length R — — 6 —
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
Boss length U 19.5 18 17
Approx. weight kg 0.6 0.8 1.7 2.3 2.3 2.4
Attachment location Cylinder parts R04-15 R04-30 R1-30 R1-63 MR1-63 RJ1-63
Piston Tilt saddle — R-1020SP
Collar thread Flange — — 10F 10FM —
23
Single-Acting Cylinders (load-return type)
200 to 1000 kN (R Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Maximum output 200/300/500/1000 kN R 2 - 10 VC

2 : 200 kN VC : VC-70-R3
Return system Load-return 3 : 300 kN S : S-1R
5 : 500 kN T : ROC-13R
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 10 : 1000 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Stroke (mm)
●The piston and the inside of the cylinder tube are plated. Single-acting cylinder
R series
■■R2-50VC ■■R2-10VC ■■R2-50VC/R3-50VC

■■R5-50VC ■■R10-50VC
Cylinder parts
Model R2-10 R2-50 R3-50 R5-50 R10-50
Maximum output kN 200 300 500 1000
2
Effective area cm 33.18 44.17 71.63 146.55
Cylinder return force kN ≈ 0.35 ≈ 0.45 ≈ 0.75 ≈ 1.5
Data
Stroke mm 10 50 50 50 50
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 65 75 96 136.6
Cylinder external diameter ϕC 86 102 127 175
Head cover diameter ϕF — 54 54 65 90
Piston protrusion length H 1 16 16 16 21
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
protrusion S-1R S ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53
length ROC-13R ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49
Boss length U 19 17 19 19 —
Required oil volume cm3 34 166 221 359 733
Approx. weight kg 3.3 5.1 7.5 13.0 30.0
*Cylinder parts and attachments cannot be attached to the above cylinders.
24
Double-Acting Cylinders
40 kN (D Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders

Maximum output on the push side 40 kN
Effective area on the push side 6.42 cm2 D 04 - 50 VC
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 28.6
Maximum output on the pull side 16.3 kN Attached coupler
Double-acting cylinder VC : VC-70-R3
Effective area on the pull side 2.62 cm2 Ｄ series S : S-1R
Cylinder system Double-acting Maximum output T : ROC-13R
Stroke (mm)
● The piston is plated.
■■D04-50VC ■■D04-50VC ■■D04-85VC/150VC/200VC ■■D04-250VC
* The dimensions in parentheses show those of

the D04-85VC.
Model D04-50 D04-85 D04-150 D04-200 D04-250
Stroke mm 50 85 150 200 250
Cap thread size J 3/4-14NPT
Cylinder parts
Cap thread length K 24

Base thread size P — 3/4-14NPT
VC-70-R3 ≈ 46
Data
Coupler pro- S (push side)

S-1R ≈ 53
trusion length V (pull side)
ROC-13R ≈ 49
Coupler position on the push side T 17 47
Boss length on the push side U — 18 19 17
Coupler position on the pull side W 45
Boss length on the pull side X 17 18 19 17
Distance between the ports Y 78 96 162 212 261
Approx. weight kg 2.0 2.6 3.3 3.9 4.3
Attachment location Cylinder parts D04-50 D04-85 D04-150 D04-200 D04-250
Cap R-4P
Cap thread Piston base RB-4
Clevis CLF-4-A (B)
Collar thread Flange 4FD
Base thread
25
50 kN (MD Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Effective area on the push side 7.16 cm2 MD 05 - 50 VC
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 30.2
Effective area on the pull side 3.36 cm2 MD series S : S-1R
● The piston is plated. Stroke (mm)

■■MD05-100VC ■■MD05-50VC ■■MD05-75VC ■■MD05-100VC to 250VC

Model MD05-50 MD05-75 MD05-100 MD05-150 MD05-200 MD05-250
Stroke mm 50 75 100 150 200 250
Cylinder parts
Base thread size P — M20 x 1.5
protrusion S-1R
S (push side)
≈ 53 Data
V (pull side)
Boss length on the push side U 17 —
Boss length on the pull side X 17 19
Distance between the ports Y 59 138 163 213 263 313
3
Approx. weight kg 1.9 2.8 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5
Attachment location Cylinder parts MD05-50 MD05-75 MD05-100 MD05-150 MD05-200 MD05-250
Cap R-5PM
Piston thread Piston base RB-5M
Clevis CLF-5-1 (2)
Base thread
26
100 kN (MD Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders

Maximum output on the push side 100 kN Model code structure
Effective area on the push side 14.52 cm2 MD 1 - 50 VC
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 43
Effective area on the pull side 7.45 cm2
MD series S : S-1R
Stroke (mm)
■■MD1-150VC ■■MD1-50VC ■■MD1-100VC to 300VC

Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250 300
Cylinder parts
Length of piston stop ring L 9

Data
Coupler VC-70-R3 S (push side) ≈ 46 V (pull side) ≈ 46

S (push side)
protrusion S-1R S (push side) ≈ 53 V (pull side) ≈ 53
V (pull side)
length ROC-13R S (push side) ≈ 49 V (pull side) ≈ 49
Boss length on the pull side X 20
Approx. weight kg 4.0 5.2 6.0 6.8 7.6 8.3
Cap R-10PM
Tilt saddle R-10SP
Piston thread
Piston base RB-10M
Clevis CLF-10-1 (2)
Base thread
27
100 kN (D Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
D series S : S-1R
Stroke (mm)
■■D1-50VC ■■D1-50VC to 300VC

Model D1-50 D1-100 D1-150 D1-200 D1-260 D1-300
Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 260 300
Cap thread size J 1 1/4-11.5NPT
Cap thread length K 30
Cylinder parts
Base thread size P 1 1/4-11.5NPT
Base thread depth Q 25
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 Data
S (push side)
protrusion S-1R ≈ 53
V (pull side)
Coupler position on the push side T 40
Boss length on the pull side X 20
Approx. weight kg 3.3 4.5 5.3 6.1 6.9 7.5
Attachment location Cylinder parts D1-50 D1-100 D1-150 D1-200 D1-260 D1-300
Cap R-10P
Clevis CLF-10-A (B)
Cylinder base CB-10
Base thread
Clevis CLM-10-A (B)
28
200 kN (MD Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders

Effective area on the push side
Cylinder internal diameter
28.74 cm2
ϕ 60.5
MD 2 - 50 VC
Maximum output on the pull side 103 kN Attached coupler
Effective area on the pull side 14.89 cm2 Double-acting cylinder VC : VC-70-R3
MD series S : S-1R
● The piston is plated. Stroke (mm)

■■MD2-100VC ■■MD2-50VC ■■MD2-100VC to 500VC
Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 300 500
Cylinder parts

Incomplete thread length R 6 5
Data
S (push side)
protrusion S-1R ≈ 53
V (pull side)
Approx. weight kg 8.2 13.0 14.6 16.1 19.3 25.5
Cap R-20PM
Tilt saddle R-20SP
Piston thread
Piston base RB-20M
Clevis CLF-20-1 (2)
Base thread
29
200 kN (D Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Maximum output on the pull side 106 kN Attached coupler
D series S : S-1R
Stroke (mm)
■■D2-100VC ■■D2-55VC ■■D2-100VC to 500VC　

* A male-and-female socket is attached to the push port of the cylinder.
Be sure to use the male-and-female socket even if no coupler is used.
Model D2-55 D2-100 D2-150 D2-200 D2-300 D2-500
Stroke mm 55 100 150 200 302 502
Piston diameter ϕD 44.37
Cap thread size J 2-11.5NPT
Cap length K 40
Length of piston stop ring L — 10
Cylinder parts
Base thread size P — 2-11.5NPT
VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 80
Push side coupler
S-1R S ≈ 53 ≈ 87
protrusion length
ROC-13R ≈ 49 ≈ 83 Data
Pull side VC-70-R3 ≈ 46
coupler protrusion S-1R V ≈ 53
Coupler position on the pull side W 70 83
Approx. weight kg 7.1 11.8 13.5 15.1 18.4 25.5
Cap R-20P
Clevis CLF-20-A (B)
Base thread
30
350 to 500 kN (D Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders
D3.5 D5
Maximum output on the push side
350 kN
50.26 cm2
500 kN
71.63 cm2
D 5 - 50 VC
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 80 ϕ 95.5 Attached coupler
Maximum output on the pull side 178 kN 279 kN Maximum output
Effective area on the pull side 25.63 cm2 40.04 cm2 3.5 : 350 kN D3.5 series D5 series
Cylinder system Double-acting 5 : 500 kN VC : VC : VC-70-R4
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 Rc1/2 Double-acting cylinder S : S-1R C : S-24R
D series　　　　　　　 Stroke T : ROC-13R -NC : W/O coupler
(mm) -NC : W/O coupler
■■D3.5-100VC to 300VC ■■D5-50VC/100VC/150VC ■■D5-300VC/500VC

Model D3.5-100 D3.5-150 D3.5-300 D5-50 D5-100 D5-150 D5-300 D5-500
Stroke mm 100 150 300 50 100 150 300 500
Piston diameter ϕD 56 63.42
Piston thread size E M50 x 2 M55 x 3
Cap thread size J — M92 x 2.5
Cap thread length K — 28
Cylinder parts
Length of piston stop ring L 7 12

Collar thread size M M110 x 2.5 M127 x 2.5
Base thread size P M50 x 2 — M55 x 3
Base thread depth Q 35 — 55
VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 —
S
Data
Coupler S-1R ≈ 53 —
(push side)
protrusion ROC-13R ≈ 49 —
V
length VC-70-R4 — ≈ 45
(pull side)
S-24R — ≈ 56
Coupler position on the push side T 73.5 25 84
Coupler position on the pull side W 80.5 91 89
Distance between the ports Y 139 189 338 112 162 211 356 556
Approx. weight kg 20.0 23.5 30.8 24.5 28.0 31.5 46.0 60.5
Attachment location Cylinder parts D3.5-100 D3.5-150 D3.5-300 D5-50 D5-100 D5-150 D5-300 D5-500
Piston thread (D3.5) Cap R-35P R-50P
Piston base RB-35 RB-50
Cap thread (D5) Clevis CLF-35-1 (2) CLF-50-1 (2)*
Flange 35F 50F
Collar thread
Lifting handle — TH-127
Cylinder base CB-35 — CB-50
Base thread
Clevis CLM-35-1 (2) — CLM-50-1 (2)
*For the D5 series, remove the thread cap before screwing a clevis to the piston thread.
31
1000 to 2000 kN (D Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
D10 D20
Maximum output on the push side
1000 kN
146.55 cm2
2000 kN
285.26 cm2 D 10 - 50 VC
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 136.6 ϕ 190.6
Maximum output on the pull side 515 kN 976 kN Attached coupler
Maximum output VC : VC-70-R4
Effective area on the pull side 75.44 cm2 139.09 cm2
10 : 1000 kN C : S-24R
Cylinder system Double-acting
20 : 2000 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Coupler connection port size Rc1/2 Double-acting cylinder
● The piston is plated. D series Stroke (mm)

■■D10-150VC ■■D10-50VC/150VC
■■D20-150VC/300VC

■■D10-300VC ■■D10-500VC
■■D20-500VC/1000VC
* The dimensions in parentheses show those of the D20-500VC and D20-1000VC.

Model D10-50 D10-150 D10-300 D10-500 D20-150 D20-300 D20-500 D20-1000
Stroke mm 50 150 300 500 150 300 500 1000
Cylinder parts
Cylinder external diameter ϕC 171 185 241 240 255
Piston diameter ϕD 95.15 136.42
Length of piston stop ring L 7 7
Data
Collar thread size M M170 x 3 M185 x 3 M240 x 4 M255 x 4
Coupler pro- VC-70-R4 S (push side) ≈ 45 ≈ 45
trusion length S-24R V (pull side) ≈ 56 ≈ 56
Coupler position on the push side T 30 40 35 40
Coupler position on the pull side W 101 107 114
Approx. weight kg 46 62 81 152 130 169 268 450
Attachment location Cylinder parts D10-50 D10-150 D10-300 D10-500 D20-150 D20-300 D20-500 D20-1000
Cap R-100P R-200P
Piston thread
Piston base RB-100 —
Flange 100F 100FB 200F 200FB
Collar thread
Lifting handle TH-170 TH-185 TH-240 TH-255
32
3000 to 5000 kN (D Series) Make-to-order product 　

Hydraulic Cylinders
D30 D50
Maximum output on the push side 3000 kN 5000 kN
Effective area on the push side 433.73 cm2 730.04 cm2 D 30 - 300 -NC
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 235 ϕ 304.88
Maximum output on the pull side 1430 kN 2390 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Effective area on the pull side 206.75 cm2 349.9 cm2 Maximum output
Cylinder system Double-acting 30 : 3000 kN
Coupler connection port size Rc3/4 Rc1 50 : 5000 kN
Double-acting cylinder
● The piston is plated. D series Stroke (mm)
● All models include no couplers.
■■D30-500-NC ■■D30-300-NC ■■D50-300-NC

■■D30-500-NC ■■D50-500-NC
■■D30-850-NC ■■D50-850-NC
Model D30-300 D30-500 D30-850 D50-300 D50-500 D50-850
Cylinder parts
Stroke mm 300 500 850 300 500 850

Data

Length of piston stop ring L 9 —
Collar thread size M M315 x 4 M410 x 6
Push port position T 45 50
Pull port position W 148 147
3
Approx. weight kg 398 494 650 740 928 1164
Piston thread Cap R-300P R-500P
Flange 300F 500F
Collar thread
Lifting handle TH-315 —
33
40 to 200 kN Strong-Type Double-Acting Cylinders (SD Series) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Cylinders
● More durable than standard cylinders. Suitable for frequent use.
● A wrench catcher is provided on the piston.
● Cylinders whose stroke is not listed below can be manufactured. Please contact us for further information.
SD04 SD1 SD2
2
100 kN 200 kN SD 04 - 100 -NC
Effective area on the push side 6.42 cm 14.52 cm 29.22 cm2
2
Maximum output -NC : W/O coupler

Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 28.6 ϕ 43 ϕ 61
04 : 40 kN
Maximum output on the pull side 20.4 kN 51.3 kN 91.2 kN 1 : 100 kN
Effective area on the pull side 3.28 cm2 7.45 cm2 13.32 cm2 2 : 200 kN
Strong-type double-acting cylinder
Cylinder system Double-acting SD series Stroke (mm)
■■SD2-100-NC ■■SD04-100-NC to 200-NC ■■SD2-50-NC to 100-NC
■■SD1-150-NC to 250-NC

* The dimensions in parentheses show those of the SD1 series.
Model SD04-100 SD04-150 SD04-200 SD1-150 SD1-250 SD2-50 SD2-75 SD2-100
Stroke mm 100 150 200 150 250 50 75 100
Cylinder parts
Piston thread size E M18 x 1.5 M26 x 2 M40 x 2
Piston thread length G 26 30 37
Length of piston stop ring L 25 30 10
Collar thread size M M45 x 1.5 M57 x 2 M85 x 2 Data

Bottom cap external diameter ϕ P 63 76 —
Bottom cap length Q 60 72 —
Wrench catcher (width across flats) T 15 22 35
Pull port position W 77 87 84
Boss length on the pull side X 19 20 20
Approx. weight kg 4.2 4.7 5.2 8.3 9.5 11.0 11.8 12.5
Attachment location Cylinder parts SD04-100 SD04-150 SD04-200 SD1-150 SD1-250 SD2-50 SD2-75 SD2-100
Cap Make-to-order product Make-to-order product R-20PM
Piston thread Piston base Make-to-order product Make-to-order product RB-20M
Clevis Make-to-order product Make-to-order product CLF-20-1(2)
Collar thread Flange 5FM Make-to-order product Make-to-order product
34

Hydraulic Cylinders

● A wrench catcher is provided on the piston.
SD3.5 SD5 SD7
Maximum output on the push side 350 kN 500 kN 700 kN SD 5 - 50 -NC
Effective area on the push side 50.26 cm2 71.63 cm2 102.69 cm2
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 80 ϕ 96 ϕ 114.35 Maximum output -NC : W/O coupler
3.5 : 350 kN
Maximum output on the pull side 184 kN 282 kN 357 kN
5 : 500 kN
Cylinder system Double-acting Strong-type double-acting cylinder
SD series Stroke (mm)
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 Rc1/2
■■SD3.5-100-NC/150-NC ■■SD5-50-NC/100-NC/150-NC
■■SD7-100-NC/150-NC/200-NC
Model SD3.5-100 SD3.5-150 SD5-50 SD5-100 SD5-150 SD7-100 SD7-150 SD7-200
Stroke mm 100 150 50 100 150 100 150 200
Cylinder parts
Piston thread size E M50 x 2 M57 x 2 M75 x 2
Data
Collar thread size M M110 x 2.5 M130 x 3 M155 x 3

Wrench catcher (width across flats) T 44 52 68
Pull port position W 93 102 112
Approx. weight kg 23 26 32 36 40 57 63 68
Attachment location Cylinder parts SD3.5-100 SD3.5-150 SD5-50 SD5-100 SD5-150 SD7-100 SD7-150 SD7-200
Cap R-35P Make-to-order product Make-to-order product
Piston thread Piston base RB-35 Make-to-order product Make-to-order product
Clevis CLF-35-1 (2) Make-to-order product Make-to-order product
Collar thread Flange 35F Make-to-order product Make-to-order product
35
Hydraulic Cylinders
● A wrench catcher is provided on the piston. (SD10 only)
SD10 SD20 SD30 SD50
2
2000 kN 3000 kN 5000 kN SD 10 - 150 -NC
Effective area on the push side 146.55 cm 292.55 cm2 433.73 cm2 730.04 cm2
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 136.6 ϕ 193 ϕ 235 ϕ 304.88 Maximum output -NC : W/O coupler
10 : 1000 kN
Maximum output on the pull side 516 kN 948 kN 1430 kN 2390 kN
20 : 2000 kN
Effective area on the pull side 75.66 cm2 138.61 cm2 206.75 cm2 349.9 cm2 30 : 3000 kN
Cylinder system Double-acting 50 : 5000 kN Stroke (mm)
Strong-type double-acting cylinder SD series
Coupler connection port size Rc1/2 Rc3/4 Rc1
■■SD10-150-NC/300-NC ■■SD20-150-NC/300-NC
■■SD30-200-NC/300-NC
■■SD50-200-NC/300-NC

Model SD10-150 SD10-300 SD20-150 SD20-300 SD30-200 SD30-300 SD50-200 SD50-300
Stroke mm 150 300 150 300 200 300 200 300
Cylinder parts
Piston thread size E M90 x 3 M130 x 3 M160 x 3 M200 x 3
Piston thread length G 65 70 80 80

Data
Length of piston stop ring L 12 12 12 15
Collar thread length N 65 70 90 95
Incomplete thread length R 4 4 4 5
Coupler connection port size T Rc1/2 Rc1/2 Rc3/4 Rc1
Pull port position W 122 152 172 203
Approx. weight kg 102 128 241 292 436 487 830 914
Attachment location Cylinder parts SD10-150 SD10-300 SD20-150 SD20-300 SD30-200 SD30-300 SD50-200 SD50-300
Cap R-100P Make-to-order product Make-to-order product Make-to-order product
Piston thread
Piston base RB-100 Make-to-order product Make-to-order product Make-to-order product
Collar thread Flange Make-to-order product Make-to-order product Make-to-order product Make-to-order product
36
120 to 600 kN Center Hole Cylinders (SC Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders
● A through-hole is provided at the center of the piston, and is useful for various tensile testings and tension units.
● The SC6-20 has a handle.
SC1.2 SC2 SC3.6 SC6 Model code structure
SC 1.2 - 40 VC
Maximum output 120 kN 200 kN 360 kN 600 kN
Effective area (cm2) 17.86 28.86 51.42 88.55
1.2 : 120 kN VC : VC-70-R3
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 54 ϕ 70 ϕ 95.5 ϕ 130 2 : 200 kN S : S-1R
3.6 : 360 kN T : ROC-13R
Cylinder system Single-acting 6 : 600 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Stroke (mm)
Return system Spring-return Single-acting center hole cylinder
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 SC series
■■SC2-40VC ■■SC1.2-40VC ■■SC2-40VC

■■SC3.6-20VC/30VC ■■SC6-20VC
Cylinder parts
Model SC1.2-40 SC2-40 SC3.6-20 SC3.6-30 SC6-20
Stroke mm 40 40 20 30 20
Minimum overall length A 126.5 165 141 161 170
Center hole diameter ϕB 19.5 27.5 36.5 54.5
Data
Piston protrusion length H 1.5 1 1 3

VC-70-R3 ≈ 46
Coupler pro-
S-1R S ≈ 53
trusion length
ROC-13R ≈ 49
Approx. weight kg 3.0 7.8 11.3 12.7 25.0
■■Pressure gauges with load scale (regular stock item)
● These pressure gauges have not only a pressure scale but also a load scale corre- ■■AS100-120 kN
sponding to the cylinder effective area. (Indicated loads are conversion values.)
● Other than the models shown below, pressure gauges with a load scale are
make-to-order products.
● None of inspection report, traceability system diagram, and calibration
certificate are included. If necessary, please let us know your request when
ordering. (For details, see page 162.)
Model Effective area (cm2) Compatible cylinder
AS100-120 kN 17.86 SC1.2
AS100-200 kNSC 28.86 SC2
AS100-360 kN 51.42 SC3.6
37
200 to 500 kN Center Hole Cylinders (DC Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
DC2 DC3 DC4 DC5
DC 2 - 100 VC
Maximum output on the push side 200 kN 300 kN 400 kN 500 kN
Effective area on the push side 30.63 cm2 47.87 cm2 58.31 cm2 74.61 cm2 Maximum output Attached coupler
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 80 ϕ 95.5 ϕ 105 ϕ 120 2 : 200 kN VC : VC-70-R3
3 : 300 kN S : S-1R
Maximum output on the pull side 111 kN 207 kN 249 kN 332 kN 4 : 400 kN T : ROC-13R
Effective area on the pull side 17.08 cm2 33.14 cm2 36.32 cm2 49.48 cm2 5 : 500 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Stroke (mm)
Cylinder system Double-acting Double-acting center hole cylinder
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 DC series
■■DC2-100VC ■■DC2-100VC/200VC ■■DC3-100VC/200VC

■■DC4-100VC/200VC
■■DC5-100VC/200VC

Model DC2-100 DC2-200 DC3-100 DC3-200 DC4-100 DC4-200 DC5-100 DC5-200
Stroke mm 100 200 100 200 100 200 100 200
Cylinder parts
Center hole diameter ϕB 40.5 42.5 47.5 55.5
Length of piston stop ring L 7 7 7 7
Collar thread size M M110 x 2 M127 x 2.5 M135 x 3 M165 x 3
Data
Incomplete thread length R 5 5 5 5
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
S (push side)
protrusion S-1R ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53
V (pull side)
length ROC-13R ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49
Coupler position on the pull side W 67 65 70 72
3
Approx. weight kg 13.5 19.0 20.0 26.5 22.5 30.0 36.0 47.0
Attachment location Cylinder parts DC2-100 DC2-200 DC3-100 DC3-200 DC4-100 DC4-200 DC5-100 DC5-200
Flange Make-to-order product 50F Make-to-order product Make-to-order product

Collar thread
Lifting handle TH-110 TH-127 TH-135 TH-165
38
700 to 2000 kN Center Hole Cylinders (DC Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders
DC7 DC10 DC20
DC 7 - 150 VC
Maximum output on the push side 700 kN 1000 kN 2000 kN
Effective area on the push side 103.67 cm2 153.93 cm2 298.45 cm2 Attached coupler
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 140 ϕ 175 ϕ 240 Maximum output VC : VC-70-R4
7 : 700 kN C : S-24R
Maximum output on the pull side 398 kN 610 kN 1130 kN 10 : 1000 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Stroke (mm)
Cylinder system Double-acting Double-acting center hole cylinder
Coupler connection port size Rc1/2 DC series
■■DC7-150VC ■■DC7-150VC
■■DC10-150VC
■■DC20-150VC
Model DC7-150 DC10-150 DC20-150
Stroke mm 150 150 150
Minimum overall length A 346 356 376
Center hole diameter ϕB 62.5 78.5 108.5

Cylinder parts
Piston diameter ϕD 110 136.6 190
Collar thread size M M185 x 3 M230 x 3 M315 x 4

Data
Coupler protru- VC-70-R4 ≈ 45 ≈ 45 ≈ 45

S
sion length S-24R ≈ 56 ≈ 56 ≈ 56
Coupler position on the push side T 30 30 30
Coupler position on the pull side W 82 92 107
Distance between the ports Y 226 226 231
Required oil volume cm3 1556 2309 4477
Approx. weight kg 57 89 180

Attachment location Cylinder parts DC7-150 DC10-150 DC20-150
Flange 100FB Make-to-order product 300F
Collar thread
Lifting handle TH-185 TH-230 TH-315
39
200 to 1000 kN Lightweight Aluminum Cylinders for Jack-Up (SJ-AL Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
● This series uses super-high durable aluminum materials to reduce its weight to about half that of a standard cylinder.
● Special surface treatment for the entire part assures good wear resistance.
● While the cylinder is being used, the load must be received by the whole surfaces of the piston and base.
● If an eccentric load is unavoidable, use a tilt saddle (optional).
SJ2 SJ5 SJ10 Model code structure
Maximum operating pressure
70 MPa
500 kN 1000 kN
SJ 2 - 50 AL VC
Effective area on the push side 28.74 cm2 71.63 cm2 146.55 cm2 Maximum output Attached coupler
2 : 200 kN Lightweight VC : VC-70-R3
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 60.5 ϕ 95.5 ϕ 136.6 5 : 500 kN aluminum S : S-1R
Cylinder system Single-acting 10 : 1000 kN cylinder T : ROC-13R
Stroke (mm) -NC : W/O coupler
Return system Spring-return Single-acting lightweight aluminum cylinder for jack-up
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 SJ series
*The 300 kN series lightweight cylinders and the SJ10-100AL and SJ10-150AL (1000 kN) are discontinued.
■■SJ2-50ALVC ■■SJ2-50ALVC to 150ALVC
■■SJ5-50ALVC to 150ALVC
■■SJ10-50ALVC

Model SJ2-50AL SJ2-100AL SJ2-150AL SJ5-50AL SJ5-100AL SJ5-150AL SJ10-50AL
Stroke mm 50 100 150 50 100 150 50
Minimum overall length A 167 225 290 188 248 318 242
Cap external diameter ϕF 58 88 126
Base diameter ϕP 92 126 182
Cylinder parts
Base height Q 10 13 16
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
length ROC-13R ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49
Required oil volume cm3 144 288 432 358 717 1075 733
Approx. weight kg 4.5 5.6 6.9 9.3 11.5 13.7 26.0
Data
*For the SJ10, the piston may not be returned completely only by the return spring force.
Tilt Saddle for Lightweight Aluminum Cylinders (SJ-AL Series) for Jack-Up (Optional)
● Suitable for when an eccentric load is applied.
● Maximum angle of oscillation: 5°
■■RAL-20 ■■RAL-20
■■RAL-50
■■Dimension table
Model ϕA ϕB C D Approx. weight (kg) Compatible cylinder
RAL-20 58 48 26 31.5 0.5 SJ2- * AL
RAL-50 88.5 76 35 40.5 1.6 SJ5- * AL
*RAL-100 tilt saddles were discontinued in 2013.
40
100 to 500 kN Cylinder for Jack-Up (SJ Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders
SJ1 SJ2 SJ3 SJ4 SJ5 Model code structure

Maximum output
70 MPa
100 kN 200 kN 300 kN 400 kN 500 kN
SJ 1 - 100 VC
Effective area (cm2) 14.52 33.18 44.17 57.77 71.63 Maximum output Attached coupler
1 : 100 kN VC : VC-70-R3
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 43 ϕ 65 ϕ 75 ϕ 85.78 ϕ 95.5 2 : 200 kN S : S-1R
Cylinder system Single-acting 3 : 300 kN T : ROC-13R
4 : 400 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Return system Spring-return 5 : 500 kN Stroke (mm)
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 Single-acting cylinder for Jack-Up
SJ series
● A cap is attached to the tip of the piston of each cylinder.
■■SJ2-50VC ■■SJ1-100VC/150VC/255VC ■■SJ2-50VC

■■SJ2-126VC/SJ3-125VC/SJ4-125VC ■■SJ5-54VC/154VC
Cylinder parts
Model SJ1-100 SJ1-150 SJ1-255 SJ2-50 SJ2-126 SJ3-125 SJ4-125 SJ5-54 SJ5-154
Data
Stroke mm 100 150 255 50 126 125 125 54 154

Minimum overall length A 248 298 412 160 271 270 270 200 300
Cylinder external diameter ϕC 57 86 102 117 128
Piston diameter ϕD 38 45 57 68 75 88.5
Piston thread size E 1 1/4-11.5NPT — — —
Head cover diameter ϕF 50 42 70 68 75 88
Piston thread length G 25 — — —
Piston protrusion length H 45 15 31 25 20
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 39 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
protrusion S-1R S ≈ 46 ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53
length ROC-13R ≈ 42 ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49
Coupler position T 25 25 31 30 35 35
Attached cap — R-10P Special cap Special cap Special cap
Required oil volume cm3 146 218 371 166 419 553 723 387 1104
Approx. weight kg 4.3 5.1 6.9 6.1 10.2 14.2 18.0 17.0 26.5
41
100 to 1000 kN Cylinders with Safety Nut for Jack-Up (SN Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
SN1 SN2 SN5 SN10 Model code structure
SN 1 - 200 VC
1 : 100 kN VC : VC-70-R3
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 43 ϕ 65 ϕ 95.5 ϕ 136.6 2 : 200 kN S : S-1R
5 : 500 kN T : ROC-13R
Cylinder system Single-acting 10 : 1000 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Stroke (mm)
Return system Spring-return Single-acting cylinder for Jack-Up
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 SN series
● The safety nut tightened after jack-up can receive the load.
● A cap is attached to the tip of the piston of each cylinder.
■■SN1-200VC ■■SN1-200VC ■■SN2-200VC

■■SN5-200VC ■■SN10-200VC
Cylinder parts
Model SN1-200 SN2-200 SN5-200 SN10-200
Stroke mm 200
Data
Head cover diameter ϕF 50 70 100 125
Safety nut diameter ϕM 58 86 128 167
Safety nut height N 25 35 45 70
Hole diameter of safety nut R 4 xϕ 8 4 x ϕ 10
Square thread size P 38 x 5 57 x 6 85 x 8 115 x 10
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 39 ≈ 46
Attached cap — Special cap
Required oil volume cm3 291 664 1433 2931
Approx. weight kg 6.0 14.0 33.5 72.0
42
300 to 1000 kN Super Flat Jack (LF Series)

Hydraulic Cylinders
● Super thin jack with a minimum overall length of 34 mm.

● The piston is allowed to be inclined at a maximum angle of 4°. Model code structure

LF3 LF5
70 MPa
LF7.5 LF10
LF 3 - 10 VC
3 : 300 kN VC : VC-70-R3
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 77 ϕ 96 ϕ 118 ϕ 138
5 : 500 kN S : S-1R
Minimum overall length 34 mm
7.5 : 750 kN T : ROC-13R
Stroke 10 mm 10 : 1000 kN -NC : W/O coupler
Cylinder system Single-acting Single-acting cylinder Stroke (mm)
Return system Load-return LF series
■■LF3-10VC ■■LF3-10VC ■LF5-10VC ■LF7.5-10VC ■LF10-10VC
Use the whole surface of the cylinder bottom on hard flat plane so that the jack supports the load stably.
The LF series cylinders have no piston stop ring. If the piston protrudes over 10 mm (beyond the stroke-end indicating
groove), it will be ejected causing oil leakage. Moreover the cylinder may need repair.
Model LF3-10 LF5-10 LF7.5-10 LF10-10
Minimum overall length A 34
Coupler position T 17
Approx. weight kg 2.6 4.1 5.5 6.2
50 to 150 kN Toe Jack (TS Series)
Cylinder parts
TS05 TS1 TS1.5

Maximum operating pressure (toe part) 34.5 MPa 34.8 MPa 34.0 MPa Model code structure
Maximum operating pressure (head part) 68.9 MPa 69.6 MPa 68.0 MPa
Maximum output (toe part)
Maximum output (head part)
50 kN
100 kN
100 kN
200 kN
150 kN
300 kN
TS 05 - 125 VC
Stroke 125 mm Maximum output (toe part) Attached coupler
Effective area (cm2) 14.52 28.74 44.17
Data
05 : 50 kN VC : VC-70-R3
Cylinder system Single-acting 1 : 100 kN S : S-1R
Return system Spring-return 1.5 : 150 kN T : ROC-13R
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 Single-acting cylinder -NC : W/O coupler
Required oil volume (cm3) 182 360 553 TS series Stroke (mm)
Approx. weight (kg) 21.5 41.0 59.0
■■TS05-125VC ■TS05-125VC ■TS1-125VC ■■Dimension table
■TS1.5-125VC Model TS05-125 TS1-125 TS1.5-125
A 300 330 333
B 203 260 270
C 182 225 270
D 75 100 125
E 25 32 38
F 60 60 60
G 43 64 54
T 42 63 68
VC-70-R3 ≈ 46
S S-1R ≈ 53
ROC-13R ≈ 49
43
SingleActing Cylinders
340()0544067089//0,:/%*;#2+0<=!80!#2%#+>!80!#2%#+?
Hydraulic Cylinders
MSP05 SP05 SP1 Model code structure
70 MPa
100 kN
!8 05 B 534 VC
Effective area 7.45 cm2 14.16 cm2
Cylinder internal diameter " 43 " 52 05 : 50 kN VC : VC70R3
Stroke 150 mm 1 : 100 kN S : S1R
Singleacting pull cylinder T : ROC13R
Cylinder system Singleacting
SP series NC : W/O coupler
Return system Springreturn MSP series Stroke (mm)
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 KP94$6,-$EQR$8-41-8@$920/$'H$:S$18$7F7107>0-$78$6,-$B7N1B<B$9<6;<6D
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
! MSP05150VC !SP1150VC Model MSP05150 SP05150 SP1150
Maximum overall length A 460 470
Cylinder external diameter " C 59 58 71
Piston diameter " D 30
Cap thread J — 1 1/411.5NPT —
Collar thread size M M58 x 2 2 1/414NS M70 x 2
SingleActing Cylinders DoubleActing Cylinders Special Cylinders

Base thread size P M28 x 2 1 1/411.5NPT M28 x 2
! MSP05150VC! Base thread depth Q 25 30
! SP05150VC Coupler VC70R3 #$%&
! SP1150VC
! SP05 cap part!!!!!!
protrusion S1R S #$'(
length ROC13R #$%)
Boss length U 20
Required oil volume cm3 112 213
Approx. weight kg 4.6 4.5 6.9
* The piston may not be returned to the strokeend completely only by the return spring force
depending on the aged deterioration or the operating conditions.
! ,)-"'(%./#0'(('$1-#*(+
Attachment location Cylinder parts MSP05150 SP05150 SP1150
Piston thread Cap R10PM R10P R10PM
(MSP05/SP1)
Cylinder parts
Piston base RB10M RB10 RB10M
Cap thread
(SP05) Clevis CLF101(2) CLF10A(B) Maketoorder product
Collar thread Flange 10FM 10F Maketoorder product
Cylinder base CB10M CB10 CB10M
*The dimensions in square brackets show those of the SP05150VC. Base thread
*The dimensions in parentheses show those of the SP1150VC. Clevis CLM101(2) CLM10A(B) Maketoorder product
@:;2'9/%$0,:/%*;#20A%(10!(2)6#0!#*+)2 ='6#B()B)2;#20"2);9$(
Data
*$+,-$./0123-4$516,$7$8649:-$8-2894$3-6-.68$;98161928$<812=$6,-$><106?12$49674/$-2.93-4@$5,1.,$4-3<.-8$6,-$81A-$723$1B
proves the accuracy of the equipment.
*$+,-$4900-4$12$.9267.6$516,$6,-$;18692$.,72=-8$6,-$012-74$B96192$9C$6,-$;18692$1269$49674/$B96192D$+,-$12.4-B-2670$49674/$
encoder connected to the roller converts this rotary motion into an electrical pulse and outputs it.
*$E9<26-3$92$6,-$69;$9C$6,-$./0123-4$723$.72$>-$,7230-3$78$7$.92F-2619270$./0123-4D$
*$G-2-476-8$29$>7.:078,$723$18$,1=,0/$3<47>0-D$
! !#*+)20+"#$%&$'(%)*+
Power voltage 12 VDC ± 0.5 % Power current 40 mA max.
Output waveform Rectangular wave Output phase A/B
600 pulse/rev ± (0.1+0.01/60 x L)
Resolution Display accuracy
0.1 mm/pulse L: Cylinder stroke (mm)
A/B phase difference 90° ± 45° Light source LED
Light source life 'H@HHH$,9<48$ Output impedance IDI$:J
Response speed 10 kHz Travel distance 300 km
1 (High) +11 V min. Operating temperature range 5 to 50 °C
Output signal
0 (Low) +1 V max. Upper limit of operating humidity 90 %RH (no condensation)
*The counter is optional.
KLC$6,-$8-M<-2.-4$.9<268@$8-6$6,-$./0123-4$8;--3$6,76$18$7;;49;4176-$C94$6,-$B7N1B<B$C4-M<-2./$9C$6,-$659?;,78-$.9<26-4$9C$6,-$8-M<-2.-4D$
*The cylinder speed must be 500 mm/s or below.
K+9$7F913$7..<B<076-3$-44948@$;49F13-$72$-N6-4270$8516.,$69$8-6$7$4-C-4-2.-$;9126@$94$-N-.<6-$7$A-49$4-8-6$92.-$8-F-470$8649:-8$76$6,-$8649:-$-23D$
KLC$6,-$8-2894$.7>0-$0-2=6,$18$IH$B$94$092=-4@$6,-$<8-$9C$72$9;-2$.900-.694$18$4-.9BB-23-3$C94$6,-$O270$9<6;<6$867=-D$
44
Single-Acting Cylinders/Double-Acting Cylder
4.6 to 34.5 kN Swing Cylinders (SW Series) Maximum operating pressure: 40 MPa
Hydraulic Cylinders
●The arm of a swing cylinder turns 90° lowering down and then lowers vertically a few millimeters to be used for clamping, etc.
●Two types are available: the R type for right rotation (the arm rotates clockwise viewed from the top) and the type for left rotation (the
arm rotates counterclockwise viewed from the top).
●The arm can be positioned to any position against the port.
●If the arm length is changed, reduce the working pressure corresponding to the length extended from the standard length.
*The SW-05 does not include nuts and bolts for the arm.
Clamping must be done during vertical descent. While the arm is turning, clamping may cause a cylinder failure.
SW01 SW03 SW05 Model code structure

Maximum
operating pressure 40 MPa SW 01 - 30 L VC
Maximum output 4.6 kN 17.6 kN 34.5 kN
Stroke Attached coupler
2 2
Effective area 1.15 cm 4.42 cm 8.63 cm2 Maximum output (mm) VC : VC-70-R3
01 : 4.6 kN S : S-1R
Cylinder system Single-acting Double-acting 03 : 17.6 kN T : ROC-13R
05 : 34.5 kN Rotation direction -NC : W/O coupler
Return system Spring-return Hydraulic-return Swing cylinder R : Clockwise rotation (viewed from the top)
Coupler connection Rc3/8
SW series L : Counterclockwise rotation (viewed from the top)
port size
■■SW01-30VC ■■SW01-30L (R) VC/SW03-35L (R) VC ■■SW05-40L (R) VC
Cylinder parts
Model SW01-30L SW01-30R SW03-35L SW03-35R SW05-40L SW05-40R
90° counter- 90° counter- 90° counter-
Rotation direction — 90° clockwise 90° clockwise 90° clockwise
clockwise clockwise clockwise
Swing mm 24 28 30
Vertical
Data
Stroke mm 6 7 10
descent
Total mm 30 35 40
Maximum overall length A 187 237.5 278
Cylinder external diameter ϕC 48 70.5 100
Piston diameter ϕD 28 35.5 50
Arm screw size J M10 x 1.5 M16 x 2 M20 x 2.5
Effective arm length K 55 70 100
Arm width L 28 38 70
Collar thread size M M48 x 1.5 M70 x 2 M100 x 2
Maximum arm length R 83 114 165
Straight section Q 15 22 20
Coupler VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 ≈ 46 ≈ 46
protrusion S-1R V ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53
length ROC-13R ≈ 49 ≈ 49 ≈ 49
Port position W 95 127 138
Boss length X 19 20 —
Required oil volume cm3 4 16 35
Approx. weight kg 2.1 5.4 13.6
45
10 to 40 kN Mini-Cylinders (BR/BRS Series)
Hydraulic Cylinders
BR - 1 - 10 -NC
Maximum output -NC : W/O coupler
1 : 10 kN
Coupler connection port size Rc3/8 Mini-cylinder 2 : 20 kN
BR series 4 : 40 kN Stroke (mm)
*No coupler is attached to the BR and BRS series.
BRS series
*The center hole diameter of the BR-4-20D is ϕ 18.5.
■■BRS-1-10-NC ■■BR-1-10-NC ■■BR-4-20D-NC
■■BRS-2-20-NC ■■BR-2-20-NC
■■BRS-4-20-NC ■■BR-4-20-NC

Model BRS-1-10-NC BR-1-10-NC BRS-2-20-NC BR-2-20-NC BRS-4-20-NC BR-4-20-NC BR-4-20D-NC
Effective area cm2 1.53 3.14 6.42 6.81
Stroke mm 10 20 20
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 14 20 28.6 38
Cylinder external diameter ϕ C 30.5 55 33 60 39 60 70
Piston thread size E M12 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 —
Largest bore length F — 36 — 40 — 45 30
Wrench catcher (width across flats) R 22 — 22 — 25 — —
Collar thread length N 65 15 70 15 65 15 20
Cylinder parts
Coupler position T — 22 — 25 — 25 35
Approx. weight kg 0.4 0.8 0.5 1.1 0.7 1.3 1.7
Wedge Ram (W Series)

■■W-01VC Model code structure
Data
W - 01 VC
Single-acting cylinder 1 : 10 kN VC : VC-70-R3
■■Specifications W series (tip) S : S-1R
T : ROC-13R
Model W-01
-NC : W/O coupler
Maximum operating pressure MPa 70
Maximum output (tip) kN 10 ■■W-01VC
Maximum output (base) kN 40
Effective area cm2 6.42
VC-70-R3 ≈ 46
Coupler protrusion
S-1R S ≈ 53
length
ROC-13R ≈ 49
Coupler connection port size — Rc3/8
Cylinder system — Single-acting
Return system — Spring-return
Required oil volume cm3 10
Approx. weight kg 2.4
46
0.5 to 20 kN·m Rotation Ram (SRP Series) Maximum operating pressure: 30 MPa • Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Cylinders
● An oscillating-type actuator that rotates the pinion using a rack with pistons at both ends to generate strong torque at
the shaft, resulting in almost no heat and noise.
Maximum output torque 0.5/1/5/10/20 kN • m Model code structure
Cylinder system
Coupler connection port size
Double-acting
Rc3/8
SRP - 1 - 90 VC
■■SRP-1-90S Maximum torque Rotation angle Attached coupler
05 : 0.5 kN • m 90 : 90° VC : VC-70-R3
1 : 1 kN • m 180 : 180° S : S-1R
5 : 5 kN • m 360 : 360° T : ROC-13R
10 : 10 kN • m -NC : W/O coupler
Rotation ram 20 : 20 kN • m
SRP series
■■Hydraulic symbol
■■All SRP series models

Model SRP-05 SRP-1 SRP-5 SRP-10 SRP-20
Maximum output torque 0.5 kN • m 1 kN • m 5 kN • m 10 kN • m 20 kN • m
Theoretical pressure 25.0 MPa 20.5 MPa 22.0 MPa 25.4 MPa 28.6 MPa
Cylinder parts
Required Approx. Required Approx. Required Approx. Required Approx. Required Approx.
Rotation angle A oil volume weight A oil volume weight A oil volume weight A oil volume weight A oil volume weight
cm3 kg cm3 kg cm3 kg cm3 kg cm3 kg
90° 220 32 12.5 278 76 37.0 478 352 79 497 609 117 688 1082 213
180° 296 63 13.5 382 150 38.5 690 704 85 667 1218 127 990 2164 225
360° 446 124 15.0 590 300 41.5 1114 1407 97 1007 2436 150 1593 4320 249
*Set the operating torque to 80 % of the maximum one or less.
Data
Model B C D E F G H J K L ϕM N P Q ϕR ☆ Mounting thread
SRP-05 180.5 122 123 90 61 45 45 10 46 7 30 33 117 93 55 2.5 3 x (4 x M10 DP15)
SRP-1 230.5 172 160 120 75 67 57 12 60 10 45 48 146 117 70 4 3 x (4 x M12 DP25)
SRP-5 337.5 232 254 180 116 86 86 20 105 15 70 74.5 204 160 104 9 3 x (4 x M16 DP25)
SRP-10 421.5 260 262 170 110 120 80 20 145 15 80 84.5 238 193 155 12 3 x (4 x M18 DP30)
SRP-20 526.5 304 349 244 156 126 126 28 220 10 110 116 282 222 155 20 3 x (4 x M24 DP40)
☆ mark: Maximum allowable radial load at the center of the shaft (unit: kN)
*For the VC-70-R3, S-1R, and ROC-13R, the coupler protrusion lengths are about 46 mm, 53 mm, and 49 mm, respectively.
*Connect a drain pipe to the gear case.
*The external drawings show the key position of the standard product, at which the ram rotates to both right and left by half the rated angle.
*Make to order is possible if the key position needs to be changed or angles other than the above are required.
*When oil is fed to the right port, the shaft rotates counterclockwise. When oil is fed to the left port, the shaft rotates clockwise.
*Do not carry out a securing method that applies a thrust load to the shaft.
* When the equipment is self-propelled due to changes in moment, install a valve (counterbalance valve) to prevent the equipment from being self-propelled
in the circuit.
*The backlash between the pinion and rack of the rotation ram is between 0.5 and 1°.
47
Cylinder Parts
Caps
Hydraulic Cylinders
● Suitable for when a load is applied to the piston.
The load must be received at the center of the cap so that the load is not eccentric.
An eccentric load may overturn or damage the cylinder.
■■R-10PM ■■R-4P to R-50P ■■R-70P to R-500P Cap
Model A B C ϕD F G Approx. weight (kg)
For 40 kN R-4P 3/4-14NPT 20 32 35 — — 0.2
For 50 kN R-5PM M20 x 1.5 24 36 37 ϕ 6 DP5 — 0.3
R-10PM M28 x 2 31 43 47 ϕ 6 DP5 — 0.5

For 100 kN
R-10P 1 1/4-11.5NPT 25 38 50 — — 0.35
R-20PM M40 x 2 39 52 58 ϕ 6 DP5 — 0.7
For 200 kN
R-20P 2-11.5NPT 27 40 76 — — 0.8
For 300 kN R-30P M65 x 2 30 50 90 — — 1.7
For 350 kN R-35P M50 x 2 43 58 70 — — 1.1
For 400 kN R-40P M70 x 2 30 50 99 — — 2.0
For 500 kN R-50P M92 x 2.5 25 46.5 117 — — 2.6
For 700 kN R-70P M90 x 2 30 52 120 3 x ϕ 8 DP10 M8 2.9
For 1000 kN R-100P M90 x 3 55 80 125 4 x ϕ 10 DP10 M10 4.7
For 2000 kN R-200P M120 x 4 60 85 160 4 x ϕ 10 DP10 M16 7.9
For 3000 kN R-300P M150 x 3 70 100 190 4 x ϕ 12 DP13 M20 12.5
For 5000 kN R-500P M180 x 4 70 100 230 4 x ϕ 15 DP18 M24 18.6
Tilt Saddles
Cylinder parts
● This is for the MS, MD, and MC series of 100 and 200kN, and for the MR1, R1, and RJ1 series.
● Suitable for when an eccentric load is applied.
● The maximum angle of oscillation is 5°.
The load must be received at the center of the cap so that the load is not eccentric.
Tilt saddle ■■R-10SP ■■R-20SP ■■R-1020SP Data
Model A B ϕC D E Approx. weight (kg)
100 kN R-10SP M28 x 2 65 58 31 ϕ 6 DP5 0.9

For MS/MD
200 kN R-20SP M40 x 2 73 58 39 ϕ 6 DP5 1.0
MC/MR1 100 kN
For R-1020SP ϕ 19 45 32 — — 0.2
R1/RJ1 200 kN
48
Cylinder Parts
Piston Bases
Hydraulic Cylinders
● Suitable for when a load is applied to the piston or when a jig or the like is attached.
The load must be received at the center of the piston base so that the load is not eccentric.
■■RB-10M ■■RB-4 to RB-20M/RB-30 to RB-100 ■■RB-20

Piston base
Model A ϕB C ϕD E F G H Approx. weight kg
For 40 kN RB-4 3/4-14NPT 106 25 45 15 20 5 M6 1.1
For 50 kN RB-5M M20 x 1.5 108 32 40 15 24 10 M8 1.2

RB-10M M28 x 2 43 48 31 10 M8 2.5
For 100 kN 138 20
RB-10 1 1/4-11.5NPT 30 58 25 5 M6 2.3
RB-20M M40 x 2 168 54 65 39 10 M8 4.9
For 200 kN 26
RB-20 2-11.5NPT 165 34 85 27 17 ϕ 10 DP40 M8 threaded THRU 4.1
For 300 kN RB-30 M65 x 2 178 45 90 25 30 10 M8 5.1
For 350 kN RB-35 M50 x 2 198 70 100 45 47 15 ϕ 10 DP10 M8 threaded THRU 11.7
For 500 kN RB-50 M92 x 2.5 228 50 150 30 26 10 ϕ 10 DP15 M8 threaded THRU 14.0
Flanges
●Compatible with collar threads of cylinders. Suitable for securing a cylinder.
Secure the flange so that the bolts must not receive the load from the cylinder.
Otherwise,the bolts may be broken off causing the eqipment to fall.
■■10FM ■■4FS to 10F/200F to 500F ■■20FM to 100FB Flange

Cylinder parts
Bolt Approx. weight
Model A ϕB C ϕD E ϕF ϕG H I
size kg
4FS 1 1/2-16NS 2.5
For 40 kN 145 25 80 20 110 2 x 13.5 10 ϕ 10 DP40 M8 threaded THRU M12
Data
4FD M45 x 1.5 2.4

For 50 kN 5FM M45 x 1.5 145 23 80 18 110 2 x 13.5 8 ϕ 10 DP40 M8 threaded THRU M12 2.2
10FM M58 x 2
For 100 kN 145 25 80 20 110 4 x 13.5 10 ϕ 10 DP30 M8 threaded THRU M12 2.2
10F 2 1/4-14NS
20FM M82 x 2 6.5
For 200 kN 195 50 116 30 150 4 x 18 40 M8 M16
20F 3 5/16-12NS 6.3
For 300 kN 30F M100 x 2 208 55 125 30 170 6 x 18 45 M10 M16 6.7
For 350 kN 35F M110 x 2.5 218 55 135 32 180 6 x 18 45 M10 M16 7.5
For 500 kN 50F M127 x 2.5 258 55 160 35 210 6 x 22 45 M10 M20 11.4
100F M170 x 3 22.5
For 1000 kN 328 65 215 45 270 8 x 26 55 M10 M24
100FB* M185 x 3 20.3
200F M240 x 4 ϕ 13 DP80 M12 threaded THRU 51.7
For 2000 kN 458 73 310 55 390 12 x 32 40 M30
200FB* M255 x 4 ϕ 13 DP75 M12 threaded THRU 48.3
For 3000 kN 300F M315 x 4 558 89 390 65 480 12 x 38 45 ϕ 13 DP95 M12 threaded THRU M36 85.8
For 5000 kN 500F M410 x 6 678 97 510 80 600 18 x 38 50 ϕ 13 DP110 M12 threaded THRU M36 140.6
*The 100FB and 200FB are exclusively for use with the D10-500 and D20-1000, respectively.
49
Cylinder Parts
,-.%*/#012%3(%*415'*/.#+ 6'7#8()8)0/#01"0)/9$(
Hydraulic Cylinders
#$H'-('23$7)26+,0$(7)($)/,$04/,I,6$(.$(7,$4.++)/$(7/,)6$.-$)$45+'26,/9
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Model D.E:)('*+,$45+'26,/$ A " B C D
Approx. weight ! TH110 to TH170 (handle type)
kg
TH110 DC2100/DC2200 M110 x 2 130 254 30 1.8
%@=@FG%@=@AG%@=>FFG%@=>@A
D550/D5100/D5150
TH127 M127 x 2.5 150 282 35 1.9
D5300/D5500
DC3100/DC3200
TH135 DC4100/DC4200 M135 x 3 160 296 35 2.2
TH165 DC5100/DC5200 M165 x 3 190 314 40 2.9
TH170 D1050/D10150/D10300 M170 x 3 195 320 55 3.9
Model D.E:)('*+,$45+'26,/$ A " B C D

Approx. weight ! ;<=>?@$(.$;<=A>@$B+'-('23$7)26+,$(5:,C
kg
TH185 D10500/DC7150 M185 x 3 210 310 50 3.6
TH230 DC10150 M230 x 3 255 375 60 5.1
D20150/D20300
TH240 M240 x 4 265 385 60 5.5
D20500
TH255 D201000 M255 x 4 280 400 60 5.8
SingleActing Cylinders DoubleActing Cylinders Special Cylinders

D30300/D30500
TH315 M315 x 4 345 465 60 8.4
D30850/DC20150
,-.%*/#01:'+#+
#$%&'()*+,$-./$0()*'+'1'23$)$45+'26,/$7)8'23$)$*)0,$(7/,)69$
;7,$+.)6$E&0($*,$/,4,'8,6$)($(7,$4,2(,/$.-$(7,$45+'26,/$*)0,$0.$(7)($(7,$+.)6$'0$2.($,44,2(/'49$
J2$,44,2(/'4$+.)6$E)5$.8,/(&/2$./$6)E)3,$(7,$45+'26,/9$
! CB10M ! CB
D5+'26,/$*)0,
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Cylinder parts
Model A " B C D E F " G Approx. weight (kg)
For 40 kN CB4 3/414NPT 106 38 18 20 20 — 1.5
For 50 kN CB5M M20 x 1.5 108 43 23 19 20 46 1.4
CB10M M28 x 2 138 50 30 19 20 58 2.4
For 100 kN
CB10 1 1/411.5NPT 138 42 20 20 22 58 2.6
CB20M M40 x 2 168 63 38 24 25 82 4.6
For 200 kN
CB20 211.5NPT 165 50 22 26 28 86 4.6
For 300 kN CB30 M65 x 2 178 53 28 24 25 102 5.2 Data
For 350 kN CB35 M50 x 2 198 62 34 27 28 110 7.1
For 400 kN CB40 M70 x 2 208 57 29 27 28 117 8.3
For 500 kN CB50 M55 x 3 228 84 54 29 30 128 10.3
;.94+13)01:'+#1<0#'/+
#$%&'()*+,$-./$:/.(,4('23$(7,$*)0,$(7/,)69
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Model A B " C D Approx. weight (kg) ! CBP
For 40 kN CBP4 3/414NPT 20.5 18 2 x " 3.5 DP8 0.1
For 50 kN CBP5M M20 x 1.5 23.5 12 2 x " 3.5 DP4 0.1
CBP10M M28 x 2 29.5 18 2 x " 4.5 DP5 0.1
For 100 kN
CBP10 1 1/411.5NPT 24.5 32 2 x " 4.5 DP8 0.3
CBP20M M40 x 2 38.5 28 2 x " 6 DP6 0.3
For 200 kN
CBP20 211.5NPT 26.5 48 2 x " 6 DP8 0.6
For 300 kN CBP30 M65 x 2 29.5 48 2 x " 6 DP8 0.8
For 350 kN CBP35 M50 x 2 34.5 38 2 x " 4.5 0.5
For 400 kN CBP40 M70 x 2 29.5 58 2 x " 6 DP8 0.9
For 500 kN CBP50 M55 x 3 54.5 38 2 x " 4.5 DP8 1
50
Cylinder Parts
Model code structure Model code structure
CLF - 4 - A CLP - 4
Hydraulic Cylinders
1 : Male clevis (for metric threaded cylinders) 4 : 40 kN

4 : 40 kN 2 : Female clevis (for metric threaded cylinders) 5 : 50 kN
Clevis 5 : 50 kN A : Male clevis (for unified threaded cylinders) CLP : Pin 10 : 100 kN
CLF : Female thread 10 : 100 kN B : Female clevis (for unified threaded cylinders) CLW : Washer 20 : 200 kN
CLM : Male thread 20 : 200 kN CLC : Split pin 35 : 350 kN
35 : 350 kN 50 : 500 kN
50 : 500 kN
*Two washers and two split pins are needed per clevis pin.
The clevis must be used with a half of the indicated load or smaller to pull an object. Otherwise, the equipment may be
damaged or scattered matter may cause injury.
Male Clevis (Female Thread/Male Thread)
■■CLF-10-1 ■CLM-10-1 ■■Male clevis (female thread) ■■Male clevis (male thread)
■■Specifications (for male clevises with female thread)

Approx. weight
Model A ϕB C D (tolerance) E F G H ϕ J (tolerance) L
kg
For 40 kN CLF-4-A 77.5 0 3/4-14NPT 21 57 16 +0.1

45 41 16 to M8 to 23 0.5
For 50 kN CLF-5-1 74.5 -0.2 M20 x 1.5 22 54 18 +0.3
CLF-10-A 0 1 1/4-11.5NPT 26 +0.1
For 100 kN 97.5 57 55 20 to M8 70 25 to 30 0.9
CLF-10-1 -0.2 M28 x 2 30 +0.3
CLF-20-A 0 2-11.5NPT 27 +0.1
For 200 kN 125 86 80 30 to M8 85 36 to 40 2.5
Cylinder parts
CLF-20-1 -0.2 M40 x 2 35 +0.3

0 +0.1
For 350 kN CLF-35-1 198 110 110 48 to M10 M50 x 2 46 143 48 to 55 8.8
-0.2 +0.3
0 +0.1
For 500 kN CLF-50-1 235 128 128 57 to M10 M55 x 3 51 171 57 to 64 14.5
-0.2 +0.3
Data
■■Specifications (for male clevises with male thread)

Approx. weight
Model A ϕB C D (tolerance) E F G H ϕ J (tolerance) L
kg
For 40 kN CLM-4-A 74.5 0 3/4-14NPT 54 16 +0.1

45 41 16 to M5 18 to 23 0.4
For 50 kN CLM-5-1 75.5 -0.2 M20 x 1.5 55 18 +0.3
CLM-10-A 96.5 0 1 1/4-11.5NPT 24 69 +0.1
For 100 kN 57 55 20 to M5 25 to 30 0.9
CLM-10-1 98.5 -0.2 M28 x 2 23 71 +0.3
CLM-20-A 122 0 2-11.5NPT 82 +0.1
For 200 kN 86 80 30 to M6 25 36 to 40 2.3
CLM-20-1 127 -0.2 M40 x 2 87 +0.3
0 +0.1
For 350 kN CLM-35-1 198 110 110 48 to M10 M50 x 2 33 143 48 to 55 7.7
-0.2 +0.3
0 +0.1
For 500 kN CLM-50-1 237 128 128 57 to M10 M55 x 3 53 173 57 to 64 11.1
-0.2 +0.3
51
Cylinder Parts
Female Clevis (Female Thread/Male Thread)
Hydraulic Cylinders
■■CLF-10-2 ■CLM-10-2 ■■Female clevis (female thread) ■■Female clevis (male thread)
■■Specifications (for female clevises with female thread)

Approx. weight
Model A ϕB C D (tolerance) E F G H ϕ J (tolerance) K L
kg
For 40 kN CLF-4-B +0.2 3/4-14NPT 21 16 +0.1
73 45 38 16 to M8 54 to 40 24 0.5
For 50 kN CLF-5-2 +0.5 M20 x 1.5 22 18 +0.3
CLF-10-B +0.2 1 1/4-11.5NPT 26 +0.1
For 100 kN 96 57 52 20 to M8 70 25 to 46 33 0.9
CLF-10-2 +0.5 M28 x 2 30 +0.3
CLF-20-B +0.2 2-11.5NPT 27 +0.1
For 200 kN 119 86 76 30 to M8 85 36 to 70 45 2.5
CLF-20-2 +0.5 M40 x 2 35 +0.3
+0.2 +0.1

For 350 kN CLF-35-2 185 110 104 48 to M10 M50 x 2 46 133 48 to 110 60 9.1
+0.5 +0.3
+0.2 +0.1
For 500 kN CLF-50-2 220 128 122 57 to M10 M55 x 3 51 159 57 to 128 68 14.7
+0.5 +0.3
■■Specifications (for female clevises with male thread)
Approx. weight
Model A ϕB C D (tolerance) E F G H ϕ J (tolerance) K L
kg
For 40 kN CLM-4-B 70 +0.2 3/4-14NPT 51 16 +0.1
45 38 16 to M5 18 to 40 24 0.4
For 50 kN CLM-5-2 74 +0.5 M20 x 1.5 55 18 +0.3
CLM-10-B 95 +0.2 1 1/4-11.5NPT 24 69 25 +0.1
For 100 kN 57 52 20 to M5 to 46 33 0.9
CLM-10-2 97 +0.5 M28 x 2 23 71 25 +0.3
CLM-20-B 116 +0.2 2-11.5NPT 82 36 +0.1
For 200 kN 86 76 30 to M6 25 to 70 45 2.4
CLM-20-2 121 +0.5 M40 x 2 87 36 +0.3
+0.2 +0.1
For 350 kN CLM-35-2 185 110 104 48 to M10 M50 x 2 33 133 48 to 110 60 8
+0.5 +0.3
+0.2 +0.1
Cylinder parts
For 500 kN CLM-50-2 222 128 122 57 to M10 M55 x 3 53 161 57 to 128 68 11.3
+0.5 +0.3
Clevis Pins
■■Pin Model A ϕ B (tolerance) C ϕD
For 40 kN CLP-4 16 0
58 50 2
For 50 kN CLP-5 18 - 0.04
0
For 100 kN CLP-10 70 25 60 3.2 Data
- 0.05
0
For 200 kN CLP-20 100 36 88 5
- 0.06
0
For 350 kN CLP-35 152 48 137 5
- 0.2
0
For 500 kN CLP-50 174 57 158 6.3
- 0.2
Clevis Washers/Split Pins
■■Washer Model ϕA ϕB C ■■Split pin Model A ϕB
40 kN CLW-4 28 17 3 40 kN CLC-4 25 1.8
50 kN CLW-5 30 19 3 50 kN CLC-5 25 1.8
100 kN CLW-10 39 27 3 100 kN CLC-10 36 2.9
200 kN CLW-20 60 37 5 200 kN CLC-20 50 4.6
350 kN CLW-35 92 50 8 350 kN CLC-35 70 4.6
500 kN CLW-50 105 58 9 500 kN CLC-50 80 5.9
*Two washers and two split pins are needed per clevis pin.
52
Cylinder Parts
100 and 200 kN Attachments for Unified Threaded Cylinders

Hydraulic Cylinders
● Attachments suitable for each work are mounted using the piston thread,collar thread,and/or base thread of the cylider.
● Only those to be mounted to the piston thread can be used in MS and MD series
cylinders by using the following thread caps.
Piston
● By using attachments, a small eccentric load could become big moment applied to the cylinder, thread
which may overturn or damage the cylinder. Taking into consideration the allowable eccentric load
to the cylinder, use a guide if needed.
● Depending on the combination of attachments, the cylinder may not be used at the maximum
operating pressure. Base thread Collar
● Do not use two or more connected pipes with female joints. thread
■■100 kN attachments
For piston threads and pipes
R-103 (Four-legged cap) R-105 (Triangle cap) R-106 (Cylinder flat base)
Approx. weight: 0.9 kg Approx. weight: 0.8 kg Approx. weight: 1.9 kg

For piston threads and pipes For collar threads For base threads
R-107 (Collar toe) *Be careful of an eccentric load. R-306 (Threaded connector) R-116 (Male joint)

For piston threads and pipes Pipe Pipe
R-117 (Female joint) *Note R-113/R-114 R-115/R-311
*The dimensions in parentheses show those of the R-114. *The dimensions in parentheses show those of the R-311.
Approx. weight: 0.5 kg Approx. weight: R-113: 0.5 kg R-114: 1.1 kg Approx. weight: R-115: 2.2 kg R-311: 3.3 kg
■■200 kN attachments
R-202 (Female joint) *Note R-205 (Collar toe) R-206/R-207/R-208/R-215 (Pipe)
Cylinder parts
Approx.
A weight (kg)
R-206 250 3.0
R-207 500 6.1
R-208 750 9.3
R-215 125 1.5
Approx. weight: 1.7kg Approx. weight: 3.4kg
Thread Caps for 100 and 200 kN Attachments (Metric-to-Unified Thread Conversion Bushing)
Data
●Used for mounting an attachment to the piston thread of MS and MD series cylinders.
*No attachments can be mounted to the collar and base threads of MS and MD series cylinders.
Model A B C Approx. weight (kg)
For 100 kN MI-10 1 1/4-11.5NPT M28 x 2 37 0.2
For 200 kN MI-20 2-11.5NPT M40 x 2 45 0.5
Examples of Attachment Combinations *Be careful of an eccentric load.
■■For 100 kN ■■For 200 kN
53
Data
Cylinder and Pump Selections
Hydraulic Cylinders
● The cylinder and pump selection table shown below is based on the oil volume required for one cylinder.
● A pump with a large tank capacity may be required depending on the piping length.
● Valves or other equipment may be required depending on the usage.
* The table below is just a selection guide. Take into consideration the frequency of lever operation for manual pumps and
the cylinder speed (see page 226) for electric pumps.
* See pages 7, 8, and 12 for selecting pumps and cylinders.
* If a single-acting cylinder is operated by the MP-10C, 12C, or 15C, additional parts may be required.
■■Single-acting cylinders
Maximum output 50 kN 100 kN 200 kN 300 kN 500 kN 700 kN
Stroke
50 50 200 75 200 25
(mm) 125 25 100
100 100 250 100 300 50 50
200 50 153
150 150 300 150 500 100
Model
P-1B ○ ○ ○ ○ X ○ X ○ X X
Manual Pumps
P-4 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
P-8 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
P-5 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

P-7
SMP-30/40 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
EMP-5B ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Electric Pumps
MP-4B ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
EMP-6B ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
MP-10C X ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
MP-12C X ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
MP-15C X X ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
■■Double-acting cylinders
2000
Maximum output 50 kN 100 kN 200 kN 350 kN 500 kN 1000 kN
kN
Stroke
Cylinder parts
50 50 200 50 200 50 150
(mm) 150 300 50 300
100 100 250 100 300 100 100 300
300 500 150 1000
150 150 300 150 500 150 500
Model
P-1D ○ ○ ○ ○ X X X X X X X X
Manual Pumps
P-4D ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X X X X X X
P-8D ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X X X X Data
P-5D ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X X
P-7C ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X X
SMP-30C/40C ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X X X X
EMP-5C ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X X
MP-4C ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X X
Electric Pumps
EMP-6C ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X X
MP-10C ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
MP-12C ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
MP-15C X X X ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
MP-17C X X X ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
MP-20C X X X X X X X ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
54
Data
Cylinder Structural Drawings
Hydraulic Cylinders
■■Single-acting short cylinders

40 to 700 kN short cylinders (spring-return type, MC/S series)
40 to 1000 kN short cylinders (load-return type, MR/R series)
■■MC1-35VC
No Part name Qty. MC1-35VC R1-63S
11 Cylinder tube 1 ○ ○
12 Piston 1 ○ ○
14 Piston stop ring 1 ○ ○
16 Thread cover 1 ○ ○
17 Head cover 1 ○ ○
29 Spring 1 ○ —
○ ○
The dotted red line represents a packing set: PMS-10.
33 Spring 1
■■R1-63S
34 Spacer 1 ○ —
61 O-ring 1 ○ ○
71 Backup ring 1 ○ ○
88 Steel ball 1 ○ ○
91 Coupler 1 VC-70-R3 S-1R
96 Set screw 1 ○ ○
*The structure and parts differ depending on the model.
The dotted red line represents a packing set: PMS-10. *Please contact us for internal drawings of other models.
■■Single-acting cylinders (spring-return type)
40 to 700 kN spring-return type (MS/S series)
■■MS1-150VC No Part name Qty. MS1-150VC S1-150S
11 Cylinder tube 1 ○ ○
12 Piston 1 ○ ○
○ ○
Cylinder parts
13 Bottom cap 1
14 Piston stop ring 1 ○ ○
15 Thread cap 1 — ○
16 Thread cover 1 ○ ○
21 Spring bracket 1 ○ ○
Data
23 Spring hanging bolt 1 ○ ○

The dotted red line represents a packing set: PMS-10. 24 Spring hook bolt 1 ○ ○
■■S1-150S 25 Cap nut 1 ○ ○
26 Washer 1 ○ ○
29 Spring 1 ○ ○
61 O-ring 1 ○ ○
62 O-ring 1 ○ ○
91 Coupler 1 VC-70-R3 S-1R
96 Set screw 1 ○ ○
*The structures and parts differ depending on the model.
The dotted red line represents a packing set: PMS-10. *Please contact us for internal drawings of other models.
55
Data
Cylinder Structural Drawings
Hydraulic Cylinders
■■Double-acting cylinders
40 to 5000 kN (MD/D series)
■■D5-300C No Part name Qty.
11 Cylinder tube 1
12 Piston 1
13 Bottom cap 1
14 Piston stop ring 1
15 Thread cap 1
16 Thread cover 1
61 O-ring 3
64 Penta seal 1
71 Backup ring 2
72 Backup ring 2
74 Backup ring 1

81 Dust seal 1
83 Hexagon socket set screw 2
91 Coupler (S-24R) 2
The dotted red line represents a packing set: PMD-50. 96 Hexagon socket set screw 1
*The structure and parts differ depending on the model. 97 Rotation preventing spacer 2
Please contact us for internal drawings of other models.
■■Double-acting center hole cylinder

200 to 2000 kN (DC series)
■■DC3-100S
No Part name Qty.
11 Cylinder tube 1
Cylinder parts
12 Piston 1
20 Core bar 1
61 O-ring 2
Data
64 O-ring 1
65 O-ring 2
71 Backup ring 2
73 Backup ring 1
74 Backup ring 1
75 Backup ring 2
81 Dust seal 1
91 Coupler (S-1R) 2
*The structure and parts differ depending on the model.
96 Hexagon socket set screw 1
56
Hydraulic Pumps
Manual Pumps ･･･････････ 58 to 65

Battery Pumps ･･･････････ 66
Discharge Volume List by Model ･･･････････ 67
SMP Series ･･･････････ 68 to 74
Electric Pumps ･･･････････ 75 to 92
Special Pumps ･･･････････ 93 to 101
Oil Coolers ･･･････････ 102
57
Manual Pumps
Manual Pumps
Hydraulic Pumps
● The standard maximum operating pressure of the Riken manual hydraulic pumps is 70 MPa.
● A wide variety of models is available to meet the required oil volume or operating speed of the cylinder.
● The two-stage speed control, by which the pressure automatically switches between high and low speed modes, is
provided (except some models), offering high work efficiency.
● These pumps include all necessary valves such as a safety valve, air valve, and operating valve, and also incorporate
an oil tank. Accordingly, they are compact, lightweight, and easy to handle.
● We can also manufacture special pumps such as low-pressure manual pumps, a pump combined with a cylinder.
Please contact us for further information.
Normally, manual pumps are used

horizontally. If they are used vertical-
ly (with the outlet port facing down-
ward), select the P-16B-V, P-1B-V,
or P-4-V.
If the P-16B, P-1B, or P-4, which is
vertically used, an additional part is
needed.
Select pumps whose effective oil volume is larger

than the total oil volumes required for cylinders used.
Manual Pumps
In particular, caution is required when several cylin-
ders are operated by a single pump.
Closed
Battery Pumps
Open
SMP Series
Do not refill the pump with hydraulic oil while the cylin-
der is extended. When refilling the tank, use the at- Be sure to open the air valve before use. Using the
tached oil level gauge to check whether the oil volume pump with the air valve closed may evacuate the
is appropriate. If oil is excessively refilled, the oil may inside of the tank, causing suction failure or damage to
Electric Pumps
leak from the air valve. the tank, etc.
● Pressure gauges are optional. (See pages 161 and 162.)

* For manual pumps for single-acting cylinders, a pressure gauge mounting bracket is also optional. (See page 163.)
* For manual pumps for double-acting cylinders, only the P-1D (DCB), P-4D (DCB), and P-8D (DCB) include a pres-
sure gauge mounting bracket.
Special Pumps
● Hydraulic oil
Pumps are delivered filled with hydraulic oil. When refilling hydraulic oil, use only Riken’s Genuine Power Oil (see page
175) or an ISO VG32 general hydraulic oil (see page 224).
Contact us if using other oil that is not general hydraulic one.
● Be sure to read the operation manual for the product thoroughly before use to obtain a good understanding of the product.
● Riken products must be not used where serious damage could result if the hydraulic oil leaks. In particular, they must not be used near fire.
Otherwise, injury or fire could result.
Oil Cooler
● Do not modify the product. Any modification that is not recommended by Riken could lead to an accident.
● When using the models shown below, be sure to open the air valve before use. Using the pump with the air valve closed may increase the
pressure inside the oil tank when the hydraulic oil returns, damaging the tank and leading to an accident.
[All models of manual (foot) pumps (except the P-3 and P-18) and all models of the SMP series]
● If an amount of hydraulic oil that is outside of the rated range returns to the oil tank, the pressure inside the tank may increase damaging the
tank and leading to an accident.
● The maximum operating pressure for the product is 70 MPa. Because high-pressure safety valves are used as safety equipment, whose
maximum operating pressure is set to 73 MPa before shipment, do not change the setting to more than 73 MPa. Otherwise, the equipment
may be damaged causing a serious accident.
● If using hydraulic equipment whose maximum operating pressure is less than 70 MPa, for the high-pressure safety valve, set the operating
pressure to be used for the application before use. Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged or scattered matter may be produced. If the
maximum operating pressure is set to 30 MPa or less, some pumps need parts replacement. Please contact us for further information.
● Be sure to remove air from inside the pipe before applying pressure.
If air remains, pressure may fluctuate or not be raised.
58
Manual Pumps
Manual Pumps (P-1 Series)

Hydraulic Pumps
■■P-1 series hydraulic circuit diagrams

P - 1 B
Blank : Standard model
-V : Vertical model
B : For single-acting cylinders
D : For double-acting cylinders
DCB : For double-acting cylinders with counterbalance valve
B-AL : For single-acting lightweight aluminum model
Series No.
Manual pump *The P-1DCB is a make-to-order product.
■■P-1B ■■P-1B-AL
Manual Pumps
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume Outlet Tank oil Effective Lever load Approx. Attached
MPa cm3/stroke Hydraulic
Model port volume oil volume N weight operating
oil
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure Rc cm3 cm3 (at 70 MPa) kg valve
P-1B (-V) 7.0 —

Battery Pumps
P-1D (-V) 9.0 SMVT-43

70 2 2.3 13.0 3/8 ISO VG32 700 600 534
P-1DCB (-V) 11.0 SCBT-43B
P-1B-AL (-V) 4.8 —
*The oil tank is filled up with hydraulic oil before shipment.
■■P-1B ■■P-1D
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
Special Pumps
■■P-1DCB ■■P-1B-AL
Oil Cooler
59
Manual Pumps
Hydraulic Pumps
P - 4
Blank : Standard model
-V : Vertical model
Blank : For single-acting cylinders
-AL : For single-acting lightweight aluminum model
Series No.
■■P-4 ■■P-4-AL
Manual Pumps
oil
P-4 (-V) 11.5 —
Battery Pumps
P-4D (-V) 2500 1800 338 13.5 SMVT-43
70 2 2.3 13.0 3/8 ISO VG32
P-4DCB (-V) 15.5 SCBT-43B
P-4-AL (-V) 1500 1200 534 6.3 —
■■P-4 ■■P-4D
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
Special Pumps
■■P-4DCB ■■P-4-AL
Oil Cooler
60
Manual Pumps

Hydraulic Pumps

P - 8
Series No.
Manual pump
*The P-8DCB is a make-to-order product.
oil
P-8 13.5 —
P-8D 70 2 3.1 31.0 3/8 ISO VG32 2100 1800 461 15.5 SMVT-43
Manual Pumps
P-8DCB 17.5 SCBT-43B

■■P-8 ■■P-8
Battery Pumps
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
Special Pumps
■■P-8D ■■P-8DCB
Oil Cooler
61
Manual Pumps
Hydraulic Pumps
P - 5
Series No.
■■P-5
Manual Pumps
oil
P-5 26 SMV-33
P-5D 70 3 6.1 90.0 3/8 ISO VG32 6000 5000 510 26 SMV-43
P-5DCB 30 SCB-43B
Battery Pumps
■■P-5 ■■P-5D
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
Special Pumps
■■P-5DCB ■■Additional pressure gauge port plate for P-5 / P-5D (optional)
Oil Cooler
*See page 63 for installation of a pressure gauge for the P-5DCB.
62
Ma#$al '$m)*
,'*-'./0-1"+/2034/!#5%#+6 ,'7#3()3)58#5/"5)8-$(/
Hydraulic Pumps
! '-, *;ri;* =Cdra$lic circ$i6 diagram*
Mod;l cod; *6r$c6$r;
" # $ #
/la#H Y MaEim$m o);ra6i#g )r;**$r; ,0 M'a
210 Y MaEim$m o);ra6i#g )r;**$r; 21 M'a
U;ri;* Oo. 140 Y MaEim$m o);ra6i#g )r;**$r; 14 M'a
/la#H Y Zor *i#gl;-ac6i#g cCli#d;r*
Ma#$al )$m) . Y ;'5&0'17)%<+6*(,=&64)(,0%5.
-./ Y ;'5&0'17)%<+6*(,=&64)(,0%5.&3(*$&6'1,*%57+)+,6%&>+)>%
! '-,
'-, @,.0,-./A ,3 M'a
'-, @,.0,-./A -210 22 M'a
'-, @,.0,-./A -140 15 M'a
'-, @,.0,-./A 21 M'a
'-, @,.0,-./A -210 10 M'a
'-, @,.0,-./A -140 , M'a
'-, @,.0,-./A 1,.5 M'a
'-, @,.0,-./A -210 10.5 M'a
'-, @,.0,-./A -140 , M'a
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
M,6.,# -./*0
MaEim$m o);ra6i#g )r;**$r; -i*c=arg; Fol$m; I$6l;6 La#H oil E99;c6iF; P))roE. P66ac=;d

KCdra$lic N;F;r load
Mod;l M'a cm30*6roH; )or6 Fol$m; oil Fol$m; R;ig=6 o);ra6i#g
oil O
Kig= )r;**$r; NoR )r;**$r; P6 =ig= )r;**$r; P6 loR )r;**$r; Rc cm3 cm3 Hg FalF;
'-, 55 KIV-33/
53S
'-,. ,0 S.0 56 KIV-43
@a6 ,0 M'aA
4,22'r5 -./*0
'-,-./ 55 U./-43/
'-,-210 55 KIV-33/
382
'-,.-210 21 2 22.0 S0.0 308 5UI VW32 10000 8000 56 KIV-43
@a6 21 M'aA
'-,-./-210 55 U./-43/
'-,-140 55 KIV-33/
353
'-,.-140 14 32.0 56 KIV-43
)M- )'r"'0
@a6 14 M'aA
'-,-./-140 55 U./-43/
"#$%&'()&*+,-&(.&/))%0&12&3(*$&$405+1)(6&'()&7%8'5%&.$(29%,*:
! '-,0'-,-2100'-,-140 ! '-,.0'-,.-2100'-,.-140
1#'+2r"+ -./*0
)*'+",# -./*0
! '-,-./0'-,-./-2100'-,-./-140 ! 5#*6alla6io# o9 a )r;**$r; ga$g; 9or 6=; '-5-./?
!"# %&&#'r
'-,. @-210? -140A? a#d '-,-./ @-210? -140A
63
Manual Pumps/Foot Pumps
Manual and Foot Pumps for SingleActing Cylinders
Hydraulic Pumps
! P16B ! P6 ! P14T
! P3 ! P14
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume Tank oil Effective oil Lever load Approx.
Outlet port Hydraulic
Model MPa cm3/stroke volume volume weight
Rc oil
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure cm3 cm3 N kg
P16B 70 2 1.0 5.0 280 220 265 3.1
P6 70 2 1.9 10.8 800 550 706 8.3
Manual Pumps
P3 70 1 1.7 9.5 3/8 ISO VG32 300 170 568 8.0
P14T 6000 5500 23.0
40 7 5.1 25.0 196
P14 — — 10.0
*The P14 has no oil tank. A suction pipe and a packing for tank are included.
*The discharge volume of the P14 and P14T represents a discharge volume produced during one cycle of the lever.
"#$%&'()&*+,-&(.&/))%0&12&3(*$&$405+1)(6&'()&7%8'5%&.$(29%,*:
Battery Pumps
! Hydraulic circuit ! P16B ! P14T
diagram P16B
SMP Series
! Hydraulic circuit
diagram P6
Electric Pumps
! P6
! Hydraulic circuit
diagram P3
Special Pumps
! P14
! Hydraulic circuit
Oil Cooler
diagram P14T
! P3
! Hydraulic circuit
diagram P14
64
Manual Pumps
SlightDischarge Manual Pumps (FHP Series)
Hydraulic Pumps
T-U*0-9$+$0(7-$7$%)0&%-(+6-3(+2(7-#23#,V-3*0$-6&,%1(09$-;*723$-(+6-/(,)$0-,#$$6-(0$-0$D2&0$6-/*0-O$))$0-B*0=-$/'%&$+
%FG-E+-)1$-%*+)0(0FV-)1$-6&,%1(09$-;*723$-*/-)1&,-#23#-&,-$8)0$3$7F-,3(77-,*-)1()-1&91R(%%20(%F-(+6-$(,F-#0$,,20$-
%*+)0*7-&,-#*,,&O7$G
T-E)1$0-)1(+-)1$-3*6$7,-,1*B+-O$7*BV-B$-%(+-(7,*-3(+2/(%)20$-#23#,-O(,$6-*+-,#$%&'%()&*+,-,2%1-(,-6&,%1(09$-;*7
23$V-$)%G-H7$(,$-%*+)(%)-2,-/*0-/20)1$0-&+/*03()&*+G
! FHP5P
5*6$7-%*6$-,)02%)20$
FHP 5 P
P7(+= : Q<E-#23#-/*0-(##0*(%1
P : Q&)1-#23#-/*0-(##0*(%1
"$0&$,-I*G
"7&91)R6&,%1(09$-3(+2(7-#23#
! FHP5P
Manual Pumps
! FHP5
Battery Pumps
! "#$%&'%()&*+,-./*0-)1$-#23#-/*0-(##0*(%14
5(8&323-*#$0()&+9-#0$,,20$ :&,%1(09$-;*723$ >(+=-*&7- ?//$%)&;$-
5*6$7 MPa cm3<,)0*=$ ;*723$ *&7-;*723$
3
@&91-#0$,,20$ A*B-#0$,,20$ C)-1&91-#0$,,20$ C)-7*B-#0$,,20$ cm cm3
P16B 70 2 1.0 5.0 280 220
SMP Series
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Maximum >*)(7-6&,%1(09$- :&,%1(09$-;*723$-#$0- 5(8&323-0*)()&*+- E2)7$)-#*0) C##0*8G-B$&91)
5*6$7 *#$0()&+9-#0$,,20$ ;*723$ 0*)()&*+-*/-)1$-1(+67$ )*0D2$-*/-)1$-1(+67$ @F60(27&%-*&7
MPa cm3 cm3 N • m Rc =9
FHP5 7.5
70 5.0 0.05 6 3/8 ISO VG32
Electric Pumps
FHP5P 13.0
Pole Jacks (WJ Series)
T-C-3(+2(7-#23#-(+6-(-%F7&+6$0-(0$-%*3O&+$6V-B1&%1-%(+-O$-2,$6-&+-(+F-*0&$+)()&*+G
T-W(+-O$-2,$6-/*0-;(0&*2,-#20#*,$,-OF-0$#7(%&+9-())(%13$+),V-,2&)(O7$-/*0-;(0&*2,-*#$0()&*+,-&+-,1&#F(06,V-(7,*-O$-2,$6-
(,-(-0$,%2$-)**7V-$)%G
Special Pumps
T->1$-+23O$0-*/-)&3$,-*/-#2,1&+9-)1$-7$;$0-0$D2&0$6-/*0-XLL-33-#&,)*+-,)0*=$-&,-(O*2)-XM-)&3$,-2+6$0-+*-7*(6-%*+6&)&*+G
! WJ85N
5*6$7-%*6$-,)02%)20$
WJ 85N
"$0&$,-I*G
Oil Cooler
H*7$-S(%=,
! WJ85N
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
5(8&323-*#$0()&+9-#0$,,20$---5H( :&,%1(09$-;*723$---%33/,)0*=$ E2)#2) >(+=-*&7-;*723$- ")0*=$ C##0*8G-B$&91)
5*6$7 @F60(27&%-*&7
@&91-#0$,,20$ A*B-#0$,,20$ C)-1&91-#0$,,20$ C)-7*B-#0$,,20$ =I cm3 mm =9
WJ85N 70 2 1.0 5.0 ISO VG32 50 143 100 9.3
J>1$-(##0*8G-B$&91)-&,-*/-B1$+-(-KLM-33-#&#$-&,-%*++$%)$6-)*-)1$-N(%=G
J>1$-*;$0(77-7$+9)1-*/-)1$-%*++$%)&*+-#&#$-%(+-O$-%1(+9$6G-H7$(,$-7$)-2,-=+*B-F*20-0$D2$,)-B1$+-*06$0&+9G
65
Battery Pumps
Battery Pumps (BTP Series)
Hydraulic Pumps
● Lightweight and easy-to-operate pumps alternative to manual
pumps. Model code structure
● The improved tank structure requires no air valve, which prevents
operators from forgetting to close the air valve and oil leakage
from occurring. BTP - 20 B
● Driven by a Panasonic nickel metal hydrogen (NiMH) battery
pack (EZ9200S) or a lithiumion battery pack (EZ9L45, 4.2 Ah)
with a Panasonic battery adapter (EZ9740). (A battery pack is not
included and must be prepared by the user.) Type
● If the pump with a fully charged battery pack is used in combina- B : For single-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
tion with a Riken S2-50 single-acting cylinder (200 kN x 50 mm SK : For single-acting cylinders (remote control)
stoke) and a 2 m hose, and if pressure is repeatedly raised to Series No.
70 MPa after the cylinder is extended 50 mm without a load, the
Battery pump
numbers of operation cycles of the pump are as follows:
Approx. 30 cycles with a Panasonic EZ9200S battery pack
Approx. 70 cycles with a Panasonic EZ9L45 battery pack
■■BTP-20B ■■BTP-20B hydraulic circuit ■■BTP-20SK hydraulic circuit

diagram diagram
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume Tank oil Effective oil Approx.
Outlet port
Model MPa cm3/min Hydraulic oil volume volume weight
Rc
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure L L kg
BTP-20B 6.8
70 2 60 700 3/8 ISO VG32 0.8 0.7
SMP Series
BTP-20SK 8.4
*The approx. weight does not include the weight of the battery pack.
■■Explanation of functions and operations

Model Functions and operations
Electric Pumps
After the 3-way direction-control valve is closed, pressing and holding the push button moves the cylinder forward. Re-
BTP-20B
leasing button stops the movement of the cylinder.
Remote control is possible due to a 3 m cable with a push-button. Pressing and holding the push button moves the cylin-
BTP-20SK der forward. Releasing the button stops the movement of the cylinder. Pressing and holding the return button retracts
the cylinder.
Special Pumps
■■BTP-20B
BTP-20B
Sold separately
Oil Cooler
EZ9740 battery
adapter
Sold separately Sold separately

EZ9200S nickel-hydrogen EZ9L45 lithium-ion
battery pack batty pack
*The Panasonic EZ9L45 lithiumion batty pack stops operation below a certain voltage to prevent over discharge.
66
SMP/Electric Pumps/Special Pumps
Discharge Volume List by Model

Hydraulic Pumps
Maximum operating Discharge volume

Model pressure Page
MPa L/min (50 Hz)
MP-4 0.4 L/min 79

EMP-6 0.58 L/min 81
MP-12H 1.5 L/min 83
MP-15H 2.5 L/min 85
One-stage type
MP-17H 5.0 L/min 87

High 70
MP-20H 10.0 L/min 89
RP1.5 1.5 L/min
RP2.5 2.5 L/min
93
RP5.0 5.0 L/min
RP10 10.0 L/min
High 70 0.2 L/min
SMP-30
Low 1.5 2.0 L/min
68 to 74
Manual Pumps
High 70 0.4 L/min

SMP-40
Low 1.5 3.0 L/min
High 70 0.4 L/min
EMP-5 80
Low 5 4.0 L/min
Battery Pumps
High 70 0.9 L/min

Two-stage type
MP-10 82
Low 8 6.5 L/min
High 70 1.5 L/min
MP-12 84
Low 8 8.5 L/min
SMP Series
High 70 2.5 L/min

MP-15 86
Low 6 20.0 L/min
High 70 5.0 L/min
MP-17 88
Low 6 40.0 L/min
Electric Pumps
High 70 10.0 L/min

MP-20 90
Low 6 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 70.0 L/min
*The above values are available at 50 Hz.
Special Pumps
● Riken products must not be used where serious damage could result if the hydraulic oil leaks. In particular, they must not be used near fire.
Otherwise, injury or fire could result.
● Replace the hydraulic oil immediately in the following cases: dust enters the oil, a strange odor is emitted, the color turns milky white due to
entry of water, the color turns blackish brown due to deterioration. If the oil is continuously used in these situations, the equipment may be
damaged resulting in poor performance. Even if there are no problems, the oil must be replaced once a year generally.
● If the pump is used continuously, pay attention to the rise in oil temperature. In addition, the product must be used at an ambient tempera-
ture of 0 to 40 °C.
Oil Cooler
● The oil temperature must be kept between 5 and 60 °C. If the oil temperature exceeds the proper range, the equipment will be damaged and
need repair (replacement of parts or the hydraulic fluid) at an early stage, resulting in poor performance. Use an optional oil cooler depend-
ing on the operating conditions.
● If the pump is used continuously, set the normal pressure to at most 70 % of the maximum operating pressure of the pump. Otherwise, the
pump may be damaged and need repair at an early stage.
● Use ISO VG 32 hydraulic oil for the MP-15 (3.7 kW) and smaller pumps, and ISO VG 46 hydraulic oil for the MP-17 (7.5 kW) and larger
ones. If a hydraulic oil with a different viscosity is used, the equipment may be damaged.
● Contact us if using other oil that is not general hydraulic one (see page 224). Otherwise replacement of packing, etc. may be needed.
● For SW(-PA), SB (-PA), and S (-PA) models of direction-control valves, one solenoid must be deenergized before the other is energized. Do
not allow the two solenoids to be energized simultaneously. Otherwise, device failure could result.
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoids of SL, SW (-PA), SB (-PA), and S (-PA) direction-control valves for one minute or longer
while pressure is applied. Otherwise, sticking of the spools will occur due to hydraulic lock, preventing switching.
● For SL, SW (-PA), SB (-PA), and S (-PA) models of direction-control valves, set the solenoid switching frequency to 20 cycles/min or less.
(One cycle means to turn ON/OFF the left and right solenoid separately.) Otherwise, the equipment may also be damaged resulting in poor
performance.
67
SMP Series
Small-Size Portable Electric Pumps (SMP Series)
Hydraulic Pumps
● With a magnet motor, noise is reduced greatly as compared with that of conventional models. (70 dB max.)
The performance is unchanged, but the durability has been improved.
● A wide variety of models (13 models) is available to meet various applications.
● The outlet port size is Rc3/8 for all models.
● The AS75 pressure gauge can be mounted on all models. (The pressure gauge is optional. For the pressure gauge
specifications, see page 161.)
● As an optional extra, a speed controller is available. Please contact us for details.
(The controller is compatible with only 100 V pumps whose maximum operating pressure is 35 MPa. It cannot be sold
separately.)
■■Common specifications
Type E closed-type magnet motor
Pump Oil tank
(50/60 Hz)
Maximum
Voltage Rated Discharge volume Effective
Model Rated operating pressure Tank
V operating Current L/min Hydraulic oil
output MPa capacity
(single time A oil volume
kW High Low At high At low L
phase) min L
pressure pressure pressure pressure
SMP-3012 2.0 1.8
SMP-3014 100 8.0 4.5 4.0
SMP-3016 6.5 6.0
Manual Pumps
SMP-3022 2.0 1.8
SMP-3024 200 0.25 5 4.0 70 1.5 0.2 2.0 ISO VG32 4.5 4.0
SMP-3026 6.5 6.0
SMP-3032 2.0 1.8
Battery Pumps
SMP-3034 230 4.0 4.5 4.0
SMP-3036 6.5 6.0
SMP-4012 2.0 1.8
SMP-4014 100 12.0 4.5 4.0
SMP Series
SMP-4016 6.5 6.0
SMP-4022 2.0 1.8
SMP-4024 200 0.45 5 6.0 70 1.5 0.4 3.0 ISO VG32 4.5 4.0
SMP-4026 6.5 6.0
Electric Pumps
SMP-4032 2.0 1.8
SMP-4034 230 5.2 4.5 4.0
SMP-4036 6.5 6.0
*Each current shown above is the average of the load currents at 70 MPa.
Special Pumps
*The power cable and operating switch cable are 3 m long.
■■Convertible models
● Pumps can be changed to another model of the same type (1 or 2) by changing the operating valve, parts, etc.
*Pumps cannot be changed to a model of the other type (type 1 ⇔ type 2).
SMP-30 series SMP-40 series
Oil Cooler
Type 1 Type 2 Type 1 Type 2

SMP-30**B SMP-40**B
SMP-30**BR SMP-40**BR
SMP-30**C SMP-40**C
SMP-30**CR SMP-40**CR
SMP-30**AR SMP-40**AR
SMP-30**DCB SMP-40**DCB
SMP-30**SK SMP-40**SK
SMP-30**SL SMP-40**SL
SMP-30**NV SMP-40**NV
SMP-30**SW SMP-40**SW
SMP-30**SP SMP-40**SP
SMP-30**NE SMP-40**NE
SMP-30**RK SMP-40**RK
● If the pump is used continuously, observe the rated operating time (5 minutes) and pay attention to the rise in motor and oil temperatures.
Otherwise, the equipment may also be damaged resulting in poor performance.
68
SMP Series
Small-Size Portable Electric Pumps for Single-Acting Cylinders (SMP Series)

Hydraulic Pumps
■■SMP-3012SK
SMP - 30 1 2 B
Type (for single-acting cylinders)
B : Manual type
Motor voltage BR : Manual type with relief valve
1 : 100 V Tank capacity SK : Stop-at-extension type
2 : 200 V 2 : 2L AR : Auto-return type
3 : 230 V 4 : 4.5 L RK : Intermediate stop type
6 : 6.5 L NE : Non-inertia type
Series No. (30/40) NV : W/O attached operating valve
Small-size portable electric pump
■■Characteristics and functions

Remote Approx.
controlled
Model Functions Components weight
operating
switch kg
Manual type
When the remote controlled operating switch is turned ON, if the lever of
Manual Pumps
SMP-30 (40)* 2B Pressure switch 14.5

the direction-control manual valve is turned clockwise, the single-acting
SPS-7A x 1
SMP-30 (40)* 4B cylinder is extended. SW-4A 17.5
Direction-control valve
Pressure can be maintained at the preset pressure for the pressure
SMP-30 (40)* 6B SMV-33 x 1 20.5
switch.
Manual type with relief valve
Battery Pumps
SMP-30 (40)* 2BR When the remote controlled operating switch is turned ON, if the lever of Direction-control valve 16.0
the direction-control manual valve is turned clockwise, the single-acting
SMV-33 x 1
SMP-30 (40)* 4BR cylinder is extended. SW-4A 19.0
External relief valve
Pressure can be adjusted and maintained using the relief valve attached
SMP-30 (40)* 6BR to the pump. (Pressure adjustable range: 10 to 70 MPa) KRV-34 x 1 22.0
Stop-at-extension type
SMP Series
SMP-30 (40)* 2SK When the remote controlled operating switch is turned ON, the sin- 14.5
gle-acting cylinder is extended. The maintenance of pressure and the Pressure switch
extension of the cylinder (the stopping accuracy is poor) are possible SPS-7A x 1
SMP-30 (40)* 4SK SW-4S 17.5
during pressurization. If the remote controlled operating switch is turned Direction-control valve
OFF and then the RETURN button is pressed, the cylinder is retracted. SSL-2B x 1
SMP-30 (40)* 6SK The cylinder cannot be stopped once it starts being retracted. 20.5
Electric Pumps
Auto-return type
When the remote controlled operating switch is turned ON, the sin-
SMP-30 (40)* 2AR 14.5
gle-acting cylinder is extended.
The single-acting cylinder is automatically retracted at the preset pres- Pressure switch
SMP-30 (40)* 4AR SW-4A 17.5
sure for the pressure switch. SPS-7A x 1
Special Pumps
The pressure cannot be maintained and the cylinder cannot be stopped

SMP-30 (40)* 6AR 20.5
halfway.
Intermediate stop type
SMP-30 (40)* 2RK The single-acting cylinder is extended or retracted only while the PUSH Pressure switch 16.5
or PULL button of the remote controlled operating switch is pressed and
held. The cylinder can be stopped while pressure is applied. The pres- SPS-7A x 1
SMP-30 (40)* 4RK SW-4WP 19.5
Oil Cooler
sure can be maintained while the PUSH button is pressed and held. The Direction-control valve
cylinder can be stopped at any position while it is being retracted (under KD-2C x 1
SMP-30 (40)* 6RK 22.5
no load condition).
Non-inertia type
SMP-30 (40)* 2NE The single-acting cylinder can be extended or retracted only while Pressure switch 19.0
the PUSH or PULL button of the remote controlled operating switch is
SPS-7A x 1
SMP-30 (40)* 4NE pressed and held. The cylinder can be stopped at any position immedi- SW-4WP 22.0
ately while it is being extended or retracted under no load condition, and
SMP-30 (40)* 6NE also the pressure can be maintained. KD-2C x 2 25.0
W/O attached operating valve

SMP-30 (40)* 2NV If the remote controlled operating switch is turned ON, the single-acting 14.5
cylinder is extended. If the switch is turned OFF, the cylinder is retracted.
SMP-30 (40)* 4NV SW-4A — 17.5
The pressure cannot be maintained and the cylinder cannot be stopped
SMP-30 (40)* 6NV halfway. 20.5
Note: “*” represents the motor voltage.
69
SMP Series
Hydraulic Pumps
■■SMP-30B/SMP-40B
● A single-acting cylinder is operated by the direction-control valve (SMV-33) and the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4A), which
are attached to the pump.
● At the preset pressure for the pressure switch, the pump can stop automatically and maintain the pressure. If the pressure drops a few
MPa below the preset pressure, it will restart operation automatically.
● The pumps can be changed to another type 2 model by changing parts, etc. (For type 2, see page 68.)
■■SMP-3012B ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
　 ■■SW-4A
Manual Pumps
■■SMP-30BR/SMP-40BR
● A single-acting cylinder is operated by the direction-control valve (SMV-33) and the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4A), which
are attached to the pump.
● Pressure can be adjusted by using the relief valve attached to the pump, and pressure maintenance is also possible (Pressure adjust-
able range: 10 to 70 MPa). The hydraulic oil temperature range is 5 to 60 °C. If the relief valve is operated for a long time, pay attention
to the rise in oil temperature.
Battery Pumps
■■SMP-3012BR ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
■■SW-4A
Special Pumps
■■SMP-30SK/SMP-40SK
● The single-acting cylinder is operated by the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4S).
● At the preset pressure for the pressure switch, the pumps can stop automatically and maintain the pressure. If the pressure drops a few
MPa below the preset one, they will restart operation automatically. The cylinder cannot be stopped halfway once it starts being retracted.
■■SMP-3012SK ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
Oil Cooler
■■SW-4S
70
SMP Series

Hydraulic Pumps
■■SMP-30AR/SMP-40AR
● The single-acting cylinder is operated by the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4A).
● The pumps stop automatically and the cylinder is retracted at the preset pressure for the pressure switch. (Auto-return type)
■■SMP-3012AR ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
■■SW-4A
■■SMP-30RK/SMP-40RK
● The single-acting cylinder is operated by the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4WP).
● Only while the PUSH button of the SW-4WP is pressed and held, the pumps stop automatically at the preset pressure for the pressure
switch, maintain the pressure, and restart operation automatically. Only while the RETURN button is pressed and held, the solenoid
valve operates to retract the cylinder.
■■SMP-3012RK ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
■■SW-4WP
■■SMP-30NE/SMP-40NE
SMP Series
● The single-acting cylinder is operated by the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4WP).
● Non-inertial type pumps stop the cylinder when the push button is released while the cylinder is moving up or down under no load
condition.
The pumps can stop at the preset pressure for the pressure switch, maintain the pressure, and restart operation automatically (as long
as the push button is pressed and held).
Electric Pumps
■■SMP-3012NE ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram

Special Pumps
■■SW-4WP
■■SMP-30NV/SMP-40NV
Oil Cooler
● The single-acting cylinder is operated by the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4A).
●The pressure cannot be maintained and the cylinder cannot be stopped halfway.
■■SMP-3012NV ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
■■SW-4A
71
SMP Series
Small-Size Portable Electric Pumps for Double-Acting Cylinders (SMP Series)
Hydraulic Pumps
■■SMP-3012C
SMP - 30 1 2 C
Type (For double-acting cylinders)
C : Manual type
Motor voltage CR : Manual type with relief valve
1 : 100 V Tank capacity DCB : Falling-by-self-weight prevention type
2 : 200 V 2 : 2L SL : Shuttle valve mounting type
3 : 230 V 4 : 4.5 L SW : 4-way 3-position
6 : 6.5 L center bypass type
Series No. (30/40) SP : 4-way 3-position
P port blocked type
Small-size portable electric pump
■■Characteristics and functions

Remote Approx.
controlled
Model Functions Components weight
operating
switch kg
Manual type (4-way 3-position)
Manual Pumps
SMP-30 (40) * 2C When the remote controlled operating switch is turned ON, if the 15.5
changeover lever of the direction-control manual valve is switched to Pressure switch
the left or right side, the double-acting cylinder is extended or retract- SPS-7A x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 4C SW-4A 18.5
ed. Direction-control valve
The pressure can be maintained at the preset pressure for the pres- SMV-43 x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 6C sure switch. 21.5
Battery Pumps
Manual type with relief valve (4-way 3-position)
SMP-30 (40) * 2CR When the remote controlled operating switch is turned ON, if the 17.0
changeover lever of the direction-control manual valve is switched to the SMV-43 x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 4CR left or right side, the double-acting cylinder is extended or retracted. SW-4A 20.0
The pressure can be adjusted and maintained by the relief valve at- External relief valve
tached to the pump. KRV-34 x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 6CR 23.0
SMP Series
Manual type with falling-by-self-weight prevention type
When the remote controlled operating switch is turned ON, if the
SMP-30 (40) * 2DCB changeover lever of the 4-way direction-control manual valve with 18.5
Pressure switch
a built-in pilot controlled check valve and counterbalance valve is SPS-7A x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 4DCB switched to the left or right side, the double-acting cylinder is extended SW-4A 21.5
Electric Pumps
or retracted. Pressure can be maintained at the preset pressure for the
SCB-43B x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 6DCB pressure switch. A heavy load can be prevented from falling by its own 24.5
weight for smooth operation of the cylinder.
Shuttle valve mounting type
Only while the PUSH button of the remote controlled operating switch
SMP-30 (40) * 2SL is pressed and held, oil is discharged from port B and the pump stops 18.5
Special Pumps
Pressure switch
automatically at the preset pressure for the pressure switch, maintain- SPS-7A x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 4SL ing the pressure. Only while the PULL button is pressed and held, oil SW-4WP 21.5
is discharged from port A. As soon as the button is released, the outlet
port is switched to B, and the amount of oil for the inertia of the motor KD-3C x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 6SL 24.5
is discharged from port B.
4-way 3-position center bypass type
Oil Cooler
SMP-30 (40) * 2SW The double-acting cylinder can be extended or retracted only while Pressure switch 20.5
the PUSH or PULL button of the remote controlled operating switch is SPS-7A x 1
pressed and held.
SMP-30 (40) * 4SW SW-4WP Direction-control valve 23.5
Because of its good responsiveness, the pump can stop the cylinder
immediately. The pressure can be maintained at the preset pressure KD-3S x 2
SMP-30 (40) * 6SW for the pressure switch. KD-2S x 1 26.5
4-way 3-position P port blocked type
SMP-30 (40) * 2SP The double-acting cylinder can be extended or retracted only while 19.0
the PUSH or PULL button of the remote controlled operating switch is Pressure switch
pressed and held, maintaining pressure at the preset pressure for the SPS-7A x 1
SMP-30 (40) * 4SP SW-4WP 22.0
pressure switch. If the button of the remote controlled operating switch Direction-control valve
is released, port P is blocked for ABT connection and pressure is no KD-3C x 2
SMP-30 (40) * 6SP longer maintained. 25.0
Note: “*” represents the motor voltage.
72
SMP Series

Hydraulic Pumps
■■SMP-30C/SMP-40C
● A double-acting cylinder is operated by the direction-control valve (SMV-43) and the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4A),
which are attached to the pump.
● At the preset pressure for the pressure switch, the pump can stop automatically and maintain the pressure. If the pressure drops a few
MPa below the preset pressure, it will restart operation automatically.
● During the transition period of switching the switching handle, all ports are open and pressure drops.
■■SMP-3012C ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
■■SW-4A
Manual Pumps
■■SMP-30CR/SMP-40CR
● A double-acting cylinder is operated by the direction-control valve (SMV-43) and the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4A),
● Pressure can be adjusted by the relief valve attached to the pump and maintained . (Pressure adjustable range: 10 to 70 MPa)
The hydraulic oil temperature range is 5 to 60 °C. If the relief valve is operated for a long time, pay attention to the rise in oil temperature.
Battery Pumps
■■SMP-3012CR ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram

SMP Series
Electric Pumps
■■SW-4A
■■SMP-30DCB/SMP-40DCB
Special Pumps
● A double-acting cylinder is operated by the direction-control valve (SCB-43B) and the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4A),
● The SCB-43B incorporates a pilot check valve and an external pilot-operated counterbalance valve to prevent heavy load from falling
by its own weight while the pump is jacking up the load. (The falling-by-self-weight prevention circuit is provided to port B only.)
■■SMP-3012DCB ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
Oil Cooler
■■SW-4A
73
SMP Series
Hydraulic Pumps
■■SMP-30SL/SMP-40SL
● A double-acting cylinder, torque wrench, etc. are operated by the remote controlled operating switch (SW-4WP).
● Only while the PUSH button of the SW-4WP is pressed and held, oil is discharged from port B, and the pump automatically stops
at the preset pressure for the pressure switch, maintaining the pressure. Only while the PULL button is pressed and held, oil is dis-
charged from port A. As soon as the button is released, the outlet port is switched to B, and the amount of oil for the inertia of the motor
is discharged from port B.
■■SMP-3012SL ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
■■SW-4WP
Manual Pumps
■■SMP-30SW/SMP-40SW
● The remote controlled operating switch (SW-4WP) operates a double-acting cylinder.
● Because of its good responsiveness, the pump can stop the cylinder immediately. Even if the button of the SW-4WP is released, pres-
sure can be maintained for a long time due to the check valve. If pressure drops a few MPa below the preset one, the pump will restart
operation automatically.
Battery Pumps
■■SMP-3012SW ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
■■SW-4WP
■■SMP-30SP/SMP-40SP
Special Pumps
● The remote controlled operating switch (SW-4WP) operates a double-acting cylinder.
● Only while the PUSH or PULL button of the SW-4WP is pressed and held, oil is discharged from port A or B, and the pump can stop
automatically at the preset pressure for the pressure switch, maintaining the pressure. If the pressure drops a few MPa below the pre-
set one, the pump will restart operation automatically.
■■SMP-3012SP ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Electric circuit diagram
Oil Cooler
■■SW-4WP
74
Electric Pumps
Descriptions of Electric Pump Functions

Hydraulic Pumps
Hydraulic Attached
Model Functions
symbol operating valve
Manual operation electric pumps for single-acting cylinders

■■EMP-5B
MP-4B SMV-33
By using a 3-way manual valve, the pumps oper-

ate a single-acting cylinder.
EMP-5B
Pressure can be maintained at the preset pressure
for the pressure switch.
EHV-3
EMP-6B
Manual operation electric pumps for double-acting cylinders

■■EMP-5C MP-4C SMV-43
Manual Pumps
EMP-5C
EHV-4B
EMP-6C
MP-10C MHV-4B
MP-12HC
By using a 4-way valve, the pumps operates a
MP-12C double-acting cylinder.
Battery Pumps
HOV-43
MP-15HC Pressure can be maintained at the preset pressure
for the pressure switch.
MP-17HC
MP-15C
HOV-44
MP-20HC
MP-17C BHV-46
SMP Series
MP-20C BHV-48
Solenoid operation electric pumps for single-acting cylinders (SL models)
■■EMP-5SL
EMP-5SL
Electric Pumps
ESL-4S-2
EMP-6SL By using the 4-way 2-position spool-type solenoid
operated directional valve, the pumps operates a
MP-10SL double-acting cylinder.
The pump discharges the hydraulic oil to port A
at the normal position. By exciting the solenoid, it
Special Pumps
MP-12HSL switches the flow to port B.

MSL-4S-2 Contact us in advance if you use the pump with a
MP-12SL double-acting cylinder.
MP-15HSL
Oil Cooler
Solenoid operation electric pumps for double-acting cylinders (SW models)
■■EMP-5SW
EMP-5SW (-PA)
ESW-4H-2
ECH-4 By using the 4-way 3-position spool-type solenoid
EMP-6SW (-PA) operated directional valve, the pump operates a
double-acting cylinder. The hydraulic oil returns
MP-10SW (-PA) from the pump to the oil tank at the center posi-
tion. By using the pilot controlled check valve, the
MP-12HSW (-PA) pressure can be maintained.
MSW-4H-2 If a high-capacity cylinder is used, it is recom-
MCH-4 mended to provide a pressure reducing circuit.
MP-12SW (-PA)
(For details on xx(x)-PA models, see 77 page.)
MP-15HSW (-PA)
75
Electric Pumps
Descriptions of Electric Pump Functions
Hydraulic Pumps
Hydraulic Attached
Model Functions
symbol operating valve
Solenoid operation electric pumps for double-acting cylinders (SB and S models)
■■MP-10SB MP-10SB (-PA)
MP-12HSB (-PA)
MSW-4B-2
MP-12SB (-PA)
MP-15HSB (-PA) By using the 4-way 3-position spool-type solenoid

operated directional valve, the pump operates a dou-
ble-acting cylinder.
MP-15S (-PA)
The hydraulic oil returns from the pump to the oil tank
at the neutral position.
MP-17HS SOW-R-4-2 (For details on xx(x)-PA models, see 77 page.)
MP-20HS
MP-17S SOW-R-46-2
Manual Pumps
MP-20S SOW-R-48-2
Solenoid operation electric pumps for single-acting cylinders (D-PA models)
■■EMP-5D-PA
Battery Pumps
MP-4D-PA KD-2S-1
EMP-5D-PA
SMP Series
By using a 2-way solenoid valve, the pump operates a
KD-2S-2 single-acting cylinder.
For details, see page 77.
EMP-6D-PA
Electric Pumps
MP-10D-PA GSL-24-2
Special Pumps
Electric pumps for separately-installed operating valves (TK models)
■■EMP-5TK EMP-5TK
ETK-1
EMP-6TK
MP-10TK TK-10
Oil Cooler
MP-12HTK
MP-12TK TK-3
Equipped with a plate having outlet and return ports.
MP-15HTK An external direction-control valve is mounted before
use.
MP-15TK TK-4
MP-17HTK TK-3
MP-17TK TK-17
MP-20HTK TK-4
MP-20TK TK-20
76
Electric Pumps
!"#cri'(io*# o, El"c(ric /0m' 20*c(io*#
Hydraulic Pumps
! /ac4ag" '0m'# ,or #i*gl"-ac(i*g c7li*d"r# 9!-/: mod"l#;
"#$%&'(()*#+',-#.#/0+.1#234)53'*#6.46)7#,-)#(&8(2#-.6)#.#(&2-09&,,35#3():.,'5;#2+',<-7#(:)22&:)#2+',<-#=>?@A0BCD7#
),<E#.5*#<.5#8.'5,.'5#,-)#(:)22&:)E#F541#91#<355)<,'5;#,-)#(3+):#2&((41#,3#,-)#(&8(7#,-)#(&8(#<.5#9)#&2)*#'88)0
*'.,)41E#GH#,-)#(&2-09&,,35#3():.,'5;#2+',<-#'2#(:)22)*7#,-)#/0+.1#234)53'*#6.46)#'2#(3+):)*#.5*#*'2<-.:;)#3'4#.2#2335#
.2#,-)#83,3:#2,.:,2#,3#:3,.,)E#GH#,-)#(&2-09&,,35#'2#(:)22)*#.5*#-)4*#,-)57#+-)5#(:)22&:)#:).<-)2#,-)#(:)2),#(:)22&:)#
H3:#,-)#(:)22&:)#2+',<-7#,-)#83,3:#2,3(2#.&,38.,'<.441#.5*#,-)#(:)22&:)#'2#8.'5,.'5)*E
# GH#,-)#(&2-09&,,35#'2#:)4).2)*7#,-)#83,3:#2,3(2#.5*#,-)#(3+):#'2#53,#2&((4')*#,3#,-)#/0+.1#234)53'*#6.46)E#I<<3:*'5;417#
,-)#<14'5*):#'2#*)(:)22&:'J)*#.5*#:),:.<,)*E
! /ac4ag" '0m'# ,or do0<l"-ac(i*g c7li*d"r# 9=>-/: mod"l#;
"#$%&'(()*#+',-#.#K0+.1#L0(32','35#2(3340,1()#234)53'*#3():.,)*#*':)<,'35.4#6.46)7#,-)#AM#(&8(2#3():.,)#.#*3&0
94)0.<,'5;#<14'5*):E#N-)#-1*:.&4'<#3'4#:),&:52#H:38#,-)#(&8(#,3#,-)#3'4#,.5O#.,#,-)#5)&,:.4#(32','35E#P1#&2'5;#,-)#('43,#
<35,:344)*#<-)<O#6.46)7#,-)#(:)22&:)#<.5#9)#8.'5,.'5)*E
# GH#.#-';-0<.(.<',1#<14'5*):#'2#&2)*7#3:#'H#,-)#+3:O(')<)#(&2-)2#9.<O#,-)#<14'5*):#+-)5#(:)22&:)#*)<:).2)27#',#'2#:)<380
8)5*)*#,3#(:36'*)#.#(:)22&:)#:)*&<'5;#<':<&',E
"#I5#AM0?I#(.<O.;)#(&8(#8).52#.5#AM#(&8(#)%&'(()*#+',-#.#<35,:34#93Q7#.#(&2-09&,,35#3():.,'35#2+',<-7#.#(:)20
2&:)#2+',<-#=>?@A0BCD7#),<E7#+-'<-#<.5#9)#&2)*#'88)*'.,)41#.H,):#.#(3+):#2&((41#'2#<355)<,)*#,3#,-)#(&8(E#N-)#
83,3:#2,.:,2#,3#:3,.,)#91#,&:5'5;#35#,-)#2,.:,#2+',<-#3H#,-)#)4)<,:38.;5),'<#2+',<-#.,,.<-)*#,3#,-)#(&8(E#?:)22'5;#,-)#
&(():#9&,,35#.5*#43+):#9&,,35#3H#,-)#(&2-09&,,35#2+',<-#*'2<-.:;)2#,-)#3'4#H:38#(3:,#I#.5*#(3:,#P7#:)2()<,'6)41E#N-)#
Manual Pumps
<14'5*):#3():.,)2#+-'4)#.#(&2-09&,,35#'2#(:)22)*#.5*#-)4*E#G,#2,3(2#+-)5#,-)#9&,,35#'2#:)4).2)*E
# P)<.&2)#.#('43,#<35,:344)*#<-)<O#6.46)#'2#.,,.<-)*#,3#,-'2#(&8(7#,-)#(:)22&:)#'2#8.'5,.'5)*#)6)5#'H#.#(&2-09&,,35#'2#
:)4).2)*#+-'4)#(:)22&:)#'2#.((4')*E#GH#,-)#3,-):#(&2-09&,,35#'2#(:)22)*#.5*#,-)#(:)22&:)#:).<-)2#.#<):,.'5#4)6)47#(:)20
2&:)#8.'5,)5.5<)#)5*2E
# >3#53,#.443+#,-)#(3+):#,3#9)#2&((4')*#<35,'5&3&241#,3#,-)#234)53'*#6.46)#3H#,-'2#(&8(#H3:#35)#8'5&,)#3:#83:)E
# >3#53,#.443+#,-)#2+',<-'5;#H:)%&)5<1#,3#)Q<))*#/C#<1<4)2R8'5E
Battery Pumps
"#AM0?I#(.<O.;)#(&8(2#*3#53,#:)2,.:,#3():.,'35#.&,38.,'<.441#)6)5#'H#(:)22&:)#*:3(2#*&:'5;#(:)22&:)#8.'5,)5.5<)E
! /ac4ag" '0m'# ,or do0<l"-ac(i*g c7li*d"r# 9=?-/: a*d =-/: mod"l#;
"#$%&'(()*#+',-#.#K0+.1#L0(32','35#2(3340,1()#234)53'*#3():.,)*#*':)<,'35.4#6.46)7#,-)#AP#.5*#A#(&8(2#3():.,)2#.#
*3&94)0.<,'5;#<14'5*):E
SMP Series
# N-)#-1*:.&4'<#3'4#:),&:52#H:38#,-)#(&8(#,3#,-)#3'4#,.5O#.,#,-)#5)&,:.4#(32','35E
"#I5#AP0?I#=A0?ID#(.<O.;)#(&8(#8).52#.5#AP#=AD#(&8(#)%&'(()*#+',-#.#<35,:34#93Q7#(&2-09&,,35#3():.,'35#2+',<-7#
.5*#(:)22&:)#2+',<-#=>?@A0BCD7#.5*#<.5#9)#&2)*#'88)*'.,)41#.H,):#.#(3+):#2&((41#'2#<355)<,)*#,3#,-)#(&8(E
# A)4)<,#,-'2#'H#(:)22&:)#8.'5,)5.5<)#'2#53,#5))*)*E
# N-)#83,3:#2,.:,2#,3#:3,.,)#91#,&:5'5;#35#,-)#2,.:,#2+',<-#3H#,-)#)4)<,:38.;5),'<#2+',<-#.,,.<-)*#,3#,-)#(&8(E
Electric Pumps
# ?:)22'5;#,-)#&(():#9&,,35#.5*#43+):#9&,,35#3H#,-)#(&2-09&,,35#2+',<-#*'2<-.:;)2#,-)#3'4#H:38#(3:,#I#.5*#(3:,#P7#:)0
2()<,'6)41E
# N-)#<14'5*):#3():.,)2#+-'4)#.#(&2-09&,,35#'2#(:)22)*#.5*#-)4*E#G,#2,3(2#+-)5#,-)#9&,,35#'2#:)4).2)*E
# ?4).2)#53,)#,-.,#,-'2#(&8(#<.553,#8.'5,.'5#(:)22&:)E
# >3#53,#.443+#,-)#(3+):#,3#9)#2&((4')*#<35,'5&3&241#,3#,-)#234)53'*#6.46)#3H#,-'2#(&8(#H3:#35)#8'5&,)#3:#83:)E
# G5#.**','357#*3#53,#.443+#,-)#2+',<-'5;#H:)%&)5<1#,3#)Q<))*#/C#<1<4)2R8'5E
Special Pumps
SN-)#>0?I7#AM0?I7#AP0?I7#.5*#A0?I#.:)#8.O)0,303:*):#(:3*&<,2E
SN-)#3():.,'5;#634,.;)#'2#/CC#TE#N-)#U?0K>0?I#'2#H3:#VCC#TE
SI#/EW#8#(3+):#<.94)#.5*#.#W#8#3():.,'5;#2+',<-#<.94)2#.:)#'5<4&*)*E
SN-)#U?0K>0?I#'5<4&*)2#.#(:)22&:)#2+',<-#=?XA0BCCDE
SN-)#>0?I#'5<4&*)2#.#2+',<-#93Q#+',-#35)#(&2-09&,,35E#GH#.#H33,#2+',<-#'2#5))*)*7#(4).2)#4),#&2#O53+#13&:#:)%&)2,E
SN-)#AM0?I7#AP0?I7#.5*#A0?I#'5<4&*)#.#2+',<-#93Q#+',-#,+3#(&2-09&,,352E#GH#.#H33,#2+',<-#'2#5))*)*7#(4).2)#4),#&2#O53+#13&:#:)%&)2,E
Oil Cooler
! $4)<,:'<#<':<&',#*'.;:.8#=AM0?IRAP0?IRA0?ID# ! $4)<,:'<#<':<&',#*'.;:.8#=>0?ID#
##S$Q<)(,#,-)#U?0K>0?I
77
Electric Pumps
Specifications for Electric Pump Motors
Hydraulic Pumps
■■Specifications for motors for one-stage electric pumps
Voltage (Number of phases) Output Rated current A Load current A Number of revolutions rpm
Model Type
V kW 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
MP-4 Capacitor-start open type 100/200 (single phase) 0.4 7.0 6.0 8.0 9.0
EMP-6 0.75 4.0 3.5 4.0 4.0
MP-12H 2.2 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0

1500 1800
Fully-enclosed fan-cooled
MP-15H 200 (3 phases) 3.7 16.0 15.0 15.0 16.0
type
MP-17H 7.5 32.0 30.0 34.0 38.0
MP-20H 15 60.0 56.0 64.0 68.0
*The load current is the peak current (reference value). It varies depending on the operating status.
*Both rated and load currents of the MP-4 are at 100 V. At 200 V, these currents decrease to about half of those at 100 V.
■■Specifications for motors for two-stage electric pumps

Model Type
EMP-5 0.75 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5
Manual Pumps
MP-10 1.5 7.0 6.5 7.0 8.0
MP-12 2.2 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0

Fully-enclosed fan-cooled
200 (3 phases) 1500 1800
type
MP-15 3.7 16.0 15.0 17.0 20.0
Battery Pumps
MP-17 7.5 32.0 30.0 36.0 41.0
MP-20 15 60.0 56.0 64.0 68.0
*The load current is the peak current (reference value). It varies depending on the operating status.
Outlet plates (TK plates)
SMP Series
● Attached to P and T ports to make a connection with equipment when a valve stand is installed separately.
To mount the TK-3 or 4, use metal fittings. (See page 112.)
● Pumps with a model No. ending in “TK” include plates shown below.
■■Specifications table
Electric Pumps
Hydraulic symbol Connection port size Approx. weight
Model Compatible pump
TK-3/TK-4 TK-10 ETK-1 Rc kg
TK-3 MP-12/12H/15H/17H 3/8 2.0
TK-4 MP-15/20H 1/2 (Note) 2.0
Special Pumps
TK-10 MP-10 3/8 2.2
ETK-1 EMP-5/EMP-6 — 0.7
Note: The size of P and T ports on the top of the TK-4 is Rc3/8.
■■TK-3 ■■TK-4 ■■TK-10 ■■ETK-1

Oil Cooler
78
Electric Pumps
One-Stage Electric Pumps (0.4 kW)

Hydraulic Pumps
■■MP-4 series Model code structure

● Thanks to a high-performance axial piston system, the series
features very small changes in discharge volume caused by pres-
sure fluctuation. MP - 4 B
● Equipped with a double safety mechanism using a safety valve
and pressure switch to prevent an overload. Type
● 100 V wiring is a standard, but the pump can be used at 200 VAC B : For single-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
by changing the wiring and the plug. C : For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
● We can also manufacture 200 V three-phase motor pumps. D-PA : Package pump for single-acting cylinders
(Make-to-order product) (solenoid operated direction valve)
● The MP-4D-PA has a 2-way solenoid valve, push-button operat- Series No.
ing switch, pressure switch (PCS-700), pressure gauge (AS100-
100M), and can be used immediately after a power supply is
connected to the pump. A switch box with one push-button is Electric pump
included. If a foot switch is used, please let us know your request.
● The package pumps are make-to-order products.
● For descriptions of models and precautions, see pages 75 to 78.
■■MP-4B ■■MP-4 series hydraulic circuit diagrams
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
■■Motor specifications
Voltage Number of revolutions
(Number of Output Rated current A Load current A
Type rpm
phases) kW
V 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
SMP Series
Capacitor-start open type 100/200 (single phase) 0.4 7.0 6.0 8.0 9.0 1500 1800
*The load current means the peak current (reference value). It varies depending on the operating status.
■■Pump specifications
Maximum Discharge volume Outlet Tank oil Effective Approx.
Hydraulic Attached
Model operating pressure L/min port volume oil volume weight
Electric Pumps
oil operating valve

MPa (50/60 Hz) Rc L L kg
MP-4B SMV-33 40
MP-4C 70 0.4/0.48 3/8 ISO VG32 4.5 3.5 SMV-43 41
MP-4D-PA KD-2S-1 45
*Both rated and load currents of the MP-4 are at 100 V. At 200 V, these currents decrease to about half of those at 100 V.
Special Pumps
■■MP-4B
No. Name Notes
1 Oil tank
4 Motor
6 Push-button switch
Oil Cooler
13 High-pressure safety valve

18 Pressure switch PCS-700
22 Direction-control valve SMV-33
26 Air valve
34 Oil drain port Rc3/8
35 Return port Rc3/8
36 Outlet port Rc3/8
37 Refill port Rc3/4
* The above numbers do not correspond to the part
numbers of the product.
For the part numbers of the product, see the oper-
ation manual.
*100 V wiring is a standard. If the pomp is used at 200 V, change the wiring and the plug.
*The power cable is 2.5 m long with a 2-pin plug (grounding type) for 15 A and 125 V.
79
Electric Pumps
Two-Stage Electric Pumps (0.75 kW)
Hydraulic Pumps
■■EMP-5 series Model code structure
● This series combines high- and low-pressure pumps, which is
driven by a motor, to improve operation efficiency.
● Equipped with a double safety mechanism using a safety valve EMP - 5 B
and pressure switch to prevent an overload.
● We can also manufacture single-phase motor (100/200 VAC) Type
models. Series No. B : For single-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
● EMP-5SW-PA and EMP-5D-PA package pumps have a switch Electric pump C : For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
box with two push-buttons and a switch box with one push-button SL : For single-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
respectively, and can be used immediately after a power supply D-PA : Package pump for single-acting cylinders
is connected to the pump. If a foot switch is used, please let us
(solenoid operated direction valve)
know your request.
● The package pumps are make-to-order products. SW : For double-acting cylinders
● For descriptions of models and precautions, see pages 75 to 78. (solenoid operated direction valve, pressure maintenance)
SW-PA : Package pump for double-acting cylinders
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of the
(solenoid operated direction valve, pressure maintenance)
EMP-5SL, 5SW, and 5SW-PA for one minute or longer while
TK : For separately installed operating valve
pressure is applied.
Otherwise, switching by the spool is not possible. (W/O attached operating valve)
■■EMP-5B ■■EMP-5 series hydraulic circuit

diagrams
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Voltage Output Rated current A Load current A Number of revolutions rpm
Type (Number of phases)
V kW
50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
SMP Series
Fully-enclosed fan-cooled type 200 (3 phases) 0.75 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 1500 1800
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume L/min Outlet Tank oil Effective oil Approx.
MPa (50/60 Hz) Hydraulic Attached
Model port volume volume weight
Electric Pumps
oil operating valve
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure Rc L L kg
EMP-5B EHV-3 50
EMP-5C EHV-4B 50
EMP-5SL ESL-4S-2 51
70 5 0.4/0.48 4.0/4.8 3/8 ISO VG32 9 6
EMP-5D-PA KD-2S-2 52
Special Pumps
EMP-5SW ESW-4H-2 & ECH-4 53
EMP-5TK NA 49
■■EMP-5B
No. Name Notes
1 Oil tank
Oil Cooler
4 Motor
5 Electric magnetic switch
6 Start switch
18 Pressure switch DPGS-70
22 Direction-control valve EHV-3
27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
For the part numbers of the product, see the oper-
*The power cable is 2.5 m long with a 3-pin plug (grounding type) for 15 A and 250 V. ation manual.
*The direction-control valve of the SL and SW models is not wired.
80
Electric Pumps

Hydraulic Pumps
■■EMP-6 series Model code structure

sure fluctuation.
EMP - 6 B
● We can also manufacture single-phase motor (AC 100/200 V) Series No. B: For single-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
models. If a foot switch is used, please let us know your request. Electric pump C: For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
● EMP-6SW-PA and EMP-6D-PA package pumps have a switch SL: For single-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
box with two push-buttons and a switch box with one push-button D-PA: Package pump for single-acting cylinders
respectively, and can be used immediately after a power supply is (solenoid operated direction valve)
connected to the pump.
SW : For double-acting cylinders
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of the (solenoid operated direction valve, pressure maintenance)
EMP-6SL, 6SW, and 6SW-PA for one minute or longer while TK : For separately installed operating valve
pressure is applied. (W/O attached operating valve)
Otherwise, switching by the spool is not possible.
■■EMP-6B ■■EMP-6 series

hydraulic circuit diagrams
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Voltage Output Rated current A Load current A Number of revolutions rpm
SMP Series
Maximum Outlet Tank oil Effective Approx.
Discharge volume L/min Hydraulic Attached
Model operating pressure port volume oil volume weight
Electric Pumps
(50/60 Hz) oil operating valve

MPa Rc L L kg
EMP-6B EHV-3 50
EMP-6C EHV-4B 50
EMP-6SL ESL-4S-2 51
70 0.58/0.7 3/8 ISO VG32 8 5
EMP-6D-PA KD-2S-2 52
Special Pumps
EMP-6SW ESW-4H-2 & ECH-4 53

EMP-6TK NA 50
■■EMP-6B
No. Name Notes
1 Oil tank
Oil Cooler
4 Motor
6 Start switch
22 Direction-control valve EHV-3
27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
*The power cable is 2.5 m long with a 3-pin plug (grounding type) for 15 A and 250 V. For the part numbers of the product, see the oper-
*The direction-control valve of the SL and SW models is not wired. ation manual.
81
Electric Pumps
Hydraulic Pumps
driven by a motor, to improve operating efficiency.
● Equipped with a double safe mechanism of the safety valve and
MP - 10 C
the pressure switch to prevent an overload.
● MP-10SB (10SW)-PA and MP-10D-PA package pumps have Type
a switch box with two push-buttons and a switch box with one Series C : For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
push-button respectively, and can be used immediately after a No. SL : For single-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
power supply is connected to the pump. If a foot switch is used,
Electric pump SB : For double-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
please let us know your request.
● The dedicated plate (MPP-37) is required to install an oil cooler.
● A dedicated block sub-plate (MBSP-32) is required to mount D-PA : Package pump for single-acting cylinders
Esperblocks (MB-1 and 2). (solenoid operated direction valve)
● For descriptions of models and precautions, see pages 75 to 78. SB-PA : Package pump for double-acting cylinders
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of SW-PA : Package pump for double-acting cylinders
the MP-10SL, 10SB (-PA), and 10SW (-PA) for one minute or (solenoid operated direction valve, pressure maintenance)
longer while pressure is applied. TK : For separately installed operating valve
■■MP-10C ■■MP-10 series

hydraulic circuit diagrams
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Rated current A Load current A Number of revolutions rpm
SMP Series
Voltage (Number of phases) Output
Type
Electric Pumps
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume L/min Outlet Tank oil Effective oil Approx.
Hydraulic Attached
Model MPa (50/60 Hz) port volume volume weight
oil operating valve
MP-10C MHV-4B 97
MP-10SL MSL-4S-2 96
MP-10SB MSW-4B-2 97
Special Pumps
70 8 0.9/1.08 6.5/7.8 3/8 ISO VG32 22 13
MP-10SW MSW-4H-2 & MCH-4 102
MP-10D-PA GSL-24-2 97
MP-10TK NA 93
■■MP-10C
No. Name Notes
1 Oil tank
Oil Cooler
4 Motor
6 Start switch
22 Direction-control valve MHV-4B
27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
*The direction-control valve of the SL, SB, and SW models is not wired. ation manual.
82
!"#$%r'$ )*+,-
!"#$%&'(# *+#,&r., /0123 4565 789

!"dr%&'() +&,-.
! M/$;5< 3#r.#3 B+;06#4+;0#)*194*910

"#$%&'()#*+#&#%,-%./012+13&'40#&5,&6#/,)*+'#)7)*038#*%0#)01,0)#
20&*910)#:017#)3&66#4%&'-0)#,'#;,)4%&1-0#:+6930#4&9)0;#<7#/10).
)910#=94*9&*,+'> M/ $ ;5< =
"#?@9,//0;#A,*%#&#;+9<60#)&20*7#304%&',)3#9),'-#&#)&20*7#:&6:0#
&';#/10))910#)A,*4%#*+#/10:0'*#&'#+:016+&;> $7/0
"#BC.DEFGH.CI#&';#GJ.CI#/&4(&-0#/93/)#%&:0#&#)A,*4%#<+5# G01,0) ^ 3K+1#;+9<60.&4*,'-#476,';01)#P3&'9&6#;,104*,+'.4+'*1+6#:&6:0R#
A,*%#*A+#/9)%.<9**+')#&';#&#4+'*1+6#<+58#&';#4&'#<0#9)0;#,330. !"#$%r'$ ,*+, Q+> GT 3 K+1#),'-60.&4*,'-#476,';01)#P)+60'+,;#+/01&*0;#;,104*,+'#:&6:0R#
;,&*067#&2*01#&#/+A01#)9//67#,)#4+''04*0;#*+#*%0#/93/> GH 3K+1#;+9<60.&4*,'-#476,';01)#P)+60'+,;#+/01&*0;#;,104*,+'#:&6:0R#
"$%0#/&4(&-0#/93/)#&10#3&(0.*+.+1;01#/1+;94*)> GJ 3K+1#;+9<60.&4*,'-#476,';01)#
"#K+1#;0)41,/*,+')#+2#3+;06)#&';#/104&9*,+')8#)00#/&-0)#LM#*+#LN> P)+60'+,;#+/01&*0;#;,104*,+'#:&6:08#/10))910#3&,'*0'&'40R
GH.CI 3 C&4(&-0#/93/#2+1#;+9<60.&4*,'-#476,';01)
#P)+60'+,;#+/01&*0;#;,104*,+'#:&6:0R#
"#[+#'+*#)9//67#/+A01#4+'*,'9+9)67#*+#*%0#)+60'+,;#:&6:0#+2#*%0# GJ.CI 3 C&4(&-0#/93/#2+1#;+9<60.&4*,'-#476,';01)
BC.DEFGT8#DEFGH#P.CIR8#&';#DEFGJ#P.CIR#2+1#+'0#3,'9*0# P)+60'+,;#+/01&*0;#;,104*,+'#:&6:08#/10))910#3&,'*0'&'40R
+1#6+'-01#A%,60#/10))910#,)#&//6,0;> $c 3 K+1#)0/&1&*067#,')*&660;#+/01&*,'-#:&6:0
]*%01A,)08#)A,*4%,'-#<7#*%0#)/++6#,)#'+*#/+)),<60> #PJ\]#&**&4%0;#+/01&*,'-#:&6:0R#
! BC.DEF^# ! BC.DEF#)01,0)#%7;1&96,4#4,149,*#;,&-1&3)#
M,6.,# -./*0
4,22'r5 -./*0
! !"#"$%&'()*+),#*"-&
O+6*&-0 S&*0;#49110'*###I T+&;#49110'*###I Q93<01#+2#10:+69*,+')###1/3
/*%,*%
$7/0 PQ93<01#+2#/%&)0)R#
(J MU#FV WU#FV MU#FV WU#FV MU#FV WU#FV
.
)M- )'r"'0
K9667.0'46+)0;#2&'.4++60;#*7/0 EUU#PX#/%&)0)R# E>E DD>U DU>U DU>U DU>U DMUU DNUU

Y$%0#6+&;#49110'*#30&')#*%0#/0&(#49110'*#P102010'40#:&690R>#Z*#:&1,0)#;0/0';,'-#+'#*%0#+/01&*,'-#)*&*9)>
! ./0'%&'()*+),#*"-&
B&5,393#+/01&*,'-# [,)4%&1-0#:+6930# $&'(#+,6# ?2204*,:0# I//1+5>#
]9*60*#/+1* I**&4%0;#
1#'+2r"+ -./*0
B+;06 ,r#--*r# T\3,' F7;1&96,4#+,6 :+6930 +,6#:+6930 A0,-%*

0$ +/01&*,'-#:&6:0
#BC& #PMU\WU#FVR# 1 1 (-
BC.DEF^ F]O.`X DDM
BC.DEFGT BGT.`G.E DDa
BC.DEFGH LU D>M\D>N X\N ZG]#O_XE DM W>M BGJ.`H.E DEU
)*'+",# -./*0
BC.DEFGJ BGJ.`F.E#b#B^F.` DEM

BC.DEF$c QI DDX
! BC.DEF^
Q+> Q&30 Q+*0)

D ],6#*&'(
!"# %&&#'r
` B+*+1
M ?604*1,4#3&-'0*,4#)A,*4%
2 G*&1*#)A,*4%
DX F,-%./10))910#)&20*7#:&6:0
DN C10))910#)A,*4% [C_G.LU
EE [,104*,+'.4+'*1+6#:&6:0 F]O.`X
EL I,1#<10&*%01
Ea ],6#60:06#-&9-0
X` ],6#;1&,'#/+1* S4X\N
XM S0*91'#/+1* S4D\E
XW ]9*60*#/+1* S4X\N
Y#$%0#&<+:0#'93<01)#;+#'+*#4+110)/+';#*+#*%0#/&1*#
'93<01)#+2#*%0#/1+;94*>
Y$%0#/+A01#4&<60#,)#E>M#3#6+'-#A,*%#&#X./,'#/69-#P-1+9';,'-#*7/0R#2+1#EU#I#&';#EMU#O> # K+1#*%0#/&1*#'93<01)#+2#*%0#/1+;94*8#)00#*%0#+/01.
Y$%0#;,104*,+'.4+'*1+6#:&6:0#+2#*%0#GT8#GH8#&';#GJ#3+;06)#,)#'+*#A,10;> &*,+'#3&'9&6>
83
Electric Pumps
Hydraulic Pumps
driven by a motor, to improve operation efficiency.
MP - 12 C
Type
● MP-12SB-PA and SW-PA package pumps have a switch box with
Series C : For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
two push-buttons and a control box, and can be used immediately
No. SL : For single-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
after a power supply is connected to the pump.
Electric pump SB : For double-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
SB-PA : Package pump for double-acting cylinders
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of SW-PA : Package pump for double-acting cylinders
the MP-12SL, 12SB (-PA), and 12SW (-PA) for one minute or (solenoid operated direction valve, pressure maintenance)
longer while pressure is applied. TK : For separately installed operating valve
■■MP-12C ■■MP-12 series hydraulic circuit diagrams
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Voltage Rated current A Load current A Number of revolutions rpm
Output
kW 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
V
SMP Series
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume L/min Tank oil Effective oil Approx.
Electric Pumps
MPa (50/60 Hz) Outlet port Hydraulic Attached
Model volume volume weight
Rc oil operating valve
MP-12C HOV-43 119
MP-12SL MSL-4S-2 125
MP-12SB 70 8 1.5/1.8 8.5/10.2 3/8 ISO VG32 21 12 MSW-4B-2 126
Special Pumps
MP-12SW MSW-4H-2 & MCH-4 131
MP-12TK NA 119
■■MP-12C
No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank
Oil Cooler
4 Motor
6 Start switch
22 Direction-control valve HOV-43
27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
84
Electric Pumps

Hydraulic Pumps
■■MP-15H series Model code structure

sure fluctuation. MP - 15H C
● MP-15HSB-PA and SW-PA package pumps have a switch box Series C :For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
with two push-buttons and a control box, and can be used imme- Electric pump No. SL : For single-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
diately after the power supply is connected to the pump. SB :For double-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
● The package pumps are make-to-order products. SW :For double-acting cylinders
SB-PA : Package pump for double-acting cylinders
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of the (solenoid operated direction valve, pressure maintenance)
MP-15HSL, 15HSB (-PA), and 15HSW (-PA) for one minute TK : For separately installed operating valve
or longer while pressure is applied. (W/O attached operating valve)
■■MP-15HC ■■MP-15H series hydraulic circuit diagrams

Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Output
kW
SMP Series
V 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Maximum operating Discharge volume Tank oil Effective Approx.
Electric Pumps
Outlet port Attached

Model pressure L/min Hydraulic oil volume oil volume weight
Rc operating valve
MPa (50/60 Hz) L L kg
MP-15HC HOV-43 135
MP-15HSL MSL-4S-2 139
MP-15HSB 70 2.5/3.0 3/8 ISO VG32 15 6.5 MSW-4B-2 140
Special Pumps
MP-15HSW MSW-4H-2 & MCH-4 145

MP-15HTK NA 133
■■MP-15HC
No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank
Oil Cooler
4 Motor
6 Start switch
27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
85
Electric Pumps
Hydraulic Pumps
MP - 15 C
Type
● MP-15S-PA package pumps have a switch box with two push-
C : For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
button and a control box, and can be used immediately after the
S : For double-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
power supply is connected to the pump.
S-PA : Package pump for double-acting cylinders
(W/O attached operating valve)
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of the Series No.
MP-15S, 15S (-PA) for one minute or longer while pressure is Electric pump
applied.
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Type
V kW
SMP Series
50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume L/min Tank oil Effective Approx.
Outlet port Hydraulic Attached
Electric Pumps
Model MPa (50/60 Hz) volume oil volume weight
MP-15C HOV-44 190
MP-15S 70 6 2.5/3.0 20.0/24.0 1/2 ISO VG32 50 30 SOW-R-4-2 202
MP-15TK NA 188
Special Pumps
■■MP-15C
No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank
4 Motor
Oil Cooler
6 Start switch
14 Low-pressure safety valve
15 Unloading valve
27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
*The direction-control valve of the S model is not wired. ation manual.
86
Electric Pumps
One-Stage Electric Pumps (7.5 kW) Make-to-order product

Hydraulic Pumps

●The package pumps are make-to-order products. C : For double-acting cylinders
● For descriptions of models and precautions, see pages 75 to 78. (manual direction-control valve)
S : For double-acting cylinders
Series No.
MP-17HS for one minute or longer while pressure is applied.
Otherwise, switching by the spool is not possible. Electric pump

Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
*The specifications partly differ between the model in the photo and the real one.
Output
kW
SMP Series
V 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Electric Pumps
Model pressure L/min volume oil volume weight

MP-17HC HOV-43 450
MP-17HS 70 5.0/6.0 3/8 ISO VG46 155 70 SOW-R-4-2 460
MP-17HTK NA 450
Special Pumps
■■MP-17HC
No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank
Oil Cooler
4 Motor
13 High-pressure safety valve RE-23
27 Air breather With refill port
29 Oil level gauge
34 Oil drain port Rc1 1/2
* No power cable is included with the product. * The above numbers do not correspond to
* The direction-control valve of the S model is not wired. the part numbers of the product.
* The pump stops automatically at the preset pressure for the pressure switch. For the part numbers of the product, see
To reboot the pump, use the push-button switch (No. 6). the operation manual.
87
Electric Pumps
Two-Stage Electric Pumps (7.5 kW) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Pumps
●This series combines high- and low-pressure pumps, which is
MP - 17 C
Type
C : For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
S : For double-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of the Series No.
MP-17S for one minute or longer while pressure is applied. Electric pump
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Output
kW
SMP Series
V 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume L/min Outlet Tank oil Effective Approx.
Hydraulic Attached
Electric Pumps
Model MPa (50/60 Hz) port volume oil volume weight
oil operating valve
MP-17C 5.0/6.0 BHV-46 520
MP-17S 70 6 4.0/5.0 40.0/48.0 3/4 ISO VG46 155 70 SOW-R-46-2 520
MP-17TK 5.0/6.0 NA 500
Special Pumps
■■MP-17C
No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank
4 Motor
Oil Cooler
13 High-pressure safety valve CRV-7U
15 Unloading valve RUN-210D
22 Direction-control valve BHV-46
29 Oil level gauge
35 Return port Rc1
* No power cable is included with the product. * The above numbers do not correspond to
88
Electric Pumps
One-Stage Electric Pumps (15 kW) Make-to-order product

Hydraulic Pumps

● For descriptions of models and precautions, see pages 75 to 78. C : For double-acting cylinders
(manual direction-control valve)
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of the (solenoid operated direction valve)
MP-20HS for one minute or longer while pressure is applied. Series No. TK : For separately installed operating valve
Otherwise, switching by the spool is not possible. Electric pump (W/O attached operating valve)

Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Output
kW 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
V
Fully-enclosed fan-cooled type 200 (3 phases) 15 60.0 56.0 64.0 68.0 1500 1800
SMP Series

Model pressure L/min volume oil volume weight
MP-20HC HOV-44 570
Electric Pumps
MP-20HS 70 10.0/12.0 1/2 ISO VG46 155 70 SOW-R-4-2 570

MP-20HTK NA 560
■■MP-20HC
Special Pumps
No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank
4 Motor
Oil Cooler

29 Oil level gauge
* The above numbers do not correspond to
the part numbers of the product.
For the part numbers of the product, see
the operation manual.
* No power cable is included with the product.
* The direction-control valve of the S model is not wired.
* The pump stops automatically at the preset pressure for the pressure switch.
To reboot the pump, use the push-button switch (No. 6).
89
Electric Pumps
Two-Stage Electric Pumps (15 kW) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Pumps
●This series combines high- and low-pressure pumps, which is
MP - 20 C
Type
C : For double-acting cylinders
Series No. (solenoid operated direction valve)
MP-20S for one minute or longer while pressure is applied.
Electric pump TK : For separately installed operating valve
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Output
kW 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
V
Fully-enclosed fan-cooled type 200 (3 phases) 15 60.0 56.0 64.0 68.0 1500 1800
SMP Series
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume L/min Tank oil Effective Approx.
MPa (50/60 Hz) Outlet port Hydraulic Attached
Model volume oil volume weight
MP-20C 10.0/12.0 BHV-48 730
Electric Pumps
MP-20S 70 6 9.0/11.0 70.0/84.0 1 ISO VG46 230 140 SOW-R-48-2 730
MP-20TK 10.0/12.0 NA 710
■■MP-20C
No. Name Notes Special Pumps

1 Oil tank
4 Motor
Oil Cooler
13 High-pressure safety valve CRV-7U

29 Oil level gauge
35 Return port Rc1 1/4
36 Outlet port Rc1
* No power cable is included with the product. the part numbers of the product.
* The direction-control valve of the S model is not wired. For the part numbers of the product, see
* The pump stops automatically at the preset pressure for the pressure switch. the operation manual.
To reboot the pump, use the push-button switch (No. 6).
90
Electric Pumps
Two-Stage Electric Pumps (30/55 kW) Make-to-order product

Hydraulic Pumps

● Two MP-20 pumps and a tank are combined so that the discharge
volume is about twice as much as that of an MP-20 pump.
● If a solenoid valve is used for press work or the like, it is recom- MP - 40 C
mended to provide a pressure reducing circuit to reduce shock
during switching.
Type
● To change the valve after purchase, replacement or modification
of the valve unit mounting base is necessary. C : For double-acting cylinders
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve of the S : For double-acting cylinders
MP-40S for one minute or longer while pressure is applied. Series No. (solenoid operated direction valve)
Electric pump 40/75 *For the MP-40 only
■■MP-75 series
● Designed for high capacity using a radial piston high-pressure
pump with standard accessories.
● Only a 4-way manual direction-control valve (HOV-410) is at-
tached as a standard feature.
■■MP-40 series hydraulic circuit diagrams ■■MP-75C hydraulic circuit diagram
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
■■Motor specifications (MP-40 series)

Output
kW
SMP Series
V 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Fully-enclosed
200 (3 phases) 30 120.0 112.0 128.0 136.0 1500 1800
fan-cooled type
Electric Pumps
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume L/min Outlet Tank oil Effective Approx.
MPa (50/60 Hz) Hydraulic Attached
Model port volume oil volume weight
oil operating valve
MP-40C 20.0/24.0 140.0 BHV-410

6 620 370 2100
/168.0
Special Pumps
MP-40S 70 19.0/23.0 1 1/4 ISO VG46 SOW-R-48-2 & GCH-48T
MP-75C 12 42.0 190 1300 1000 HOV-410 3200
■■MP-40C No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank
4 Motor
Oil Cooler
12 High/low-pressure check valve
29 Oil level gauge
35 Return port Rc1 1/2
36 Outlet port Rc1 1/4
* No power cable is included with the product.
91
Electric Pumps
Pumps with Large-Size Modular Valves ( MP-15/MP-17/MP-20) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Pumps
● These pump units incorporate a MP-15S/17S/20S electric pump,
a pressure maintenance valve, a counterbalance valve, a pres-
sure reducing valve for shock reduction during switching, etc. as
standard features. MP - 15 S C D
● For the details on pumps, see pages 86, 88, and 90.
● For details on large-size modular valves, see pages 156 to 159. Blank : W/O pressure reducing valve
D : With pressure reducing valve
Series No. (with 2-way solenoid direction-control valve)
15 : MP-15 C : With pilot controlled check valve
17 : MP-17 CB : With pilot controlled check valve
20 : MP-20 and counterbalance valve
● Do not supply power continuously to the solenoid valve for
one minute or longer while pressure is applied. S : Direction-control valve
Otherwise, switching by the spool is not possible. Electric pump (4-way 3-position valve)
■■MP-15SCBD ■■MP-15SCBD hydraulic circuit diagram
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
SMP Series
■■MP-15SCBD
Electric Pumps
No. Name Notes
1 Oil tank
4 Motor
Special Pumps
6 Start switch
15 Unloading valve
22 Direction-control valve SOW-R-4H-2
Oil Cooler
25 Pilot controlled check valve BCH-44AB

27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
38 Counterbalance valve BCB-4B
39 Pressure reducing plate BPD-4A
40 Direction-control valve KD-2C-2-9
* The above numbers do not correspond to the
part numbers of the product.
For the part numbers of the product, see the
operation manual.
*The direction-control valve is not wired.
*If an external pilot-operated counterbalance valve is required, please let us know your request.
92
Special Pumps
Radial Pumps (RP Series)
Hydraulic Pumps
"#$%&'%(#)'*+,-#+.)/#%-&#0'102)3/**43/#,-/2*+%1/#)45)*6#
"#7%-#,)/3%+/#8,-+'-4,4*(.#%+#9:#;<%6
"#=,'*/#'*#3/&48/&#>.#?:#&@#A0/-#8,5)%3/&#A'+0#+0%+#,B#,43#8,-C/-+',-%(#,-/6#
"#D3/%+(.#'5)3,C/&#&43%>'('+.
"#E'10(.#C,(45/#/BF8'/-8.#,B#GH#+,#GI#J#/C/-#%+#9:#;<%
"#7%-#>/#3,+%+/&#>,+0#8(,8KA'*/#%-&#8,4-+/38(,8KA'*/6
"#L/#%(*,#5%-4B%8+43/#%#4-'+#%**/5>(.6
! RP1.5
RP 1.5
Series No.
1.5/2.5/5/10
Radial pump
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Maximum operating Discharge volume Allowable No. Approx.
Outlet port Suction port
Model pressure L/min of revolution No. of pistons Hydraulic oil weight
Rc Rc
MPa (50/60Hz) rpm kg
RP1.5 1.5/1.8
3 11.0
RP2.5 2.5/3.0 1/2 ISO VG32
70 MAX1800 3/8
Manual Pumps
RP5 5.0/6.0 5 ISO VG46 12.0

RP10 10.0/12.0 10 3/4 15.0
! ,)-"'(%./#0-)()1+
Output Voltage Number of revolutions rpm
Model Type
kW V 50 Hz 60 Hz
RP1.5 2.2
Battery Pumps
RP2.5 Fullyenclosed 3.7 200/220

1500 1800
RP5 fancooled type 7.5 (3 phases)
RP10 15
! RP1.5/RP2.5/RP5.0
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
! RP5
Special Pumps
Oil Cooler
! RP10

93
Special Pumps
Engine Pump (EPH Series) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Pumps
● This pump is driven by a gasoline engine and is used where there is no power supply instead of an electric pump or manual pump.
● More efficient work using a two-stage discharge pump.
● Reduced fuel consumption and emissions of exhaust gas and toxic substances using a 4-stroke engine.
● Approx. 25 % lighter than conventional engine pumps.
● Equipped with a roll bar and pressure gauge (ϕ 60 × 100 MPa) as standard.
● The direction-control valve (GSHV-43) maintains the pressure during the switching transition period or in neutral.
● If the relief valve (GRV-13) is operated for a long time, pay attention to the rise in oil temperature.
● During operation, the hydraulic oil temperature must be within 5 to 60 °C.
● If the oil temperature exceeds the proper range, the equipment is damaged and need repair (replacement of parts or the hydraulic fluid) at
an early stage, resulting in poor performance.
■■EPH-10C ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram
Manual Pumps
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume L/min Tank oil Effective oil Approx.
Battery Pumps
Model MPa (at 1600 rpm) Hydraulic oil volume volume weight
High pressure Low pressure High pressure Low pressure L L kg
EPH-10C 70 8 0.9 6.5 ISO VG32 11.4 8.4 60
■■Engine specifications
SMP Series
Rated output Maximum output Fuel tank capacity
Type
kW kW L
Air-cooled 4-stroke
1.6 2.2 1.6
single cylinder inclination type
Electric Pumps
■■EPH-10C
Special Pumps
Oil Cooler
94
Special Pumps
Variable Discharge Pumps (VFMP Series)

Hydraulic Pumps
● Equipped with a fast responding and highly accurate AC variable

drive control (inverter), this pump unit can change the rotation
speed of the motor and the discharge volume to meet various
applications. VFMP - 5 SW
● The lineup includes the new VFMP-5 series with a low-pressure
pump. B : For single-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
● All models have the DPGS-70 as standard. C : For double-acting cylinders (manual direction-control valve)
Variable discharge SW : For double-acting cylinders (solenoid operated direction valve)
electric pump Series No. *Only the VFMP-4, 5, and 6 are
available for model B.
4 : VFMP-4
5 : VFMP-5
6 : VFMP-6
12H : VFMP-12H
15H : VFMP-15H
■■VFMP-5B ■■VFMP series ■■VFMP-5 series hydraulic circuit diagrams

hydraulic circuit
diagrams
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
Motor specifications Inverter specifications
Model
Type Voltage (Number of phases) V Output kW Capacity kVA Current A Speed range Hz
VFMP-4 0.4 1.2 3.0
VFMP-5 0.75 2.0 5.0
SMP Series
Fully-enclosed 200/220
VFMP-6 0.75 2.0 5.0 6 to 60
fan-cooled type (3 phases)
VFMP-12H 2.2 4.4 11.0
VFMP-15H 3.7 7.0 17.5
Electric Pumps
Maximum operating pressure MPa Discharge volume L/min (50/60 Hz) Outlet port Hydraulic Tank oil volume Effective oil Approx. weight
Model
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure Rc oil L volume L kg
VFMP-4 — 0.04 to 0.24 — 4.5 3.5 45
VFMP-5 6 0.08 to 0.48 0.4 to 2.4 7.5 4.5 54
VFMP-6 70 — 0.08 to 0.45 — 3/8 ISO VG32 8.0 5.0 50
VFMP-12H — 0.15 to 0.90 — 15.0 6.5 115
Special Pumps
VFMP-15H — 0.25 to 1.50 — 15.0 6.5 135

*The approx. weight is of model C.
■■VFMP-5SW
No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank
Oil Cooler
4 Motor
22 Direction-control valve KD-2S-2
27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
40 Inverter
41 Direction-control valve KD-3S-2-C
* The above numbers do not correspond to the
part numbers of the product.
*The power cable is 2.5 m long with a 3-pin plug (grounding type) for 15 A and 250 V. For the part numbers of the product, see the
*The direction-control valve of the SW models is not wired. operation manual.
*To start the unit and to set the frequency, use the operation panel of the inverter.
95
Special Pumps
Slight-Discharge Electric Pumps (GMP Series) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Pumps
● Most common electric and manual pumps increase the discharge ■■GMP-08-120
volume to improve the speed and enhance the work efficiency. On
the contrary, this pump makes the discharge volume extremely
small so that the pressure can be controlled very precisely and
easily.
● We manufacture products in this series, whose minimum dis-
charge volume is 1 cm3/min.
● Pumps for approach (manual/electric) are also available.
■■Motor and reduction drive specifications
Motor specifications Reduction drive specifications
Model Voltage (Number of phases) Output Number of revolutions Output torque
Type Reduction ratio
V kW rpm kN • m
GMP-08-120 Constant torque 200/220 0.1 1:1479 0.3
1450/1750
GMP-48-300 Fully-enclosed fan-cooled type (3 phases) 0.4 1:493 0.48
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume Tank oil volume Effective oil volume Approx. weight
Model Hydraulic oil
MPa cm3/min cm3 cm3 kg
GMP-08-120 8.0/9.6 150 120 62
70 ISO VG32
GMP-48-300 48/57 350 300 125
Air Hydraulic Pumps (ON Series)
Manual Pumps
● The pump piston is operated by using the air source to generate Model code structure
70 MPa hydraulic pressure.
● Lightweight, compact, and easy to operate.
● Manual and foot-operated models are available.
ON - 5 H - 18
● A 30 PM coupler with a duster cap made by Nitto Kohki is at-
Battery Pumps
Blank : Standard tank
tached to the air connection port.
18 : With 18 L tank
● An FRL unit (regulator, filter, and lubricator) is necessary to use
Series No. (ON-5H models only)
the pump.
2/5 H : Hand operated valve
● The ON-5H-18 is a make-to-order product.
Air hydraulic pump F : Foot pedal operated valve
■■ON-2H ■■ON-5F ■■Air consumption ■■Discharge volume of the pump
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
Supply air pressure Maximum operating pressure Effective oil volume of the tank Attached Approx. weight
Model Hydraulic oil
MPa MPa L operating valve kg
Special Pumps
ON-2H Hand
0.5 10
ON-2F Foot pedal
ON-5H 0.55 to 0.7 70 ISO VG32 Hand 12
1
ON-5F Foot pedal 13
ON-5H-18 12 Hand 45
■■ON-2H/ON-5H A B ■■ON-2F/ON-5F A B
Oil Cooler
ON-2H 310 243 ON-2F 310 243

ON-5H 400 333 ON-5F 400 333
96
Special Pumps
Automatic Control Static Loading Machine Make-to-order product

Hydraulic Pumps
● The automatic control static loading machine has been developed based
on Riken’s accumulated high-pressure technologies and latest electronics.
Can be used for hydraulic cylinder control focused on structural tests in
architectural and civil engineering.
● This unit is compact thanks to its design based on Riken’s 70 MPa hydrau-
lic equipment, which has been proven in the market.
Since the hydraulic unit does not need a cooler, it can be moved easily and
is compatible with various installation sites.
● Unlike a servo system, only the necessary amount of hydraulic oil is
discharged. Consequently, the power consumption is low and the mainte-
nance frequency is largely reduced.
● The unit can control and monitor hydraulic systems when connected to a
PC. The control by software using microprocessors simplifies operation by
the user. It is easy to switch load control and displacement control during
operation.
● Software is available for various tests using 1 to 6 axes.
● For details, request the catalog on our website.
http://www.rikenkiki.co.jp
Automatic control static loading machine Double-axes equipment

Single-axis equipment connection diagram connection diagram
*The devices in shadowed speech balloons are
delivered as standard.
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
Special Pumps
■■Application examples
Oil Cooler
Single-axis force application equipment Double-axes force application equipment
97
Special Pumps
Esperpack (Simplified Pressurization Unit) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Pumps
● Esperpack is the latest automatic control hydraulic equipment, which not
only increases and decreases pressure but also is capable of very accurate
control. This unit can meet demands like time proportional pressure mainte-
nance and can be used with simple operation.
● Optimal for pressure control and constant-value control for a long time.
● Can control the waveform from the controller.
● Compact and compatible with various installation sites.
● Since neither oil cooler nor cooling piping is necessary, it can be easily
handled.
● Unlike control by a relief valve, only the necessary amount of hydraulic oil
is discharged, resulting in efficient operation and low-power consumption.
Liquid crystal touch panel control screen
● For details, request the catalog on our website.
http://www.rikenkiki.co.jp
Manual Pumps
■■Application example (destructive test, creep test)
Battery Pumps
The Esperpack controller can set the num-
ber of repeat times (1 to 9999) of a pattern.
The time of one step can be set in incre-
ments of 1 second. For safety, Esperpack
has a breakout detection function, which
stops the unit automatically if the test speci-
SMP Series
men is damaged.
Electric Pumps
■■Application example (hot press)
When heat is applied during press work, even if a workpiece
is expanded or contracted due to heat, Esperpack detects a
Special Pumps
change in pressure and automatically correct the changed
pressure, resulting in precise control regardless of changes
in the operating environment.
Oil Cooler
98
Special Pumps
Hydraulic Boosters (RKB Series)

Hydraulic Pumps
● The secondary side generates pressure, which is 6.25 times that of the prima- ■■RKB-20-140W
ry side, and oil is continuously discharged.
● Since the booster can convert the pressure into a high pressure of 70 MPa
using a hydraulic unit for about 14 MPa as a drive source, lightweight and
compact equipment can be created.
● Under no load condition, the discharge volume in the low-pressure unit is used,
and the unit operates the same as a high-and-low-pressure two-stage pump.
● In the RKB-20-140W, each of A and B has two IN and two OUT ports, hence
the 4-way direction-control valve on the primary side can operate the dou-
ble-acting cylinder on the secondary side.
● We can design and manufacture units with special specifications.
*If the booster is frequently used, contact us in advance.
Maximum Maximum Minimum required Rated required Rated discharge
Approx.
Boost pressure on the pressure on the volume on the volume on the volume on the Hydraulic Port size
Model weight
ratio primary side secondary side primary side primary side secondary side oil Rc
kg
MPa MPa L/min L/min L/min
RKB-20-140S 5.7
1:6.25 11.2 70 5.0 20.0 2.4 ISO VG32 3/8
RKB-20-140W 9.5
*The discharge volume change depending on the load on the secondary side.
■■RKB-20-140S ■■RKB-20-140S hydraulic circuit diagram

Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
SMP Series
Electric Pumps
*The cylinder on the diagram is not included in the equip-

*A direction-control valve for actuator is necessary on the secondary side. ment.
■■RKB-20-140W ■■RKB-20-140W hydraulic circuit diagram

Special Pumps
Oil Cooler
*Each of A and B has two IN and two OUT ports, hence the 4-way direction-control valve on the primary *The 4-way direction-control valve, cylinder, and pressure
side can operate the double-acting cylinder on the secondary side. switch on the diagram are not included in the equipment.
99
Special Pumps
Ultrahigh-Pressure Hydraulic Boosters (IRE Series) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Pumps
● Ultrahigh-pressure technologies are used not only in laboratories but also
in the high-pressure industry, contributing to the significant development of Model code structure
the industry. They play an active role in new fields such as artificial com-
position of diamonds, plasticity processing of metals and cutting of mate- IRE - 15K - 20
rials, which have previously been considered impossible to be processed.
Ultrahigh-pressure hydraulic boosters use a Riken hydraulic pump on the Stroke volume (cm3)
primary side to increase the secondary side pressure according to the Pressure
area ratio, obtaining a pressure of up to 2000 MPa. 3K : 300 MPa
● For estimation, please let us know the required stroke volume, medium 5K : 500 MPa
used, and frequency of use. 7K : 700 MPa
● Ultrahigh-pressure hydraulic boosters get the pressure medium dis- 10K : 1000 MPa
charged continuously by reciprocating the piston repeatedly. When order- 15K : 1500 MPa
ing,please specify the discharge volume. We will provid a hydraulic circuit 20K : 2000 MPa
diagram according to the specifications. Ultrahigh-pressure hydraulic booster
● This series meets various applications. We can manufacture various spe-
cial order products.
■■IRE-12K ■■1500 MPa ultrahigh-pressure hydraulic unit ■■IRE-2K-180
Manual Pumps
■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Internal drawing
Battery Pumps
SMP Series
Full stroke External diameter of
Pressure MPa Effective area cm2 Piston diameter
volume on Full the cylinder Standard
Model the second- stroke Primary Secondary Primary Secondary pressure
Electric Pumps
Primary Secondary Primary Second-
ary side mm side side side side medium
side side cm3 side ary side
ϕ A mm ϕ C mm ϕ B mm ϕ D mm
IRE-3K-20 41 20 100 14.52 2.01 43.00 16 57 75
IRE-3K-46 34 46 120 33.18 3.80 65.00 22 86 105
IRE-3K-182 47 182 200 57.81 9.08 85.79 34 113 165
Special Pumps
300 Hydraulic oil
IRE-3K-589 40 589 300 146.55 19.63 136.60 50 170 245
IRE-3K-848 37 848 300 227.00 28.27 170.00 60 225 305
IRE-3K-2356 54 2356 300 433.74 78.54 235.00 100 305 440
IRE-5K-20 42 20 100 23.76 2.01 55.00 16 75 90
Hydraulic oil
IRE-5K-46 43 46 120 44.18 3.80 75.00 22 98 165
Oil Cooler
IRE-5K-182 44 500 182 200 102.70 9.08 114.35 34 150 245 Castor oil
IRE-5K-589 43 589 300 227.00 19.63 170.00 50 225 350 +
Methanol
IRE-5K-848 49 848 300 285.26 28.27 190.58 60 240 440
IRE-7K-20 42 20 100 33.18 2.01 65.00 16 86 120
IRE-7K-46 46 46 120 57.81 3.80 85.79 22 113 190
700
IRE-7K-182 43 182 200 146.55 9.08 136.60 34 170 260
IRE-7K-589 48 589 300 285.26 19.63 190.58 50 240 440 Castor oil
+
IRE-10K-20 45 20 100 44.18 2.01 75.00 16 98 150 Methanol
IRE-10K-46 53 1000 46 120 71.63 3.80 95.50 22 127 245
IRE-10K-182 31 182 200 285.26 9.08 190.58 34 240 392
IRE-15K-20 53 1500 20 100 56.75 2.01 85.00 16 113 170
100
Special Pumps
Pressure Vessels (PV Series) Make-to-order product

Hydraulic Pumps
● There are the following types of pressure vessels, which have come into
wide use: cold isostatic pressing equipment (CIP) that applies pressure to Model code structure
metal or nonmetallic powder statically in a high-pressure fluid for molding;
hot isostatic pressing equipment (HIP) that applies not only pressure but
also heat to conduct powder injection molding and sinter processing simul-
PV - 15K - 20 - 80
taneously using a property whereby the reaction, synthesis, sintering, mix-
ing, joining, etc. are promoted. Using its ultrahigh pressure technologies, Depth (mm)
Riken designs and manufactures up to 2000 MPa pressure vessels as part Inner diameter (mm)
of its high-pressure equipment lineup. The screw cap type is standard, Pressure
but we can also manufacture the hydaulic opening/closing type, the press 2 K : 200 MPa
frame reaction force type, the breach structure (saw-tooth shape ) type, 10 K : 1000 MPa
etc, upon request. 15 K : 1500 MPa
● For estimation, please let us know the pressure used, the inner diameter, Pressure vessels
the depth, etc., referring to the model code structure shown on the right.
■■PV-2K-95-650 ■■PV-10K-120-400 ■■PV-10K-8-50 ■■PV-15K-50-80
Temperature: 2000 °C Frame reaction force system Screw cap type opening/ Screw cap type opening/
(High-frequency heating system) Ultrahigh-pressure vessel for closing equipment closing equipment
Hydraulic cap opening/closing physical property tests Ultrahigh-pressure vessel Ultrahigh-pressure vessel
equipment for physical property tests for chemical reaction tests
High-temperature and high-pres-
sure powder injection molding
Manual Pumps
Battery Pumps
SMP Series
■■Structure of a standard screw cap type ■■Structure of a press frame reaction force type
Electric Pumps
Special Pumps
■■Structure of a split-coupling support type ■■Structure of a breach structure (saw-tooth shape) type
Oil Cooler
101
Oil Coolers
Water-Cooling Oil Coolers Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Pumps
● An oil cooler is needed to keep the oil at an appropriate temperature if a relief valve separated from the electric pump is
operated continuously, or if the pump is frequently used and the temperature of the hydraulic oil exceeds 60 °C.
● All models except the RSL-526 have a built-in bypass circuit. If using the RSL-526, be sure to provide a bypass circuit.
*The cooling effects differ depending on the temperature and the water flow rate.
■■RSL-303 ■■RSL model ■■Hydraulic symbol of
RSL-303 to 415
■■RSL-526 hydraulic symbol
Dimensions Required water flow rate Approx. weight
ϕA B C (Rc) D (Rc) H L L/min kg
RSL-303 295 MP-10 and lower models 12 7.0
Manual Pumps
RSL-304 87.9 95 3/4 3/4 149 367 MP-12 (H) 13 7.5
RSL-305 439 MP-15 (H) 15 8.5
RSL-408 449 MP-17 (H) 18 14.5
114.3 160 1-1/4 3/4 212
RSL-415 737 MP-20 (H) 30 19.5
Battery Pumps
RSL-526 139.8 180 1-1/2 1 265 844 MP-40 and higher models 50 33.0
*The required water flow rate is a calculated value if all maximum loads of each electric pump are converted into energy.
Air-Cooling Oil Coolers Make-to-order product
● Economy coolers with a function-oriented simplified design can be installed in any orientation.
● If using an air-cooling cooler, be sure to provide a bypass circuit.
SMP Series
*The cooling effects differ depending on the ambient temperature.
■■AN-355 ■■ADC model ■■AN model ■■Hydraulic symbol
Electric Pumps
Special Pumps
Maximum Connection Approx. Cable
Compatible Motor
Model operating pressure A B C D L port size weight length
pump specifications
MPa Rc kg m
Oil Coolers
Single-phase
ADC-187-11K-1
100 VAC
MP-4
Single-phase
ADC-187-11K-2 219 177 187 1.7
200 VAC
— — 1/2 1
ADC-187-11K-3 0.98 EMP-5
*Surge pressure
ADC-217-17K-3 is included. 249 255 217 EMP-6 2.6
Three-phase
MP-10 200 VAC
AN-305 383 455 296 360 130 3/4 16
MP-12 (H)
3
AN-355 430 510 322 410 150 1 MP-15 (H) 19
102
Hydraulic Valves
Examples of Valve Applications

･･･････････ 104 to 105
Shown in Circuit Diagrams
Control Valves ･･･････････ 106 to 110
Direction-Control Valves ･･･････････ 111 to 120
KD Series ･･･････････ 121 to 133
E Series ･･･････････ 134 to 139
M Series ･･･････････ 140 to 155
Large-Size Modular Valves ･･･････････ 156 to 159
103
Examples of Valve Applications Shown in Circuit Diagrams
Pressure maintaining circuit

Pressure maintaining circuit Pressure maintaining circuit
Hydraulic Valves
(overrun prevention circuit)
The cylinder overruns because the motor Maintains pressure of the cylinder push Prevents cylinder overrun using two sole-
does not stop immediately after the motor side using a pilot controlled check valve. noid valves.
power supply is turned off.
Pressure maintaining circuit Pressure control circuit

Pressure control circuit
(overrun prevention circuit) (feedback pressure control circuit)
Examples of Applications
Prevents cylinder overrun (overshoot) by Controls the maximum pressure using a Can adjust the pressure accurately and
reducing the differential pressure between relief valve. If the temperature exceeds the remotely using a proportional solenoid relief
the pressure switch and the relief valve. operating temperature range depending on valve. Follows a fast movement of the cylin-
the operating conditions, use an oil cooler. der properly and can obtain stable pressure
even if there is a change in oil temperature.
Control Valves
KD Series
Pressure reducing circuit Falling-by-self-weight prevention circuit
(feedback pressure control/ecological feedback pressure circuit)
Maintains the line pressure continuously If a large cylinder is used, a shock occurs If a heavy load is attached to the cylin-
and constantly with high accuracy by when the direction-control valve switches der piston, the piston may fall faster than
E Series
using an inverter motor and a proportional to another position. To prevent this, the the speed corresponding to the pump’s
pressure reducing valve together without circuit reduces pressure using a 2-way discharge volume. The circuit adjusts the
an oil cooler. valve before switching. preset pressure for the counterbalance
valve so that the pressure is appropriate
for the heavy load to prevent the cylinder
piston from falling by self-weight.
M Series
104
Examples of Valve Applications Shown in Circuit Diagrams
Flow control circuit (bleed-off circuit) Flow control circuit

Hydraulic Valves
Adjusts the amount of flow bypassed from the main circuit to Can adjust the push and pull speeds of the cylinder individually.
control the flow rate.(bleed-off circuit)
Tandem center application circuit Pressure reducing circuit

Used for operating multiple cylinders individually. An advantage Different pressures can be obtained from the same hydraulic
is that while the valve is neutral, the pump is under no load. power source. In addition, a flow can be reversed by using a
The valves cannot be operated simultaneously because while check valve.
one valve is operated, the others must be neutral.
Control Valves
KD Series
Rapid traverse cicuit Rapid reverse circuit
Used to move a cylinder forward rapidly and to apply pressure. If the area ratio between push and pull of the cylinder is large,
the pull speed could greatly differ from the calculated value
E Series
due to various resistances inside the line. In this circuit, oil is

bypassed as close to the cylinder port as possible and returned
directly to the tank.
M Series
105
Control Valves
Shutoff Valves
Hydraulic Valves
● Used to open and close a circuit. Have a mechanism that allows smooth handle operation even during pressurization (except the V-13C).
● Turning the handle clockwise closes the line.
■■V-13C ■■V-13B ■■V-14 ■■V-18
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Connection port size Approx. weight ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model
MPa L/min Rc kg
V-13C 10 3/8 0.8
V-13B 20 3/8 1.0
70
V-14 40 1/2 1.5
V-18 150 1 6.2
■■V-13C ■■V-13B ■■V-14 ■■V-18
Control Valves
Check Valves with Bypass
● The flow goes from port 1 to port 2. It can be reversed by opening the bypass side.
● Turning the handle clockwise throttles the bypass line.
■■SCH-13B ■■CH-13 ■■CH-14
KD Series
■■Hydraulic symbol E Series
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Cracking pressure Connection port Approx. weight
Model
MPa L/min MPa size kg
SCH-13B 2 Rc3/8 and R3/8 0.3
CH-13 70 10 0.05 Rc3/8 0.9
M Series
CH-14 40 Rc1/2 4.0
■■SCH-13B ■■CH-13 ■■CH-14

106
Control Valves
Small-Size Flow Control Valve

Hydraulic Valves
● Includes a bypass check valve.

● The flow can be adjusted using the needle system. The repeatability can be set by the dial.
● The dial handle for adjustment can be fixed using the set screw.
● Neither pressure nor temperature compensation is available.
■■FCV-13 ■■FCV-13 ■■Hydraulic symbol
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Cracking pressure Connection port size Approx. weight
Model
MPa L/min MPa Rc kg
FCV-13 70 10 0.05 3/8 1
Flow Control Valve

● Includes a bypass check valve and controls the flow precisely using a pressure compensation mechanism.
● The preset flow rate does not change even if the differential pressure between IN and OUT changes.
● Can be used to configure circuits such as meter-in, meter-out, and bleed-off.
* Cannot be used for flow adjustment at less than 10 MPa.

* No temperature compensation is available.
■■FCV-35B ■■FCV-35B ■■Hydraulic symbol
Control Valves
Maximum operating pressure Control pressure range Control flow rate Connection port size Approx. weight
Model Accuracy Accessory
MPa MPa L/min Rc kg
KD Series
O-rings: P9 (2 pcs)
FCV-35B 70 10 to 70 0.3 to 5 ±10 % 3/8 Mounting bolts: MBH-70 (4 pcs) 7.7
Plate: FCVP-1 (1 pc)
Needle Valves
● The hydraulic oil passage can be throttled for flow adjustment using the needle. As the temperature or pressure changes, the flow rate
E Series
also changes.
● Turning the handle clockwise throttles the line.
■■NV-13 ■■NV-13 ■■NV-14 ■■NV-14
M Series
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Connection port size Approx. weight ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model
MPa L/min Rc kg
NV-13 10 3/8 0.9
70
NV-14 40 1/2 1.5
107
Control Valves
Inline Check Valves
Hydraulic Valves
● Allow oil to flow in one direction at the cracking pressure or higher to prevent a reverse flow.
■■CH-23 ■■CH-23 ■■CH-24 ■■CH-28
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Cracking pressure Connection port size Approx. weight ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model
MPa L/min MPa Rc kg
CH-23 20 3/8 0.3
CH-24 70 40 0.1 1/2 0.5
CH-28 140 1 4.0
Pilot Controlled Check Valves

● Enable a reverse flow by applying pressure 1/11 of the secondary-side pressure to the pilot pressure port.
● Generally, if the primary side is pressurized, the check valve cannot be opened.
■■CH-43 ■■CH-43 ■■CH-44 ■■CH-48
Control Valves
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Cracking pressure Pilot area Connection port size Approx. weight ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model
MPa L/min MPa ratio Rc kg
KD Series
CH-43 20 3/8 5
CH-44 70 40 0.3 11:1 1/2 5
CH-48 140 1 10
Pressure Reducing Valve

● The drain port must be connected directly to the tank port. E Series
■■RD-700 ■■RD-700 ■■Hydraulic symbol
M Series
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Pressure adjustable range Allowable back pressure Connection port size Rc Approx. weight
Model
MPa L/min MPa MPa Ports 1 and 2 Drain port kg
RD-700 70 9 20 to 50 0.2 1/2 1/4 7
108
Control Valves
Counterbalance Valves
Hydraulic Valves
● Normally, the internal pilot is set but can be changed to the external pilot when the head is rotated 180°.
(The pilot port must be connected.)
● Can also be used as a sequence valve.
■■TCB-3 ■■TCB-3
■■TCB-4 ■■TCB-8
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Pressure adjustable range Connection port size Approx. weight ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model
MPa L/min MPa Rc kg Internal pilot
Control Valves
TCB-3-1 20 3/8 3.5

TCB-4-1 40 2 to 10 1/2 3.8
TCB-8-1 80 1 8.5 External pilot
70
TCB-3-2 20 3/8 3.5

TCB-4-2 40 10 to 70 1/2 3.8
TCB-8-2 80 1 8.5
Relief Valves
● Fewer pressure fluctuations are an advantage.
KD Series
● For pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut first. To increase the pressure, turn the handle clockwise gradually. To reduce the pres-
sure, turn it counterclockwise.After pressure adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut.
■■RV-13 ■■RV-13/RV-14 ■■Pressure loss characteristics when the valve is
fully open
E Series
M Series
*The dimensions in parentheses show those of the RV-14.

Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Pressure adjustable range Allowable back pressure Connection port size Approx. weight ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model
MPa L/min MPa MPa Rc kg
RV-13 5 3/8
70 10 to 70 1 1.6
RV-14 10 1/2
109
Control Valves
Electromagnetic Proportional Relief Valve Units
Hydraulic Valves
● The first proportional solenoid relief valves for 70 MPa in Japan. Any preset pressure can be configured thanks to current control.
Since the built-in pressure sensor provides feedback, pressure can be maintained stably even if the oil temperature changes.
■■VUP-12B ■■VUP-12B/13B ■■Hydraulic symbol
■■Unit configuration
Electromagnetic Approx. weight
Model Inline filter Sub-plate Controller
proportional relief valve kg
VUP-12B PRV-12B
MIF-31 MPS-31 ECR-3 19
VUP-13B PRV-13B
* For details on the MIF-31 and MPS-31, see pages 147 and 148.
Control Valves
● PRV-12B and 13B proportional relief valves must be used with an ECR-3 proportional relief controller.
● For reliable operation, proportional relief valves must be used with an MIF-31 inline filter.
If a line filter is used separately, it must be installed near the proportional relief valve.
● If the valve is used outside the flow range shown below, accuracy is not guaranteed. Be sure to use the valve within the specified ranges.
Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged resulting in poor performance.
● Be sure to use the valve within the specified hydraulic oil temperature range. The use of an oil cooler is recommended.
● If air is not removed from the proportional relief valve, pressure fluctuates. If there is considered to be air inside the valve, for example, when
it is used for the first time, be sure to remove the air.
● Install the proportional relief valve horizontally (with the air vent facing upward).
● If a rapid pressure drop is needed, install a check valve with bypass or the like to protect the proportional relief valve against a shock.
KD Series
● When no load is applied to the hydraulic system under external control, if the pump is turned off while the control voltage is applied, or if a
valve is operated without a load, there may be a significant difference between the feedback pressure and the target control pressure, and
the solenoid current output may become maximum. In this case, the solenoid coil or the elements in the controller may be damaged. If no
load is applied to the hydraulic circuit under external control, also set EXT voltage to 0 V.
Electromagnetic Proportional Relief Valves

Control Supply Allowable Hydraulic oil Ambient Approx. E Series
Flow range Rated current Accuracy Bolt insertion
Model range power back pressure temperature temperature weight
L/min A F.S. length
MPa voltage MPa °C °C kg
PRV-12B 0.25 to 1.0

100 VAC
5 to 70 1 ±2.5 % 2 10 to 60 0 to 40 100 5.5
M Series
50/60 Hz
PRV-13B 0.8 to 3.0
*One solenoid connection cable (5 m), one pressure sensor connection cable (5 m), and four O-rings (P9) are included.
Dedicated Controller
Maximum Approx.
Supply power
Model Input for external control power Ambient conditions weight
voltage
consumption kg
(1) Variable resistor (5 to 10 kΩ) Ambient temperature: 0 to 40 °C
100 VAC
ECR-3 (2) Voltage control (0 to 5 V or 1 to 5 V) 100 VA Ambient humidity: 85 % RH max. 1.4
50/60 Hz
(Input impedance: 470 kΩ) (no condensation)
* Analog output is optional. The dedicated cable (ECR-ADO, sold separately) is needed.
110
3-Way Valves (Manual/Foot-Operated Direction-Control Valves )

Hydraulic Valves
● The HV is a manual type and the FV is a foot-operated type. Both types are used with a single-acting cylinder.
● Connect the valve directly to the tank so that no back pressure is applied to T port.
■■HV-1 ■■HV-1 ■■FV-1 ■■FV-1
Maximum operating Maximum Allowable back
Connection port size
Approx. ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model pressure flow rate pressure weight
Rc
MPa L/min MPa kg
HV-1 Outlet port: 3/8, return port: 1/2 2.1
70 5 0.5
FV-1 3/8 4.6
Manual Direction-Control Valves (4-Way 3-Position Valves)

■■HOV-43 ■■HOV-44T Model code structure
HOV - 4 3 H -F
Manual direction-control valve No. of ports With flange
(4-way 3-position valve) Valve type (the HOV-43/44 only)
Control Valves
SMVT Blank : Center bypass

SMVHT Connection port size H : All ports open
● Extremely small leakage.
● SMVT manual direction-control valves are mainly used with a HOV 3 : Rc3/8 P : P port blocked
hand pump for double-acting cylinders. 4 : Rc1/2 C : All ports blocked
● The SMVHT can maintain the pressure even in neutral and during 8 : Rc1 T : Tandem center
the switching transition period.
The hold pressure is released by switching to the port on the opposite side.
● The HOV is a manual direction-control valve, and various models are available for selection according to the neutral system and maxi-
mum flow rate.
● All ports are open (P, T, A, and B ports are connected) during the switching transition period (except the SMVHT).
● A pressure of up to 70 MPa can be applied to C (T) port of a tandem center model. Be sure to connect DP port to the tank.
Hydraulic symbol Maximum operating pressure Allowable back pressure Maximum flow rate Connection port size Approx. weight
Model
name MPa MPa L/min Rc kg
KD Series
SMVT-43 Center bypass 1.1

70 1.5 3 3/8
SMVHT-43 Center bypass 2.1
HOV-43 Center bypass
HOV-43H All ports open
HOV-43P P port blocked 70 1.5 20 3/8 4.3
HOV-43C All ports blocked
E Series
HOV-43T Tandem center

4.3
HOV-44P P port blocked 70 1.5 40 1/2 *
M Series
HOV-44T Tandem center 5.5

70 1.5 150 1 30.0
HOV-48P P port blocked

* The approx. weight of the HOV-43H/P/C-F and HOV-44 H/P/C-F is 4.6 kg.
* The size of T port of the HOV-44H/P/C, DR port of the HOV-44T, and C (T) port on the bottom of the valve is Rc3/8.For detail, see page 112.
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol
Center bypass Center bypass All ports open P port blocked All ports blocked Tandem center
SMVT/HOV SMVHT
111
■■SMVT-43 ■■SMVHT-43
Hydraulic Valves
■■HOV-43 (H/P/C) ■■HOV-43T
■■HOV-44 (H/P/C) ■■HOV-44T
Control Valves
■■HOV-48 (H/P/C) ■■Installation example of an electric pump (HOV-43/44)
KD Series
E Series
M Series
■■HOV-43*-F/HOV-44*-F
* A connection pipe (P port) is needed on the bottom of the HOV. (Optional)

* A return pipe (T port) is needed on the bottom of the HOV. (Optional)
* An O-ring is needed on the bottom of the HOV. (Optional)
(HOV-43: AN6230-6, HOV-44: AN6230-9)
* The mounting holders come with the mounting bolts, washers, and fasten-
er seals.
(HOV-43: 4 pieces each, HOV-44: 6 pieces each)
112
Manual Direction-Control Valves (4-Way 3-Position Valves) with Pilot Controlled Check Valve/Counterbalance Valve
Hydraulic Valves
● An HOVCH direction-control valve is an HOV manual direction-control valve combined with an MCH-4 check valve (see page 146).
● The HOVCH can be mounted to an electric pump directly because it has the same bottom dimensions as the HOV-43.
● An SCBT model incorporates a pilot check valve and an external pilot-operated counterbalance valve for B port.
■■HOVCH-43H ■■SCBT-43B
Maximum Allowable Maximum flow rate Connection Approx.
Hydraulic operating back L/min Cracking pressure
Model Pilot ratio Accessory port size weight
symbol name pressure pressure MPa
MPa MPa 0 to 8 MPa 8 to 70 MPa Rc kg
HOVCH-43H All ports open O-ring:

15 3 9:1 0.16 AN6230-6 7.9

HOVCH-43P P port blocked 70 1.5 (1 pc) 3/8
A port: 0.005
SCBT-43B Center bypass 3 5:1 — 2.9
B port: 0.045
* For mounting the HOVCH on an electric pump, the following are needed: a connection pipe (optional) for P port on the valve bottom, a return pipe (optional)
Control Valves
for T port, and four MBH-90 bolts (optional), and the included O-ring (AN6230-6).
* The pressure adjustable range (of external pilot-operated counterbalance valve) of the SCBT-43B is 3 to 18 MPa.
■■Hydraulic symbol (HOVCH-43H) ■■Hydraulic symbol (HOVCH-43P) ■■Hydraulic symbol (SCBT-43B)
KD Series
■■HOVCH-43 (H/P) ■■SCBT-43B

E Series
M Series
113
SMV Series (Multiple-Linkage Type Manual Direction-Control Valves) Make-to-order product
Hydraulic Valves
● Can operate multiple cylinders separately.
● Extremely small internal leakage thanks to a rotary switching valve.
● Valves are linked together to save space. According to the application, a 6- or 12-linkage model can be manufactured.
● According to the application, the type for when the valve is neutral can be changed to the all-ports-blocked type. Also, the type without
a pilot controlled check valve can be linked.
■■SMVCH-43P-3
SMV CH - 4 3 P - 3
No. of linked valves
No. of ports Valve type
Blank : W/O pilot controlled P : P port blocked
check valve C : All ports
CH : With pilot controlled blocked
check valve Connection port size
Manual direction-control valve 3 : Rc3/8
(4-way 3-position valve)
Maximum operating Allowable back Connection port
Maximum flow rate No. of linked Approx. weight
Model pressure pressure size
L/min valves kg
MPa MPa Rc
SMVCH-43P-3 3 15.3
70 3 1.5 3/8
SMVCH-43P-4 4 20.0
■■Hydraulic symbol (SMVCH-43P-3) ■■Hydraulic symbol (SMVCH-43P-4)
Control Valves
KD Series
■■SMVCH-43P-3 ■■SMVCH-43P-4
E Series
M Series
114
DirectionControl Valves
KD Series (Poppet Type 2Way and 3Way Valves)
Hydraulic Valves
!"#$%"&'()"(*"+"&',-(,.'.*"/+-(,0"-12%"+,3"&+,"4%"%,%/0(5%3"'6%/"+")',0"3./+-(',7"
!"8()")%+9+0%"(*"%:-/%;%)1"*;+))"4%&+.*%"-$%"6+)6%"(*"+"2'22%-"-12%7"
!"<+/('.*"&(/&.(-*"&+,"4%"&',=0./%3"%+*()1"41"&';4(,(,0"6+)6%*"+,3"2)+-%*7"
!">'/"3%-+()*?"*%%"2+0%"@AA7"
B"#$%"&',,%&-'/*"+/%"%:&).*(6%)1"3%*(0,%3"&';2+-(4)%"C(-$"@DD"<?"ADD"<?"'/"AE"<FG7
S !"#$%&$'(%)*+
T13/+.)(&"*1;4')" 82%/+-(,0"2/%**./%" Q+:(;.;"'2%/+-(,0"2/%**./% Q+:(;.;"U'C"/+-% W22/':7"C%(0$-
Q'3%) 82%/+-(,0"6')-+0%" W&&%**'/1
,+;% &',3(-('," QI+ PV;(, 90
XFHAO Y'/;+))1"'2%," Q'.,-(,0"4')-*\
I"Z"# @DD"<WG ]MTHAD"KE"2&*N"
XFHAG Y'/;+))1"&)'*%3
[D 8 ADD"<WG @7J 8H/(,0*\
XFHJO Y'/;+))1"'2%, I^"K@"2&N"
I"Z"W"Z"# AE"<FG*
XFHJG Y'/;+))1"&)'*%3 I["KA"2&*N"
* AE"<FG";'3%)*"+/%";+9%H-'H'/3%/"2/'3.&-*7"
S T13/+.)(&"*1;4')"KXFHAON S T13/+.)(&"*1;4')"KXFHAGN S T13/+.)(&"*1;4')"KXFHJON S T13/+.)(&"*1;4')"KXFHJGN
GSL Series (Poppet Type 2Way Valves)
!"#$%"&'()"(*"+"&',-(,.'.*"/+-(,0"-12%"+,3"&+,"4%"%,%/0(5%3"'6%/"+"
)',0"3./+-(',7" Q'3%)"&'3%"*-/.&-./%
!"8()")%+9+0%"(*"%:-/%;%)1"*;+))"4%&+.*%"-$%"6+)6%"(*"+"2'22%-"
GSL 24 1
3:";</%2 ,= ><</(6"7(,82
-12%7"
!"F./+4)%"+,3"/%)(+4)%"4%&+.*%"-$%"6+)6%*"+/%"+"2/%**./%H4+)
+,&%3"-12%7"
!"I/%**./%"&+,"4%"+22)(%3"-'"4'-$"2/(;+/1"+,3"*%&',3+/1"*(3%*7 LOP"*%/(%* AE \ Y'/;+))1"'2%, 82%/+-(,0"6')-+0%
"KAHC+1"6+)6%N AEG \ Y'/;+))1"&)'*%3 @ \ @DD"<
B">'/"-$%"*')%,'(3"*2%&(=&+-(',*?"*%%"2+0%"AAJ7"
A \ ADD"<
B"#$%"&',,%&-'/*"+/%"%:&).*(6%)1"3%*(0,%3"&';2+-(4)%"C(-$"@DD"<?"ADD"<?"'/"
AE"<FG7" FGAE \ AE"<FG
9,87#,/ 0"/1%2
S LOPHAE S LOPHAE S T13/+.)(&"*1;4')

KLOPHAEN
5(#%67(,8&9,87#,/ 0"/1%2
S T13/+.)(&"*1;4')
KLOPHAEGN
45 '%#(%2
S S"#$%&$'(%)*+
Q+:(;.;"'2%/+-(,0"2/%**./% Q+:(;.;"U'C"/+-% W22/':7"C%(0$-
Q'3%) T13/+.)(&"*1;4')",+;% 82%/+-(,0"6')-+0% W&&%**'/1
QI+ PV;(, 90
LOPHAE Y'/;+))1"'2%, @DD"<WG Q'.,-(,0"4')-*\"QMTHRR"KE"2&*N
[D AD ADD"<WG 7
3 '%#(%2
LOPHAEG Y'/;+))1"&)'*%3 AE"<FG* 8H/(,0*\"I`"KA"2&*N

* AE"<FG";'3%)*"+/%";+9%H-'H'/3%/"2/'3.&-*7"
Dedicated Plates for GSL
!"#$%"4+*%"2)+-%"KLMIHAEN"(*".*%3"C$%,"-$%"LOP"*%/(%*"(*".*%3"+)',%7"I/%**./%"&+,"4%"+22)(%3"-'"4'-$"2/(;+/1"+,3"*%&',3+/1"*(3%*7
B"#$%"*.4H2)+-%"KLIOHAEN"(*".*%3"C$%,"-$%"LOP"*%/(%*"(*";'.,-%3"',"+,"%)%&-/(&"2.;2"KQIH@RN"+,3".*%3"C(-$"+"*(,0)%H+&-(,0"&1)(,3%/?"%-&7"
+ '%#(%2
S !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Q+:(;.;"'2%/+-(,0" Connection W22/':7" S LMIHAE S LIOHAE
Q'3%) 2/%**./% 2'/- W&&%**'/1 C%(0$-
QI+ Rc 90
LMIHAE — A7_
!"#$%&'()% +,-./"# 0"/1%2
[D @VA Q'.,-(,0"4')-*\"QMTHRD"K^"2&*N
LIOHAE >+*-%,%/"*%+)*"K^"2&*N R7D
8H/(,0\"WY^AJDH`"K@"2&N
S T13/+.)(&"*1;4')"KLMIHAEN S T13/+.)(&"*1;4')"KLIOHAEN
115
E Series (Spool-Type Solenoid Operated Direction-Control Valves)
Hydraulic Valves
● The compact version of the M series, which is approx. 50 to 70 %
lighter than the M series. Model code structure
● Do not apply pressure for 1 minute or longer to prevent sticking of the
spool.
● Operate the valve at 50 MPa or lower if it is used frequently. E S W - 4 H - 1
● The DIN connector can rotate 90, 180, or 270° from its home orienta-
tion (4 orientations).
Operating voltage
*There are two types of connectors: one is commonly designed compatible
with both 100 V and 200 V, the other is exclusively designed compatible 1 : 100 V
with 24 VDC. 2 : 200 V
* 24 VDC models are make-to-order products. DC24 : 24 VDC
* Do not allow the switching frequency to exceed 20 cycles/min. No. of ports
* For the solenoid specifications, see page 223. Valve type (2 positions)
■■ESL-4 ■■ESW-4 No. of solenoids S : Normal straight
L : Solenoid on one side H : Normally open
(2 positions) P : P port blocked
W : Solenoids on both sides Valve type (3 positions)
(3 positions) H : All ports open
P : P port blocked
Solenoid valve
C : All ports blocked
E series
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Allowable back Operating Bolt insertion Approx.
Model Hydraulic symbol name pressure Accessory pressure length weight
0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa voltage
MPa MPa mm kg
ESL-4S Normal straight
ESL-4H Normally open 1.9
ESL-4P P port blocked 100 VAC
O-rings:
70 6 3 1 200 VAC 10
ESW-4H All ports open P8 (4 pcs)
24 VDC
ESW-4P P port blocked 2.5
ESW-4C All ports blocked
Control Valves
(ESL-4S) (ESL-4H) (ESL-4P) (ESW-4H) (ESW-4P) (ESW-4C)
■■ESL-4 ■■ESW-4
KD Series
E Series
E Series (Sub-Plates)
M Series
● Used for the E series solenoid valves and other valves. The EPS-1 is compatible with only valve mounting on a pump, and the EPS-2
is compatible with both valve mounting on a pump and piping.
Maximum operating pressure Connection port size Approx. weight
Model Accessory Compatible pumps
MPa Rc kg
SMP-30 (type 2)
Mounting bolts: EBH-60 (3 pcs)
EPS-1 SMP-40 (type 2) 1.7
O-ring: P7 (1 pc)
MP-4
70 3/8
MP-12H
EPS-2 Fastener seals (4 pcs) 3.5
MP-15H
O-ring: AN6230-6 (1 pc)
* If the sub-plate is mounted on a pump, the included O-ring (P7 for the EPS-1, AN6230-6 for the EPS-2), a connection pipe (optional), and a return pipe
(optional) are necessary.
* For the external drawings of the sub-plates, see pages 120 and 138.
* For details on the SMP (type 2), see page 68.
116
M Series (4-Way Spool-Type Solenoid Operated Direction-Control Valves)

Hydraulic Valves
● Do not apply pressure for 1 minute or longer to prevent sticking of

the spool. Model code structure
M S W - 4 H - 1
● Operate the valve at 50 MPa or lower if it is used frequently.
● The DIN connector can rotate 90, 180, or 270° from its home
orientation (4 orientations).
* There are two types of connectors: one is commonly designed compatible
with both 100 V and 200 V, the other is exclusively designed compatible Operating voltage
with 24 VDC. 1 : 100 V
* 24 VDC models are make-to-order products. 2 : 200 V
* Do not allow the switching frequency to exceed 20 cycles/min. DC24 : 24 VDC
* For the solenoid specifications, see page 223. Valve type (2 positions)
■■MSL-4 ■■MSW-4 No. of ports
S : Normal straight
No. of solenoids H : Normally open
L : Solenoid on one side P : P port blocked
(2 positions) Valve type (3 positions)
W : Solenoids on both sides B : Center bypass
(3 positions) H : All ports open
P : P port blocked
Solenoid valve
M series
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Allowable back Bolt insertion Approx.
Operating
Model Hydraulic symbol name pressure Accessory pressure length weight
MPa MPa mm kg
MSL-4S Normal straight

MSL-4H Normally open 4
MSL-4P P port blocked
100 VAC
O-rings:
MSW-4B Center bypass 70 15 3 1 200 VAC 23
P9 (4 pcs)
24 VDC
MSW-4H All ports open
Control Valves
5
MSW-4P P port blocked
MSW-4C All ports blocked
■■Hydraulic ■■Hydraulic ■■Hydraulic ■■Hydraulic ■■Hydraulic ■■Hydraulic ■■Hydraulic

symbol symbol symbol symbol symbol symbol symbol
(MSL-4S) (MSL-4H) (MSL-4P) (MSW-4B) (MSW-4H) (MSW-4P) (MSW-4C)
■■MSL-4 ■■MSW-4
KD Series
E Series
M Series
M Series (Sub-Plate)
● Used for the M series solenoid valves and can be used for both pump mount and piping.
Maximum operating Connection Approx. ■■Hydraulic symbol

Compatible Compatible
Model pressure port size weight Accessory
valve pump
MPa Rc kg
Mounting bolts: MBH-50 (4 pcs) MP-12

M series:
MPS-31 70 3/8 5 Fastener seals (4 pcs) MP-12H
MSL, MSW
O-ring: AN6230-6 (1 pc) MP-15H
* If the sub-plate is mounted on a pump, a connection pipe (optional) and a return pipe (optional) are necessary.
* For the external drawings of the sub-plate, see page 120.
117
R4 Series (4-Way Spool-Type Solenoid Operated Direction-Control Valves)
Hydraulic Valves
the spool. Model code structure
● The DIN connector can rotate 90, 180, or 270° from its home
orientation (4 orientations). SOW - R - 4 H - 1
* The connectors are exclusively designed compatible with 100 V, 200 V, or 24
VDC.
* 24 VDC models are make-to-order products. No. of ports Operating voltage
* Do not allow the switching frequency to exceed 20 cycles/min. 1 : 100 V
* For the solenoid specifications, see page 223. Series No.
2 : 200 V
■■SOL-R-4-1 ■■SOW-R-4-2 No. of solenoids DC24 : 24 VDC
SOL : Solenoid on one side (2 positions) Valve type (2 positions)
SOW : Solenoids on both sides (3 positions) Blank : Normal straight
Valve type (3 positions)
Blank : Center bypass
H : All ports open
P : P port blocked
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Allowable back Operating Bolt insertion Approx.
Model Hydraulic symbol name pressure Accessory pressure voltage length weight
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa MPa V mm kg
SOL-R-4 Normal straight 7
SOW-R-4 Center bypass 12
100 VAC
O-rings:
SOW-R-4H All ports open 70 25 12 1 200 VAC 23
P9 (4 pcs)
24 VDC
SOW-R-4P P port blocked 11
SOW-R-4C All ports blocked
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol
Control Valves
(SOL-R-4) (SOW-R-4) (SOW-R-4H) (SOW-R-4P) (SOW-R-4C)
■■SOL-R-4 ■■SOW-R-4 ■■SOW-R-4H/4P/4C
KD Series
E Series
R4 Series (Sub-Plate)
M Series
● The sub-plate for the R4 series solenoid valves.

● The R-44P can also be used for piping.
Maximum operating Connection Approx. ■■Hydraulic symbol
Compatible Compatible
Model pressure port size weight Accessory

valve pump
MPa Rc kg
Mounting bolts: MBH-50 (4 pcs)
R-43BP 3/8 Fastener seals (4 pcs) MP-17H
O-ring: AN6230-6 (1 pc) SOL-R-4
70 4
Mounting bolts: MBH-50 (6 pcs) SOW-R-4
MP-15
R-44P 1/2 Fastener seals (6 pcs)
O-ring: AN6230-9 (1 pc) MP-20H
* If the sub-plate is mounted on a pump, a connection pipe (optional) and a return pipe (optional) are necessary.
* For the external drawings of the sub-plates, see page 120.
118
R46/R48 Series (4Way SpoolType Solenoid Operated DirectionControl Valves)
Hydraulic Valves
!"#$%&'"&()*+'$&,"-$'."'.)")/')*,+%"($%&'"+,0"$,')*,+%"0*+$,1"
!"2&",&'"+((%3"(*)445*)"6&*"7"8$,5')"&*"%&,9)*"'&"(*):),'"4'$;<$,9"&6"'.)" @&0)%";&0)"4'*5;'5*)
4(&&%1"
!"=()*+')"'.)":+%:)"+'">?"@#+"&*"%&-)*"$6"$'"$4"54)0"6*)A5),'%31" SOW R 4 6 H 1
B"C-$';.$,9"$4",&'"(&44$D%)"5,%)44"(*)445*)"$4"+((%$)0"'&"'.)"($%&'"(&*'1""
B"EF"G2H"8&0)%4"+*)"8+<)I'&I&*0)*"(*&05;'41 =()*+'$,9":&%'+9)
B"2&",&'"+%%&-"'.)"4-$';.$,9"6*)A5),;3"'&")/;))0"E?";3;%)4J8$,1 [&1"&6"(&*'4 7 : 7??"G
B"K.*))";&,,);'$&,"L&$,'4"M6&*"NO"PO"+,0"#"(&*'4Q"+*)",);)44+*3"D)'-)),"'.)"4&%),&$0" Size 2 : E??"G
:+%:)"+,0"'.)"45DI(%+')1" C)*$)4"[&1 V DC24 : 24 VDC
" R6"&*0)*$,9"'.)"4&%),&$0":+%:)"&,%3O"(%)+4)"(5*;.+4)"'.)8"4)(+*+')%31" [&1"&6"4&%),&$04 W P%+,< : H),')*"D3(+44
" MK.)";&,,);'$&,"L&$,'4"+*)"$,;%50)0"-$'."+"45DI(%+')1Q" T : C&%),&$04"&,"D&'."4$0)4"MY"(&4$'$&,4Q H : N%%"(&*'4"&(),
B"S&*"'.)"C=TIUIFV"4)*$)4O"54)"W".)/+9&,"4&;<)'".)+0"D&%'4"M@7?"X"Y?Q1" # : #"(&*'"D%&;<)0
S&*"'.)"C=TIUIFW"4)*$)4O"54)"7E".)/+9&,"4&;<)'".)+0"D&%'4"M@7F"X"F>Q1"" C : N%%"(&*'4"D%&;<)0
B"S&*"'.)"4&%),&$0"4();$Z;+'$&,4O"4))"(+9)"EEY1"
\ C=TIUIFV \ C=TIUIFV \ C=TIUIFW
\ C=TIUIFW
Control Valves
\ !"#$%&$'(%)*+
@+/$858"&()*+'$,9" @+/$858"^&-"*+') N%%&-+D%)"D+;<" #$%&'"(*)445*)" N((*&/1"
_J8$, =()*+'$,9"
@&0)% ]30*+5%$;"438D&%",+8) (*)445*) (*)445*) *+,9) -)$9.'
:&%'+9)
@#+ ?"'&"V"@(+ V"'&"`?"@(+ @#+ @#+ <9
C=TIUIFV H),')*"D3(+44
C=TIUIFV] N%%"(&*'4"&(),
>? 7V 7Y1>
C=TIUIFV# #"(&*'"D%&;<)0
7??"GNH
C=TIUIFVH N%%"(&*'4"D%&;<)0
`? 7 7"'&"` E??"GNH
C=TIUIFW H),')*"D3(+44
24 VDC
C=TIUIFW] N%%"(&*'4"&(),
a? Y? E>1?
C=TIUIFW# #"(&*'"D%&;<)0
KD Series
C=TIUIFWH N%%"(&*'4"D%&;<)0
\ ]30*+5%$;"438D&% \ ]30*+5%$;"438D&% \ ]30*+5%$;"438D&% \ ]30*+5%$;"438D&%
MC=TIUIFVJC=TIUIFWQ MC=TIUIFV]JC=TIUIFW]Q MC=TIUIFV#JC=TIUIFW#Q MC=TIUIFVHJC=TIUIFWHQ
E Series
R46/R48 Series (SubPlates)
!"b4)0"6&*"'.)"UFVJUFW"4)*$)4"4&%),&$0":+%:)4"+,0",);)44+*3"6&*"($($,91"
\ !"#$%&$'(%)*+
M Series
@+/$858"&()*+'$,9"(*)445*) H&,,);'$&,"(&*'"4$c)"""U; N((*&/1"-)$9.' H&8(+'$D%)"

@&0)% N;;)44&*3 Notes
@#+ NJPJ#JK #_ <9 valve
@&5,'$,9"D&%'4d"@7?"/"7??"MF"(;4Q"
H&,,);'$&,"L&$,'4"MY"(;4Q"
UIFVIP# YJF 7` C=TIUIFV
LargeSize Modular Valves
=I*$,9d"#7V"M7"(;Q
=I*$,9d"#7W"ME"(;Q For
`? YJW
@&5,'$,9"D&%'4d"@7E"/"7E?"MF"(;4Q ($($,9"
H&,,);'$&,"L&$,'4"MY"(;4Q"
UIFWIP# 7 Y7 C=TIUIFW
=I*$,94d #7V"M7"(;Q
#E7"ME"(;4Q
BT.),"8&5,'$,9"+"UFVJUFW"4)*$)4"4&%),&$0":+%:)"&,"+"(58("&*"-.),"54$,9"+"%+*9)I4$c)"8&05%+*":+%:)"45;."+4"+"($%&'";&,'*&%%)0";.);<":+%:)O"4))"(+9)4"
7>V"'&"7>a1"
B"S&*"'.)")/')*,+%"0*+-$,94"&6"'.)"45DI(%+')4O"4))"(+9)"7E?1"
119
Hydraulic Valves Examples of Applications Control Valves Direction-Control Valves KD Series E Series M Series Large-Size Modular Valves
120
■■R-48-BP
■■MPS-31
■■R-44P
External Drawings of Sub-Plates
■■R-46-BP
■■R-43BP
■■EPS-2
Esperblock (KD Series)
List of the KD Series

Hydraulic Valves
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate
70 Mpa 8 L/min
Classi- Corre- Classi- Corre-

Mounting bolts/ Mounting bolts/
Model Hydraulic symbol Bolt insertion length sponding Model Hydraulic symbol Bolt insertion length sponding
fication page fication page
KD-2S-* With four

2-way solenoid valve
122 KS33-21 92 mm 126

KD-2C-* EBH-20 bolts
For mounting
KD-2S-*-*
KD-2C-*-* 122 KSP-31 46 mm 126
With four
with check to
EBH-20 bolts
valve 123
with orifice
KRV-1 46 mm 127
KD-3S-* With four
3-way solenoid valve
122
KD-3C-* EBH-20 bolts
Manual direction-
Direction-control
control valve
Bolts are
KD-3S-*-*
valve
SMVH-43 included with 128
KD-3C-*-* 122
With four the KBSP-34
with check to
EBH-20 bolts
valve 123
with orifice With three
EBH-30 bolts
KSV-34 128
With three
Control Valves
Four EBH-30 EBH-40 bolts

Filter
KIF-3 124
bolts required
For exclusive use with type 2 of the SMP-30/SMP-40, and the MP-4
With three
EBH-40 bolts
KPD-RK 128
With three
Plate for stand-alone use
EBH-50 bolts
KBP-21 37 mm 124
With two
EBH-40 bolts
KBSP-34 With three 128
EBH-45 bolts
EBH-50 bolts
KBP-31 37 mm 124
Bolts are
KD Series
KPS-NE included with 129

the KBSP-34
MCP-M-K 30 mm 125
Bolts are
KPS-SP included with 129
the KBSP-34
E Series
2 × M8
KSBP-1 125 Bolts are
DP 15
KPS-SL included with 129
the KBSP-34
For mounting
M Series
KSEP-1 20 mm 125 Bolts are

KPS-SW included with 129
the KBSP-34
Hexagon
KSP-21 46 mm 126 socket head
bolt
MBH-*
Bolt
— — 153
Stud bolt
KSPC-21 46 mm 126
MBS-*
121
KD Series (Poppet Type 2-Way and 3-Way Valves)
Hydraulic Valves
● The coil is a continuous rating type and can be energized over a
long duration. Model code structure
● Oil leakage is extremely small because the valve is a poppet type.
● Various circuits can be configured easily by combining valves and
plates. KD - 2S - 1 - *
* 24 VDC models are make-to-order products.
* For the solenoid specifications, see page 223.
* The connectors are exclusively designed compatible with 100 V, 200 V, or 24 Operating voltage Option
VDC. 1 : 100 V Blank : None
* The dedicated plate is necessary for each model. Plates cannot be shared with
both 2-way and 3-way valves. KD series 2 : 200 V C : with KCH
DC24 : 24 VDC 5 : with KT5
● The screw-in lengths for the valve retaining bolts (M6) and
the plate retaining bolts (M8) must be 8 mm and 12 to 15 mm, Valve type 7 : with KT7
respectively. If the screw-in length is insufficient, the valve may 2S : 2-way valve, normally open 9 : with KT9
come off, causing injury. 2C : 2-way valve, normally closed
● The tightening torques of the valve retaining bolts (M6) and the
3S : 3-way valve, normally open
plate retaining bolts (M8) must be 12 to 13 N·m and 20 to 25 N·m,
respectively. Improper tightening of bolts may cause oil leakage 3C : 3-way valve, normally closed
or damage the bolts, by which the KD valve may be detached
resulting in injury.
● Since the KD valve has a balance mechanism, observe the pressure balance of each port as follows. Otherwise, the equipment may be
damaged resulting in poor performance. If air remains, pressure may fluctuate or not be raised.
KD-2S/KD-2C: P ≥ T KD-3S/KD-3C: P ≥ A ≥ T
● Do not allow the switching frequency to exceed 20 cycles/min. Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged resulting in poor performance.
■■KD-2C ■■KD-2S(C)/3S(C)
Control Valves
■■KD-2S/2C solenoid valve mounting ■■KD-2S/2C plate mounting face ■■KD-3S/3C solenoid valve mounting ■■KD-3S/3C plate mounting face
face face
KD Series
Hydraulic symbol Operating Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Approx. weight
Model Operating voltage Accessory
name pressure condition MPa L/min kg
KD-2S Normally open Mounting bolts:
P≥T 100 VAC
E Series
KD-2C Normally closed EBH-20 (4 pcs)
70 8 200 VAC 1.3 O-rings:
KD-3S Normally open P6 (1 pc)
P≥A≥T 24 VDC
KD-3C Normally closed P7 (2 pcs)
■■Hydraulic symbol (KD-2S) ■■Hydraulic symbol (KD-2C) ■■Hydraulic symbol (KD-3S) ■■Hydraulic symbol (KD-3C)
M Series
■■Pressure loss characteristics

122
KD Series (Check Valve and Orifices)

Hydraulic Valves
● The check valve or an orifice (three models) can be incorporated into the P port of KD valves.
They are a cartridge type, which allows easy installation.
Hole diameter Cracking
Model Product name Specifications
mm pressure
KCH Check valve — 0.1 Mpa Blocks “T → P” flow for 2-way valves and “A → P” flow for 3-way valves.
KT5 0.5
Used when a rapid flow control is required for a pressure reducing
KT7 Orifice 0.7 — circuit, accumulator, etc.
Blocks flow that exceeds the rated capacity of the valve.
KT9 0.9
■■KCH ■■KT5 ■■KT7 ■■KT9

■■Characteristics of pressure loss (KCH) ■■Characteristics of pressure loss (KT5/KT7/KT9)

Control Valves
■■References for selecting an orifice (KT5/7/9) for pressure reduction

Please use the following data as a orifice selection guide if an optional orifice is incorporated into a small-size solenoid valve so that the valve is used
as a pressure reducing valve.
Measurement conditions Hydraulic oil: 40cSt 35 °C

Internal volume Amount of compression
KD Series
cm3 ( x 1000) cm3 ( x 1000)

D10-500: push side +
7.328 + 0.23 = 7.558 0.293 + 0.05 = 0.343
high-pressure hose
D30-850: push side +
36.867 + 0.23 = 37.097 1.475 + 0.05 = 1.525
high-pressure hose
Note: The amount of compression of the cylinder capacity is calculated based on 4 % of the push-side
E Series
capacity at 70 MPa.
M Series
123
KD Series (Inline Filter)
Hydraulic Valves
● Used to protect individual KD valves.
K IF - 3
● Clean the filter regularly. If no oil flows due to clogging of the filter, device failure
will result. If entry of dust, etc. is expected, use another filter.
Type
● If the filters are used by solenoid valves, be careful with the increased pressure
Inline filter
loss. If a two-stage discharge pump is used, the rated low-pressure discharge
volume may not be obtained due to pressure loss. KD series
● Cannot be used for high-capacity pressure reducing circuits, etc.
■■KIF-3 ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■KIF-3
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Mounting bolt Approx. weight
Model Filter mesh Accessory
MPa L/min (not included) kg
O-rings:
EBH-30
KIF-3 70 8 50 P6 (1 pc) 0.2
(4 pcs)
P7 (2 pcs)
Control Valves
KD Series (Base Plates for Stand-Alone Use)
● Used as the base when a KD valve is used stand-alone away from the pump.
The plate is connected to the pump with pipes or hoses. (It cannot be mounted on the pump.)
■■KBP-21 ■■KBP-31
K BP - 21
21 : For the KD-2S/2C only
Base plate 31 : For the KD-3S/3C only
KD series
KD Series
Model Compatible valves Notes
MPa Rc kg
KBP-21 KD-2S/KD-2C
70 3/8 For piping 0.9 E Series
KBP-31 KD-3S/KD-3C
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■KBP-21 ■■KBP-31

(KBP-21)
M Series
(KBP-31)
124
KD Series (Change Plate for Mounting)

Hydraulic Valves
● This change plate is used when a KD series valve is mounted on an electric pump or when the M series is used with the KD series.
■■MCP-M-K
M CP - M - K
Series code Type of the change side
Change plate
Type of the base side
Maximum operating pressure Approx. weight Bolt insertion length
Model Accessory Compatible pump
MPa kg mm (M8)
O-rings:
MCP-M-K 70 1.4 30 MP-10/12H/15H/17H
P9 (4 pcs)
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■MCP-M-K

Control Valves
KD Series (Base Plate and End Plate for Mounting)

● These base and end plates are used when a KD series valve is mounted on an electric pump.
■■KSBP-1 ■■KSEP-1
K S BP - 1
KD series Type
For mounting
BP : Base plate
EP : End plate
KD Series
Maximum operating pressure Connection port size Approx. weight Bolt insertion length
Model Accessory
MPa Rc kg mm (M8)
KSBP-1 3/8 1.4 2 × M8 DP 15 —

70
KSEP-1 — 0.4 20 O-rings: P9 (2 pcs)
E Series
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■KSBP-1 ■■KSEP-1

(KSBP-1)
M Series
(KSEP-1)
125
KD Series (2-Way Valve Plates for Mounting)
Hydraulic Valves
● The KSP-21 is a plate used for mounting a KD series 2-way valve.
● The KSPC-21 is a plate with a check valve used for mounting a KD series 2-way valve.
● The KS33-21 is a 3-port plate used for mounting two KD series 2-way valves at a time.
■■KSP-21 ■■KSPC-21 ■■KS33-21
K S P - 21
KD series For exclusive use with 2-way valve
For mounting P : Plate
PC : Plate with check valve
33 : 3-port plate
Model Accessory
MPa Rc kg mm (M8)
KSP-21 — 0.9 46
O-rings:
KSPC-21 70 3/8 1.4 46
P7 (2 pcs)
KS33-21 3/8 1.9 92
■■Hydraulic symbol (KSP-21) ■■Hydraulic symbol (KSPC-21) ■■Hydraulic symbol (KS33-21)
■■KSP-21 ■■KSPC-21 ■■KS33-21
Control Valves
KD Series (3-Way Valve Plate for Mounting)
KD Series
● Used for mounting of a KD series 3-way valve.
■■KSP-31
K S P - 31
KD series For exclusive use with 3-way valve
For mounting E Series
P : Plate
Model Accessory
MPa Rc kg mm (M8)
M Series
KSP-31 70 3/8 O-rings: P7 (2 pcs) 0.9 46
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■KSP-31

126
KD Series (Relief Valve for Mounting)

Hydraulic Valves

● For pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut first. To increase the pressure, Model code structure
turn the handle clockwise gradually. To reduce the pressure, turn it counter-
clockwise. After pressure adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut. K RV - 1
KD series Type
Relief valve
■■KRV-1 ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■KRV-1
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Pressure adjustable range Bolt insertion length Approx. weight
Model Accessory
MPa L/min MPa mm (M8) kg
O-rings:
KRV-1 70 8 10 to 70 46 1.6
P7 (2 pcs)
KD Series (Configuration Examples of Modular Valves)

Control Valves
■■Configuration examples of valves installed separately away from the pump

■■Example of using more than one 2-way ■■Example of using more than one 3-way ■■Example of using more than one 2-way/
valves valves 3way valves simultaneously
KD Series
E Series
■■Configuration examples of valves mounted on the pump

M Series
127
KD Series (Plates for Mounting) Dedicated plates for type 2 of the SMP-30/SMP-40, and the MP-4
Hydraulic Valves
● Exclusively used with type 2 of the SMP-30/SMP-40 and the MP-4.
● The KSV-34 is used when plates for mounting are vertically installed on a compatible pump for circuit configuration. Valves are mount-
ed horizontally.
● The KPD-RK is a direct plate that is used when a KD 2-way valve is installed on the pump. This is used for the SMP-30 (40) RK series.
● The KBSP-34 is a base sub-plate that is mounted on the pump. A KPS plate and an SMVH valve are mounted on the plate.
■■KSV-34 ■■KPD-RK ■■KBSP-34
Model Accessory Compatible pump
MPa Rc kg
Sub-plate for Mounting bolts: EBH-30 (3 pcs) SMP-30B/40B
mounting — 1.2 EBH-40 (3 pcs) SMP-30BR/40BR
KSV-34 O-ring: P7 (1 pc) SMP-30C/40C
SMP-30CR/40CR
Direct plate for Mounting bolts: EBH-40 (3 pcs) SMP-30DCB/40DCB
pumps 70 3/8 1.1 EBH-50 (3 pcs) SMP-30SL/40SL
KPD-RK O-ring: P7 (1 pc) SMP-30SW/40SW
Mounting bolts: EBH-40 (2 pcs) SMP-30SP/40SP
Base sub-plate EBH-45 (3 pcs) SMP-30NE/40NE
— 0.6
KBSP-34 EBH-55 (3 pcs) SMP-30RK/40RK
O-ring: P7 (3 pc) MP-4
Note: Not compatible with the SMP-30NV, SMP-30AR, SMP-30SK, SMP-40NV, SMP-40AR, and SMP-40SK.
■■Hydraulic symbol (KSV-34) ■■KSV-34 ■■KPD-RK ■■KBSP-34
Control Valves
■■Hydraulic symbol (KPD-RK)
■■Hydraulic symbol (KBSP-34)
KD Series
KD Series (4-Way 3-Position Manual Valve) For exclusive use with type 2 of the SMP-30/SMP-40, and the MP-4
● Can maintain the pressure even during neutral and switching transition periods. The hold pressure is released by switching to the port
on the opposite side.
● Mounted on a compatible pump, using the base sub-plate (KBSP-34).
■■SMVH-43 ■■SMVH-43
E Series
SMVH-43
M Series
Hydraulic Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Allowable back pressure Connection port size Approx. weight
symbol name MPa L/min MPa Rc kg
Type 2 of the SMP-30/40
SMVH-43 Center bypass 70 3 1.5 3/8 2
and the MP-4
128
KD Series (Sub-Plates for Pumps) Dedicated plates for type 2 of the SMP-30/SMP-40, and the MP-4
Hydraulic Valves
● Mounted on a compatible pump, using the KBSP-34 (base sub-plate).

● The KPS-NE can be combined with two KD 2-way valves. Model code structure
This is used for the SMP-30 (40) NE. (See Page 71.)
● The KPS-SP can be combined with two KD 3-way valves. K PS - NE
This is used for the SMP-30 (40) SP. (See Page 74.)
● The KPS-SL can be combined with one KD 3-way valve. KD series NE : Plate for NE
This is used for the SMP-30 (40) SL. (See Page 74.) SP : Plate for SP
SL : Plate for SL
● When the KPS-SW is combined with one KD-2S and two KD-3S valves, the com-
SW : Plate for SW
bined unit is a 4-way 3-position direction-control valve.
Sub-plates for pumps
This is used for the SMP-30 (40) SW. (See Page 74.)
■■KPS-NE ■■KPS-SP ■■KPS-SL ■■KPS-SW
■■Hydraulic symbol (KPS-NE) ■■Hydraulic symbol (KPS-SP) ■■Hydraulic symbol (KPS-SL) ■■Hydraulic symbol (KPS-SW)
Control Valves

MPa Rc kg
SMP-30B/40B
KPS-NE 1.1 SMP-30BR/40BR
SMP-30C/40C
SMP-30CR/40CR
KPS-SP 1.1
SMP-30DCB/40DCB
70 3/8 SMP-30SL/40SL
SMP-30SW/40SW
KPS-SL 2.0
SMP-30SP/40SP
SMP-30NE/40NE
KPS-SW 1.6 SMP-30RK/40RK
KD Series
MP-4
■■KPS-NE ■■KPS-SP ■■KPS-SL ■■KPS-SW
E Series
M Series
129
Examples of Application of the KD Series
Hydraulic Valves
■■Configuration examples of valves installed separately away from the pump *The connection port size is Rc3/8 that is common to all models.
■■Example of using one 2-way valve ■■Example of using one 3-way valve
■■Example of using more than one 2-way valves
Control Valves
■■Example of using more than one 3-way valves
KD Series
E Series
■■Example of using more than one 2-way/3-way valve simultaneously

M Series
130

Hydraulic Valves
■■Examples of combinations with double-acting cylinders *The connection port size is Rc3/8 that is common to all models.
■■Center bypass types
SOL a ON OFF ON
SOL b OFF OFF ON
SOL c ON OFF OFF
■■Open center types

SOL a ON OFF ON
SOL b ON OFF OFF
Control Valves
SOL c OFF OFF ON

■■A port blocked types

KD Series
SOL a ON OFF ON
SOL b OFF OFF ON
SOL c OFF OFF ON
E Series
■■P port blocked types

M Series
SOL a ON OFF OFF

SOL b OFF OFF ON
131
Hydraulic Valves
■■Configuration examples of valves mounted on the pump *The connection port size is Rc3/8 that is common to all models.
Control Valves
KD Series
E Series
M Series
132

Hydraulic Valves
■■Configuration examples of valves mounted on the pump *The connection port size is Rc3/8 that is common to all models.
Control Valves
KD Series
E Series
M Series
133
Esperblock (E Series)
List of the E Series
Hydraulic Valves
Maximum flow rate L/min
0 to 8 MPa 8 to 70 MPa
70 MPa 6 3
Classi- Bolt insertion Corre- Classi- Bolt insertion Corre-

Model Hydraulic symbol sponding Model Hydraulic symbol sponding
fication length page fication length page
Pressure control
Counterbalance
3-way manual With four
valve
valve 50 mm 137
valve EBH-60 135
ECB-1/2
EHV-3 bolts
Check valve
4-way Pilot controlled
3-position With four check valve 50 mm 137
manual direction- EBH-20 135 ECH-4
control valve bolts

EHV-4
With three
Sub-plate
EBH-60 138
4-way 2-position EPS-1
bolts
solenoid direction-
10 mm 136
control valve
ESL-4
Control Valves
With four
Sub-plate
MBH-50 138
EPS-2
4-way 3-position bolts
solenoid direction-
10 mm 136
control valve
ESW-4
Plate
Change plate
20 mm 138
ECP-K
Relief valve
50 mm 136
ERV-P
KD Series
Change plate
30 mm 138
ECP-K2
Pressure control valve
Relief valve
E Series
50 mm 136
ERV-A
Change plate
50 mm 138
ECP-KD
M Series
Mounting bolt
Relief valve
50 mm 136 Hexagon socket
ERV-B
head bolt — — 137
EBH-
● The screw-in length of the mounting bolts (see page 137) must be 9 to 10 mm. If the screw-in length is insufficient, the valve may come off,
causing injury.
● The tightening torque of the bolts must be 12 to 15 N·m.
Improper tightening of bolts may cause oil leakage or damage the bolts, by which the valve may be detached resulting in injury.
● If the valve is used frequently, do not allow the pressure to exceed 50 MPa. Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged resulting in poor
performance.
● If the valve is mounted on the pump unit, the unit may fall down depending on the number of mounted blocks. To prevent a fall, secure the
unit using a base, supporting pole, etc.
● The allowable back pressure is 1 MPa (1.5 MPa for the EHV valves only). Outside of the back pressure range, the equipment may be dam-
aged resulting in poor performance.
134
E Series (3-Way Manual Direction-Control Valve)

Hydraulic Valves
● Can be directly mounted on the EMP series.

● Can be mounted on the SMP and MP series, using a sub-plate (EPS-1/EPS-2). Model code structure
Maximum operating Maximum flow Allowable back Approx.
E HV - 3
Model pressure rate pressure Accessory weight
MPa L/min MPa kg No. of ports
Manual direction-control valve
EHV-3 70 5 1.5 1.4 E series
O-rings: P8 (4 pcs)
■■EHV-3 ■■EHV-3
Control Valves
E Series (4-Way Manual Direction-Control Valves)

● Can be directly mounted on the EMP series.

● Can be mounted on the SMP and MP series, using a sub-plate (EPS-1/EPS-2). Model code structure
■■Specifications E HV - 4 B
Maximum Maximum Allowable back Approx.
Model operating pressure flow rate pressure Accessory weight
MPa L/min MPa kg Center position type
KD Series
B : Center bypass
Mounting
H : All ports open
EHV-4B bolts:
EBH-20 No. of ports
70 5 1.5 (4 pcs) 1.2 Manual direction-control valve
O-rings: E series
EHV-4H P8
(4 pcs)
E Series
■■Hydraulic symbol (EHV-4B) ■■EHV-4

M Series
■■Hydraulic symbol (EHV-4H)
135
E Series (4-Way Solenoid Operated Direction-Control Valves)
Hydraulic Valves
● The compact version of the M series, which is approx. 50 to 70 %
lighter than the M series. Model code structure
the spool. E S W - 4 H - 1
● The DIN connector can rotate 90, 180, or 270° from its home Operating voltage
orientation (4 orientations). 1 : 100 V
● For details, see page 116. 2 : 200 V
■■ESL-4 ■■ESW-4 No. of ports
DC24 : 24 VDC
No. of solenoids Valve type (2 positions)
L : Solenoid on one side S : Normal straight
(2 positions) H : Normally open
W : Solenoids on both sides P : P port blocked
H : All ports open
Solenoid valve
P : P port blocked
E series C : All ports blocked
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Allowable back Bolt insertion Approx.
Operating
Model pressure pressure length Accessory weight
MPa MPa mm kg
ESL-4 100 VAC O-rings: 1.9
70 6 3 1 200 VAC 10
ESW-4 24 VDC P8 (4 pcs) 2.5
(ESL-4S) (ESL-4H) (ESL-4P) (ESW-4H) (ESW-4P) (ESW-4C)
■■ESL-4 ■■ESW-4
Control Valves
KD Series
E Series (Relief Valves)
● For pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut first. To increase the pressure, turn the handle Model code structure
clockwise gradually. To reduce the pressure, turn it counterclockwise. After pressure adjust-
ment, be sure to tighten the lock nut. E RV - P
Maximum Maximum flow rate L/min Pressure Allowable Control Bolt Approx. Control line E Series
adjustable back insertion Accessory weight P : P port
Model operating pressure range pressure line length A : A port
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa MPa MPa mm kg
B : B port
ERV-P P
O-rings: Relief Valve
ERV-A 70 6 3 10 to 70 1 A 50 1.5
P8 (4 pcs)
M Series
ERV-B B E series
■■ERV-P ■■Hydraulic symbol (ERV-A) ■■ERV

■■Hydraulic symbol (ERV-P) ■■Hydraulic symbol (ERV-B)
136
E Series (Counterbalance Valves)

Hydraulic Valves
● After loosening the hexagon nut, rotating the adjustment bolt clockwise increases the pressure
setting. Model code structure
● The internal pilot system is set as default. To use the external pilot system, remove the mounting
bolts from the head and rotate the head 180°, and then retighten the returned bolts.
● If the valve is rotated 180° horizontally, the circuit can use A line. E CB - 1
■■Specifications Pressure adjustable range
Maximum flow rate L/min Pressure Bolt insertion

1 : 2 to 10 Mpa
Maximum Approx.
adjustable 2 : 10 to 70 MPa
Model operating pressure length Accessory weight
range
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa MPa mm kg Counterbalance valve
ECB-1 2 to 10 O-rings: E series
70 6 3 50 2.0
ECB-2 10 to 70 P8 (4 pcs)
■■ECB ■■ECB
Control Valves
E Series (Pilot Controlled Check Valve)

● Enables a reverse flow by applying pressure 1/10 of the secondary-side pressure to the pilot
pressure port. Model code structure
■■Specifications E CH - 4
Maximum Maximum flow rate L/min Bolt insertion Approx.

Model operating pressure Pilot ratio length Accessory weight
Type
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa mm kg
Pilot controlled check valve
O-rings: E series
ECH-4 70 6 3 10:1 50 1.7
P8 (4 pcs)
■■ECH-4 ■■ECH-4
KD Series
E Series
M Series
E Series (Mounting Bolts)


● The screw-in length of for the mounting bolts must be 9 to 10 mm. Model code structure
E B H - 20
Model Length under head (L) E series Length under head (L)
H : Hexagon socket head bolt
Bolt
EBH 20/25/30/35/40/50/55/70/80/120/170
137
E Series (Sub-Plates)
Hydraulic Valves
● Used for the E series solenoid valves and other valves. The EPS-1 is compatible with only valve
mounting on a pump, and the EPS-2 is compatible with both valve mounting on a pump and piping. Model code structure
● If the sub-plate is mounted on a pump, the included O-ring (P7 for the EPS-1, AN6230-6 for the
EPS-2) and a connection pipe (optional) are necessary. E PS - 1
■■EPS-2 ■■Hydraulic symbol (EPS-1) ■■Hydraulic symbol (EPS-2)
Compatible pumps
1 : Type 2 of SMP-30/40
MP-4
2 : MP-12H/MP-15H
Sub-plate
E series
■■EPS-1 ■■EPS-2
Model Maximum operating pressure MPa Connection port size Rc Accessory Compatible pump Approx. weight kg
Control Valves
SMP-30 (type 2)
EPS-1 SMP-40 (type 2) 1.7
O-ring: P7 (1 pc)
MP-4
70 3/8
EPS-2 Fastener seal (1 pc) MP-12H/15H 3.5
O-ring: AN6230-6 (1 pc)
*For details on the SMP (type 2), see page 68.
E Series (Change Plates)

● The ECP-K is used when a KD series plate for mounting.
● The ECP-K2 is used when the existing E series equipment is mounted with a KD series Model code structure
E CP - K
solenoid valve.
● The ECP-KD is used when a pressure reducing circuit is configured with the KD series.
KD Series
Maximum operating pressure Bolt insertion length Approx. weight K : For mounting multiple KD valves
Model Accessory
MPa mm kg K2 : For mounting multiple 2-way valves
ECP-K 20 0.7 KD : For pressure reducing circuits with KD valves
O-rings:
ECP-K2 70 30 1 Change plate
P8 (4 pcs) E series
ECP-KD 50 1.6
■■ECP-K ■■Hydraulic symbol (ECP-K) ■■Hydraulic symbol (ECP-K2) ■■Hydraulic symbol (ECP-KD) E Series
M Series
■■ECP-K ■■ECP-K2 ■■ECP-KD

138
Examples of Application of the E Series (Falling-by-Self-Weight Prevention Circuit)

Hydraulic Valves
■■EMP series
■■Type 2 of the SMP-30/SMP-40, and the MP-4 series

Control Valves
KD Series
■■MP-12H/15H series
E Series
M Series
139
Esperblock (M Series)
List of the M Series
Hydraulic Valves
Features of Esperblock (M series)
● Circuits can be configured or changed easily.
● Space is significantly reduced because the circuit can be developed both vertically and horizontally.
● Due to the same pitches of the ports and mounting bolts, the circuit can be changed easily by rotating or reversing Esperblock.
Maximum flow rate L/min Allowable back pressure

0 to 8 MPa 8 to 70 MPa Mpa
70 Mpa 15 3 1

4-way
3-position Inline check valve
50 mm 145
manual direction- 10 mm 143 MCH-2-1
control valve
Check valve
MHV-4
Pilot controlled
4-way 2-position
117 check valve 70 mm 146
solenoid direction-
23 mm and MCH-4
control valve
143
MSL-4
Flow control
Needle valve
valve
50 mm 147
4-way 3-position
Control Valves
MNV-1
117
solenoid direction-
23 mm and
control valve
143
MSW-4
Inline filter
70 mm 147
MIF-31
Relief valve
60 mm 144
Filter
Pressure control valve
MRV-PAB
Inline filter
70 mm 147
MIF-32
KD Series
Counterbalance
valve 60 mm 146
MCB-AB
With four
Sub-plate
MBH-50 148
MPS-31
bolts
E Series
Check valve with
bypass 60 mm 144
MCH-1 With four
Sub-plate
MBH-50 148
MPS-31AT
bolts
M Series
Plate
Check valve
Inline check valve

30 mm 145 With four
MCH-2-2 Base plate
MBH-25 148
MBP-31
bolts
Inline check valve Block shaped With four

30 mm 145
MCH-2-3 sub-plate MBH-50 149
MBSP-31 bolts
140

油圧バルブ
Hydraulic Valves

Block shaped With four

Change plate
Plate
sub-plate MBH-35 149 20 mm 151

MCP-R-M4
MBSP-32 bolts
Block Change plate

85 mm 149 20 mm 151
MB-1 MCP-M-R4
Block Change plate

Block
85 mm 149 30 mm 151
MB-2 MCP-M-K
Block Change plate

85 mm 149 30 mm 151
MB-3 MCP-M-K2
Control Valves
Block type top

Change plate
Plate
plate 11 mm 150 30 mm 151

MCP-M-K3
MBTP-1
KD Series
Spacer plate Change plate

10 mm 150 50 mm 151
MSP-1 MCP-M-KD
E Series
Spacer plate Change plate

Plate
10 mm 150 35 mm 151
MSP-2 MCP-M-G2
M Series
Spacer plate Pickup plate

10 mm 150 40 mm 152
MSP-3 MPP-31
Spacer plate Pickup plate

20 mm 150 40 mm 152
MSP-4 MPP-32
141
Hydraulic Valves
Pickup plate Return plate

40 mm 152 30 mm 153
MPP-33 MRP-1
Plate
Pickup plate Return plate
40 mm 152 30 mm 153
MPP-34 MRP-2
Plate
Length
Hexagon socket 35 45 50 55 65 75 80 85 95
Pickup plate 100 105 110 115 125 135 145
40 mm 152 head bolt
MPP-35 150 155 165 170 175 185 195
MBH-
Mounting bolt
200 205 215 220 225 235 245
255 265 275 285
285 (For 3-block height)
Pickup plate Stud bolt 340 (6 pcs needed per KD series valve)
28 mm 152 375 (For 4-block height)
MPP-37 MBS-
*M8 nuts are needed separately.
List of the M Series (Pitches of Ports and Bolt Holes)

■■Both sides of the valves, plates, and blocks, and the top face of ■■The top and bottom faces of the blocks, and the top face of
Control Valves
the sub-plate ● A, B, P, and T ports: ϕ 7 base plate ● P and T ports: ϕ 6
*MCH-4 (P and T pots): ϕ 6.5 ● D: The top and bottom faces of the
● C: P port indicating hole = ϕ 7 blocks
* Some valves and plates that can be Bolt hole (through): ϕ 8.6
mounted with different orientations do not The top face of the base plates
have the P port indicating hole. Bolt hole (tapped): M8 16 DP
● D: Both sides of the valves, plates, and
blocks
Bolt hole (through): ϕ 8.6 to 9
Both sides of the blocks, and the top
face of the sub-plate
Bolt hole (tapped): M8 16 DP
M Series (Installation Methods)
KD Series
■■When the sub-plate is used ■■When blocks are used
E Series
● The sub-plate is used when a valve is mounted on the MP-12/MP-12H/ ● Vertical orientation
MP-15H directly. Place the MB-1 block on the top face of the MBP-31 base plate. If three
Since this sub-plate (MPS-31) has the PT line on its bottom, it is mounted or more solenoid valves are used, up to four blocks can be mounted as
M Series
using bolts and attaching O-rings to the mounting plate on the top face of necessary. Then, the MB-1 is used for the top tier only, and the MB-2 is
the tank. A valve and plate are mounted on this sub-plate only vertically. used for other tiers.
* For mounting on the MP-10, no sub-plate is needed. ● Horizontal orientation
*The sub-plate cannot be used if two or more solenoid valves are used. Mount valves and plates to both sides of the blocks on the base plate.
● The screw-in length of for the mounting bolts (see page 153) must be 12 to 15mm. If the screw-in length is insufficient, the valve may come
off, causing injury.

Improper tightening of bolts may cause oil leakage or damage the bolts, by which the valve may be detached resulting in injury.
● If the valve is used frequently, do not allow the pressure to exceed 50 MPa. Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged resulting in poor
performance.
● If the valve is mounted on the pump unit, the unit may fall down depending on the number of mounted blocks. To prevent a fall, secure the
unit using a base, supporting pole, etc.
● Use an MIF-31 inline filter (page 147) to protect hydraulic equipment.
● The allowable back pressure is 1 MPa (1.5 MPa for the MHV valves only). Outside of the back pressure range, the equipment may be dam-
aged resulting in poor performance.
142
M Series (4-Way Manual Direction-Control Valve)

油圧バルブ
Hydraulic Valves
Maximum Maximum flow rate L/min Allowable Bolt Approx.
operating insertion Model code structure
Model back pressure Accessory weight
pressure
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa MPa
length
mm kg M HV - 4 B
MHV-4B Mounting M series No. of ports
bolts: Manual direction-control valve
MHV-4H Valve type (3 positions)
MBH-25
70 15 3 1.5 10 5.3 B : Center bypass
(4 pcs)
MHV-4P H : All ports open
O-rings: P : P port blocked
MHV-4C P9 (8 pcs) C : All ports blocked
■■Hydraulic symbol (MHV-4B) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MHV-4H) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MHV-4P) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MHV-4C)
■■MHV-4 ■■MHV-4
Control Valves
M Series (4-Way Solenoid Operated Direction-Control Valves)


the spool.
● The DIN connector can rotate 90, 180, or 270° from its home orien-
M S W- 4 H - 1
tation (4 orientations). Operating voltage
● For details, see page 117. 1 : 100 V
2 : 200 V
No. of ports
■■MSL-4 ■■MSW-4 DC24 : 24 VDC
KD Series
No. of solenoids Valve type (2 positions)

L : Solenoid on one side S : Normal straight
(2 positions) H : Normally open
W : Solenoids on both sides P : P port blocked
B : Center bypass
Solenoid valve
H : All ports open
M series P : P port blocked
E Series
Maximum Maximum flow rate L/min Allowable back Bolt insertion Approx.
Model operating pressure pressure Operating voltage Accessory length weight
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa MPa mm kg
MSL-4 100 VAC/200 VAC/ O-rings: 4
70 15 3 1 23
M Series
MSW-4 24 VDC P9 (4 pcs) 5

■■MSL-4 ■■MSW-4
143
M Series (Relief Valve)
Hydraulic Valves
● One of P, A, and B lines can be adjusted. Even after assembly, the line to be adjusted can be
selected. (The lines cannot be adjusted individually.) Model code structure
● All line selection screws are open before shipping. Before use, close all screws except the
screw used for adjustment of the line. M RV - PAB
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Pressure Bolt insertion Approx. Control line
Model pressure adjustable range Accessory length weight P/A/B
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa MPa mm kg Relief valve
O-rings: M series
MRV-PAB 70 15 3 10 to 70 60 5
P9 (4 pcs)
■■MRV-PAB ■■MRV-PAB
Control Valves
M Series (Check Valve with Bypass)
● A and B lines can be adjusted individually.
● The flow rate can be adjusted on the bypass side, but the flow changes as the pressure and the Model code structure
temperature change.
■■Specifications M CH - 1
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Cracking pressure Bolt insertion Approx.
Model pressure Accessory length weight Type
KD Series
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa MPa mm kg Check valve
O-rings: M series
MCH-1 70 15 3 0.2 60 3.2
P9 (4 pcs)
■■MCH-1 ■■MCH-1
E Series
M Series
144
M Series (Inline Check Valves for Control of One Circuit)

油圧バルブ
Hydraulic Valves

Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Cracking Bolt insertion Approx. M CH - 2-2
Model pressure pressure Accessory length weight
Type
MCH-2-2 O-rings: Check valve 2-2
70 15 3 0.02 30 1.1 M series 2-3
MCH-2-3 P9 (4 pcs)
■■MCH-2-2 ■■MCH-2-2 ■■MCH-2-3
■■Hydraulic symbol (MCH-2-2)

■■Hydraulic symbol (MCH-2-3)

Control Valves
M Series (Inline Check Valve for Control of Two Circuits)


Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Cracking Bolt insertion Approx. M CH - 2-1
Model pressure pressure Accessory length weight
KD Series
Type
O-rings: Check valve
MCH-2-1 70 15 3 0.2 50 2.6 M series
P9 (4 pcs)
■■MCH-2-1 ■■MCH-2-1
E Series
M Series
145
M Series (Pilot Controlled Check Valve)
Hydraulic Valves
● Enables a reverse flow by applying pressure 1/9 of the secondary-side pressure to the pilot pres-
sure port. Model code structure
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate Cracking Bolt Approx.
M CH - 4
Pilot
Model pressure L/min pressure Accessory insertion
ratio length weight
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa MPa mm kg Type
Check valve
O-rings:
MCH-4 70 15 3 0.16 9:1 70 4.4 M series
P9 (4 pcs)
■■MCH-4 ■■MCH-4
Control Valves
M Series (Counterbalance Valves)
● Normally, the internal pilot system is set but can be changed to the external pilot
when the head is rotated 180°. Model code structure
● A line can be controlled if the valve is rotated 180° parallel to the mounting face.
● Can also be used as a sequence valve. M CB - AB - 1
Maximum Maximum flow rate L/min Pressure Bolt insertion Approx. Control line
Model operating pressure adjustable Accessory length weight
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa range mm kg Pressure adjustable range
KD Series
MCB-AB-1 2 to 10 Counterbalance valve 1 : 2 to 10 Mpa
O-rings:
70 15 3 60 4 M series 2 : 10 to 70 Mpa
MCB-AB-2 10 to 70 P9 (4 pcs)
■■MCB-AB ■■MCB-AB
E Series
M Series
146
M Series (Needle Valve)

油圧バルブ
Hydraulic Valves
● A and B lines can be adjusted individually.

● As the temperature or pressure changes, the flow rate also changes. Model code structure
M NV - 1
● The oil passage is closed when the valve is fully closed.
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate L/min Bolt insertion Approx.
Model pressure Accessory length weight Type
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa mm kg Needle valve
O-rings: M series
MNV-1 70 15 3 50 2.7
P9 (4 pcs)
■■MNV-1 ■■MNV-1
Control Valves
M Series (Inline Filter)

● The MIF-31 is for valves and plates. The MIF-32 is used with a base plate and a block
shaped sub-plate. Model code structure
M IF - 31
● The maximum flow rate is 5 L/min.
● Replace the elements regularly.
Maximum Maximum Cracking Filtration Accessory Bolt Approx. 31 : For valves
operating insertion
Model flow rate pressure accuracy O-ring weight 32 : For blocks
pressure length
KD Series
MPa L/min MPa μm P9 mm kg Inline filter

M series
MIF-31 4 pcs 6
70 5 0.35 10 70
MIF-32 2 pcs 7
■■MIF-31 ■■MIF-31 ■■MIF-32

E Series
■■Hydraulic symbol (MIF-31)

M Series
■■Hydraulic symbol (MIF-32)
147
M Series (Pump Sub-Plates)
Hydraulic Valves
● Used to configure a single circuit for a Riken pump unit.
A dedicated plate is attached to the MP-10. Model code structure
● The MPS-31AT is a make-to-order product.
● In the MPS-31AT, A and T lines are connected.
■■Specifications M PS - 31
Maximum operating Connection port Approx.
Model pressure size Accessory weight 31 : For double-acting cylinders
MPa Rc kg
31AT : For single-acting cylinders
MPS-31 Mounting bolts: MBH-50 (4 pcs) Pump sub-plate
70 3/8 O-ring: AN6230-6 (1 pc) 5 M series
MPS-31AT Fastener seals (4 pcs)
■■MPS-31 ■■MPS-31 ■■MPS-31AT
■■Hydraulic symbol (MPS-31)
■■Hydraulic symbol (MPS-31AT)
Control Valves
M Series (Base Plate)
● Used as a base when a circuit using a block is installed separately away from the pump.
The plate is connected to the pump with pipes or hoses. (It cannot be mounted on the pump.) Model code structure
Maximum operating Connection port Approx.
M BP - 31
Model pressure size Accessory weight
MPa Rc kg Type
KD Series
Base plate
Mounting bolts:
M series
MBP-31 70 3/8 MBH-25 (4 pcs) 3.4
M8 spring washer (4 pcs)
■■MBP-31 ■■MBP-31
E Series
M Series
148
M Series (Block Shaped Sub-Plate )

油圧バルブ
Hydraulic Valves
● Required as the sub-plate for the block that is used for valves mounted on a Riken pump unit.
■■Specifications Model code structure
Maximum operating Connection Approx.
Model pressure
MPa
port size
Rc
Accessory weight
kg M BSP - 31
MBSP-31 3/8 O-ring: AN6230-6 (1 pc) 6.5 31 : For the MP-12/
Fastener seals (4 pcs) MP-12H/MP-15H only
70
Mounting bolts: MBH-35 (4 pcs) M series 32 : For the MP-10 only
MBSP-32 — O-rings: P9 (2 pcs) 3.4 Block shaped sub-plate
Fastener seals (4 pcs)
■■MBSP-31 ■■MBSP-31 ■■MBSP-32
■■Hydraulic symbol (MBSP-31)

■■Hydraulic symbol (MBSP-32)

Control Valves
M Series (Block)
● Can be mounted to up to four tiers high.

● The MBP-31 or MBSP-31 is necessary for mounting of these blocks. Model code structure
M B - 1
The MBSP-32 is necessary for the MP-10 series.
Maximum operating Bolt insertion length Approx.
1 : For one tier
Model pressure Accessory weight
MPa mm kg (top face PT closed)
KD Series
Block 2 : For two tiers

MB-1
(with top face PT port)
O-rings:
MB-2 70 85 5.4 M series 3 : For one tier
P9 (2 pcs)
(with top face PT and side face P ports)
MB-3
■■MB-1 ■■Hydraulic symbol (MB-1) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MB-2) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MB-3)
E Series
M Series
■■MB-1 ■■MB-2 ■■MB-3

149
M Series (Block Shaped Top Plate)
Hydraulic Valves
● Can be mounted on the top of the MB-2 or MB-3 to configure a single circuit.

Model
Maximum operating
pressure Accessory
Bolt insertion
length
Approx. weight M BTP - 1
kg
MPa mm
Type
O-rings: Block shaped top plate
MBTP-1 70 11 1.5 M series
P9 (2 pcs)
■■MBTP-1 ■■MBTP-1
M Series (Spacer Plates)
Control Valves
● The MSP-4 is inserted between the MB-1 and MB-2 to adjust the height.
M SP - 1
Maximum operating Accessory Bolt insertion
Approx. weight
Model pressure O-ring length
kg
MPa P9 mm
MSP-1 8 pcs 10 0.4 Type
MSP-2 — 10 0.4 Spacer plate 1/2/3/4
70 M series
MSP-3 4 pcs 10 0.4
MSP-4 2 pcs 20 1.2
■■MSP-1 ■■MSP-1 ■■MSP-2
KD Series
E Series
■■Hydraulic symbol (MSP-1)
M Series
■■Hydraulic symbol (MSP-2) ■■MSP-3 ■■MSP-4

150
M Series (Change Plates)

油圧バルブ
Hydraulic Valves
● The MCP-R-M4 is used when the R-4 series equipment is mounted Model code structure
with the M series equipment.
● The MCP-M-R4 is used when the R-4 series solenoid valves are
mounted on the M series equipment.
M CP - M - K
● The MCP-M-K, K2, and K3 are used when the M series equipment Type of the change side
are mounted with the KD series solenoid valves. M4 : M series
Type of the base side
● The MCP-M-KD is used when a pressure reducing circuit is config- R4 : R-4 series
R : R series
ured with the KD series. K : KD series
M : M series
● The MCP-M-G2 is used when the M series equipment is mounted K2 : KD-2C(S)
with the GSL series. Change plate K3 : KD-3C(S)
KD : Pressure reducing valve
M series G2 : GSL series
Maximum operating pressure Bolt insertion length Approx. weight
Model Accessory
MPa mm kg
MCP-R-M4 20 1.3
MCP-M-R4 20 1.3
MCP-M-K 30 1.4
O-rings:
MCP-M-K2 70 30 1.5
P9 (4 pcs)
MCP-M-K3 30 1.7
MCP-M-KD 50 2.4
MCP-M-G2 35 2.3
■■MCP-M-K ■■Hydraulic symbol (MCP-R-M4) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MCP-M-R4) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MCP-M-K)
Control Valves
■■Hydraulic symbol (MCP-M-K2) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MCP-M-K3) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MCP-M-KD) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MCP-M-G2)
■■MCP-R-M4 ■■MCP-M-R4 ■■MCP-M-K

KD Series
■■MCP-M-K2 ■■MCP-M-K3 ■■MCP-M-KD

E Series
M Series
■■MCP-M-G2
151
M Series (Pickup Plates)
Hydraulic Valves
● The oil flow direction can be changed by turning the entire plate 90, 180, or 270°.
● The MPP-37 is used when an oil cooler is mounted on the MP-10 series. Model code structure
■■MPP-32 M PP - 31
Pickup Type
plate 31/32/33
M series 34/35/37
Maximum operating pressure Accessory Bolt insertion length Approx. weight
Model
MPa Mounting bolt O-ring mm kg
MPP-31 — 40 1.4
MPP-32 — 40 1.9
MPP-33 — 40 1.9
70 P9 (4 pcs)
MPP-34 — 40 1.9
MPP-35 — 40 2.3
MPP-37 MBH-40 (4 pcs) 28 2.5
■■Hydraulic symbol (MPP-31) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MPP-32) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MPP-33)
■■Hydraulic symbol (MPP-34) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MPP-35) ■■Hydraulic symbol (MPP-37)
Control Valves
■■MPP-31 ■■MPP-32 ■■MPP-33
KD Series
E Series
■■MPP-34 ■■MPP-35 ■■MPP-37

M Series
152
M Series (Return Plates)

油圧バルブ
Hydraulic Valves
■■MRP-1
M RP - 1
M series
Return plate Type
1 : B–T connection
2 : A–B connection
Maximum operating pressure Bolt insertion length Approx. weight
Model Accessory
MPa mm kg
MRP-1 O-rings:
70 30 1
MRP-2 P9 (4 pcs)
■■Hydraulic symbol (MRP-1) ■■MRP-1 ■■MRP-2

■■Hydraulic symbol (MRP-2)

Control Valves
M Series (Bolts)

Model
35 45 50 55 65
Length (L)
75 80 85 95 100 105 110
M B H - 35
MBH 115 125 135 145 150 155 165 170 175 185 195 M series
200 205 215 220 225 235 245 255 265 275 285
Bolt
285 (For 3-block height)
KD Series
H : Hexagon socket head bolt

MBS 340 (6 pcs needed per KD series valve) S : Stud bolt
375 (For 4-block height) Length (L)

*If stud bolts are used, MBS-NUT-M8 retaining nuts are needed.
■■Bolt dimensions
E Series
M Series
Insertion length mm Total insertion

MSW MCH MRV MPP-34 MB-1 MB-2 MB-2 Screw-in length length Bolt size
A B C D E F G H mm
L1 23 70 60 12 165 MBH-165
L2 23 70 40 12 145 MBH-145
L3 85 85 85 12 267 MBS-285
153
M Series Basic Mounting Methods and Combination Examples
Hydraulic Valves
For mounting of a valve(s) on
For stand-alone use of a valve(s) Hydraulic circuit diagram
a pump (MP-12/12H/15H)
■■1 solenoid valve
■■2 solenoid valves
Control Valves
The motor must be turned off The motor must be turned off
except while pressure is applied, except while pressure is applied,
or an unloading circuit is required. or an unloading circuit is required.
KD Series
E Series

M Series
*The MPS-31 is not necessary if the valves are mounted on the MP-10.
*The MPSP-32 is used if the MB-1 is mounted on the MP-10.
154
Examples of Combinations of M Series Products

油圧バルブ
Hydraulic Valves
Pressuring reducing circuit Falling-by-self-weight prevention circuit

Control Valves
If a heavy load is attached to the cylinder piston for pressing,

etc., the piston may fall under its own weight faster than the
If a large cylinder is used, a shock occurs when the circuit is speed due to the discharge volume of the pump. The counterbal-
switched by the change valve or direction-control valve. ance valve is adjusted to a pressure appropriate for the heavy
To prevent this problem, reduce pressure before switching. load to ensure smooth operation.
Pressure maintaining circuit

(overrun prevention circuit)
KD Series
E Series
M Series
The pressure can be adjusted precisely and remotely because a

feedback can be applied to the relief valve. Prevents cylinder overrun by reducing the differential pressure
This circuit requires an oil cooler. between the pressure switch and the relief valve.
155
Hydraulic Valves
■■MP-15SCBD
MP - 15 S C D
Blank : W/O pressure reducing valve
D : With pressure reducing valve
Series No. (with 2-way solenoid valve)
15 : MP-15 C : With pilot controlled check valve
17 : MP-17 CB : With pilot controlled check valve and
20 : MP-20 Counterbalance valve
S : Direction-control valve
Electric pump (4-way 3-position Valve)
Large-Size Modular Valves (with Solenoid Valve) MP-15/MP-17/MP-20

Model Compatible pump Notes
MPa
SOW-R-4 series MP-15 For details on the solenoid valve, see page 118.
SOW-R-46 series 70 MP-17 For details on the solenoid valve, see page 119.
SOW-R-48 series MP-20 For details on the solenoid valve, see page 119.
Control Valves
Large-Size Modular Valves (Sub-Plates for Conversion) MP-15/MP-17/MP-20
● Used for mounting of solenoid valves on a large-size modular valve.

Model
Maximum operating Approx.
pressure weight Accessory B SS - 4
MPa kg
BSS-4 5 Mounting bolts: M10 x 50 (4 pcs) 4 : For the MP-15 series
6 : For the MP-17 series
Connection joints (3 pcs) 8 : For the MP-20 series
BSS-6 14 Mounting bolts: M12 x 70 (4 pcs)
70 O-rings: P18 (2 pcs), P16 (1 pc) Change plate
Connection joints (3 pcs)
KD Series
BSS-8 22 Mounting bolts: M14 x 90 (4 pcs) Large-size modular valve
O-rings: P21 (1 pc), P16 (1 pc)
■■Hydraulic symbol (BSS-4) ■■Hydraulic symbol (BSS-6) ■■Hydraulic symbol (BSS-8)
E Series
■■BSS-4 ■■BSS-6 ■■BSS-8

M Series
156
Large-Size Modular Valves (Counterbalance Valve) MP-15/MP-17/MP-20

Hydraulic Valves
● After loosening the hexagon nut, rotating the adjustment bolt clockwise increases the
pressure setting. Model code structure
● The internal pilot system is set as default. To use the external pilot system, remove the
mounting bolts from the head and rotate the head 180°, and then retighten the returned
bolts. (The pilot port must be connected.)
B CB - 4 B
■■Specifications B : For B line
Maximum Maximum Pressure Approx. 6 : For the MP-17 series
operating adjustable
Model flow rate weight Accessory 8 : For the MP-20 series
pressure range
MPa L/min MPa kg Counterbalance valve
Large-size modular valve
O-rings: P12 (4 pcs)
BCB-4B 40 15.6
Mounting bolts: M10 x 90 (4 pcs)
BCB-6B 70 80 2 to 10 27 Connection joints (3 pcs)
O-ring: P21 (1 pc)
BCB-8B 140 35 Connection joints (3 pcs)
■■BCB-4B ■■BCB-6B ■■BCB-8B

Control Valves
Large-Size Modular Valves (Relief Valves) MP-15

Maximum Maximum flow rate L/min Pressure Approx.
Model operating
pressure
MPa 0 to 8 Mpa 8 to 70 Mpa
adjustable
range
MPa
weight
kg
Accessory B RV - 4 A
BRV-4A A : For A line
KD Series
B : For B line
Mounting
BRV-4B 8 P : For P line
bolts:
70 25 12 10 to 70 AB : For A and B lines
M10 x 60
BRV-4P 4 : For the MP-15 series
(4 pcs) Relief valve
BRV-4AB 9.5 Large-size modular valve
■■Hydraulic symbol (BRV-4A) ■■Hydraulic symbol (BRV-4B) ■■Hydraulic symbol (BRV-4P) ■■Hydraulic symbol (BRV-4AB)
E Series
M Series
■■BRV-4A ■■BRV-4B/BRV-4P ■■BRV-4AB

157
Large-Size Modular Valves (Pilot Controlled Check Valves) MP-15/MP-17/MP-20
Hydraulic Valves
Maximum Maximum Approx.
Model operating pressure flow rate weight Accessory Model code structure
MPa L/min kg
BCH-44AB 40 12.4
Mounting bolts: M10 x 90 (4 pcs) B CH - 44 AB
BCH-46AB 70 80 21 Mounting bolts: M12 x 100 (4 pcs)
O-ring: P18 (1 pc)
AB : For A and B lines
BCH-48AB 140 38 Mounting bolts: M14 x 120 (4 pcs)
O-ring: P21 (1 pc)
■■Hydraulic symbol 48 : For the MP-20 series
Large-size modular valve
■■BCH-44AB ■■BCH-46AB ■■BCH-48AB
Control Valves
KD Series
Large-Size Modular Valves (Pressure Reducing Plate) MP-15
Maximum operating
B PD - 4 A
Approx. weight
Model pressure Accessory
kg
MPa
Mounting bolts: A : For A line E Series

M10 x 140 (4 pcs) 4 : For the MP-15 series
BPD-4A 70 9.4
O-rings: Pressure reducing plate
P12 (4 pcs) Large-size modular valve
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■BPD-4A

M Series
158
Large-Size Modular Valves (Sub-Plates) MP-15/MP-17/MP-20

Hydraulic Valves
Maximum Maximum Approx. Model code structure
Model operating pressure flow rate weight Accessory
MPa L/min kg B PS - 4 1
Mounting bolts: M10 x 70 (4 pcs) 1 : For valve mounting on a pump
BPS-42 40 10.5
O-rings: P12 (4 pcs) 2 : For piping
Connection joints (3 pcs) 4 : For the MP-15 series

BPS-62 70 80 26 Mounting bolts: M12 x 100 (4 pcs) 6 : For the MP-17 series
O-ring: P18 (1 pc) 8 : For the MP-20 series

BPS-82 140 45 Mounting bolts: M14 x 120 (4 pcs)
O-ring: P21 (1 pc) Large-size modular valve
*Contact us for details on the BPS-41, BPS-61, or BPS-81 for valve mounting on a pump.
■■Hydraulic symbol (BPS-42) ■■BPS-42

Control Valves
■■Hydraulic symbol (BPS-62/82)

KD Series
■■BPS-62 ■■BPS-82
E Series
M Series
159
Accessories
Pressure Gauges ･･･････････ 161 to 163

Pressure Switches ･･･････････ 164 to 165
Switches ･･･････････ 166
Branches ･･･････････ 167 to 169
Couplers ･･･････････ 170 to 175
Oils ･･･････････ 175
Hoses ･･･････････ 176 to 179
Joints ･･･････････ 180 to 186
160
Pressure Gauges
Pressure Gauges
Accessories
● The display can take any orientation thanks to a universal joint.

●AS(G) freestanding and DS panel mount models are available. Model code structure
● Use a gauge damper (page 162) or an ASG model containing silicon for a circuit that
is subject to surge pressure or great shock. AS 100 - 100M
● Use the gauge within 70 % of the maximum scale.
● For mounting of a pressure gauge, use a mounting bracket (page 163) and packing Maximum scale (MPa)
(page 162). Nominal diameter (ϕ mm)
● The inspection report, calibration certificate, and traceability system diagram are not Pressure gauge
AS : Standard type
included.
ASG : Silicone-containing type
If you need them for your existing pressure gauge, please send the gauge to us.
DS : Panel mount type
● Contact us if using hydraulic oil other than general hydraulic one.
■■AS type ■■ASG type ■■DS type

Pressure Switches Pressure Gauges
■■AS type ■■ASG type ■■DS type ■■Hydraulic

symbol
*The outer peripheries of the AS and DS models have three set screws, which protrude about 2 mm from the surface.
Switches
Maximum operating Maximum Minimum External dimensions Mounting Accuracy Approx.

Model pressure scale scale weight
MPa MPa MPa ϕA B C thread F.S. kg
AS75-100M 70 100 2 78 122 39 0.3
AS100-10M 7 10 0.2
AS100-15M 10 15
Branches
AS100-20M 14 20 0.5
AS100-25M 18 25
AS100-30M 21 30
103 147.5 43 0.5
AS100-35M 25 35
1
AS100-40M 28 40
Couplers
AS100-50M 35 50 G1/2 ±1.6 %

AS100-100M 70 100 2
AS100-150M 100 150 5
AS125-100M 129 173.5 43 0.9
AS150-100M 153 200.5 46 1
ASG75-100M 81 124.5 43 0.5
Oils
70 100 2
ASG100-100M 106 152 47 0.8
DS100-100M 128 105 88 0.7
DS150-100M 178 154 91 1.1
Pressure Gauges (with Peak Pointer) Make-to-order product

Hoses
● Standard type pressure gauges (except the AS75 and ■■AS100-100M (with peak pointer)
ASG) have a peak pointer (red), which indicates the max-
imum measured pressure. The peak pointer (red) can be
reset to the zero point by rotating the reset dial.
These pressure gauges are used for tests such as anchor
pull-out test and destructive test.
Joints
● Pressure gauges with a peak pointer and load scale can

be manufactured. Be sure to specify the cylinder effective
area when ordering.
161
Pressure Gauges
Pressure Gauges (with Load Scale)
Accessories
● These pressure gauges have not only a pressure scale but also
a load scale corresponding to the cylinder effective area. (Load Model code structure
measurement is not subject to inspection.)
● Be sure to specify the cylinder effective area when ordering. AS 100 - - 50kN
● Other than the models shown below, pressure gauges with a load
scale are make-to-order products.
● The inspection report, calibration certificate, and traceability Nominal diameter (ϕ mm) Load scale (kN) Blank : Other than 200 kN models
system diagram are not included. If necessary, please let us know Pressure gauge M : For MC2, MS2, and MD2 models
your request when ordering. If you need them for your existing AS : Standard type Maximum scale (MPa) SC : For SC2 models
pressure gauge, please send the gauge to us. ASG : Silicone-containing type Blank : 100 MPa I : For S2 and D2 models
DS : Panel mount type Others : Please specify the maximum scale.
■■Specifications (regular stock item)

■■AS100-120kN Effective Maximum operating Minimum Mounting Approx.
Accuracy
Model area Compatible cylinder pressure scale thread weight
2 F.S.
cm MPa MPa G kg
AS100-50kN 7.16 MC05/MS05/MD05
MC1/MS1/S1
AS100-100kN 14.52
MD1/D1/MR1/R1
AS100-120kN 17.86 SC1.2
AS100-200kNM 28.74 MC2/MS2/MD2 70 2 1/2 ±1.6 % 0.5
AS100-200kNSC 28.86 SC2
Pressure Gauges Pressure Switches

AS100-200kNI 33.18 S2/D2/R2
AS100-360kN 51.42 SC3.6
AS100-500kN 71.63 S5/D5/R5
Gauge Dampers
● Used to protect the pressure gauge when it is mounted on a circuit where there are sudden pressure fluctuations.
● Since the GD-70 allows free flow while the pressure oil is filled in the pressure gauge, there is no delay in the pointer response while
pressure is applied. During pressure drop, the fixed orifice buffers pressure fluctuations. (The flow cannot be shut off completely.) De-
pending on the conditions, the pressure gauge pointer may not return completely.
●The GD-1000 allows the throttle amount of the circuit to be changed using its adjustment screw, and can shut off the flow completely.
■■GD-70 ■■Hydraulic symbol (GD-70) ■■GD-70 ■■GD-1000
Switches
Branches
■■Hydraulic symbol (GD-1000)
Couplers
Model Accessory
MPa G kg
GD-70
Oils
S-111
70 1/2 0.4
(1 pc)
GD-1000
Pressure Gauge Packing

Hoses
● An O-ring is attached inside the steel ring. No more pressure than ■■S-111 ■■S-111
necessary is applied to the O-ring, resulting in great durability and
good packing performance.
● Used for mounting all Riken pressure gauges and PCS-500/700
pressure switches.
Joints

Model Compatible product
MPa
Pressure gauges
S-111 70
PCS-500/700 pressure switches
162
Pressure Gauges
Pressure Gauge Mounting Brackets

Accessories
● Various mounting brackets for pressure gauges are available

for various applications. Model code structure
● The T-1 to T-5 are used for mounting Riken pressure gauges
and pressure switches. T - 1 VC
(Except the DPGS-70-R3-U, DPGS-70-R3-F, DPGS-70-
N3-U, DPGS-70-N3-F, and SPS-7A) Type Attached coupler (T-1 only)
● S-111 pressure gauge packing is included. 1 : T-1 4 : T-4 VC : With VC-70-R3 and RC3
(Except the T-6) 2 : T-2 5 : T-5 S : With S-1R and 1H
● Some standard pumps include a pressure gauge mounting 3 : T-3 6 : T-6 T : With ROC-13R and 13H
bracket. Check the details on the pump. Pressure gauge mounting bracket
■■T-1VC ■■Example of Pressure gauge

use of T-1S
High-pressure hose Cylinder
T-1S
●● Used in the middle of the circuit

connected with couplers.
●●Be careful that the couplers and
bracket rotate under no load
Maximum operating pressure: 70 MPa Approx. weight: 0.9 kg condition. Press stand
■■T-2 ■■Example of
Pressure gauge
use of T-2 Branch
T-2
Maximum operating pressure: 70 MPa Approx. weight: 0.7 kg ●●Used in a circuit with Rc3/8 connection ports.
■■T-3 ■■Example of Pressure switch Pressure gauge
use of T-3
●● Mainly used for electric
pumps and allows a
Switches
pressure gauge and a

switch to be mounted
in parallel.
●●When mounting a T-3
mounting bracket, be
sure to use the special
coupler for the T-3
(GS-1R).
Maximum operating pressure: 70 MPa Approx. weight: 1.1 kg T-3 GS-1R

Branches
■■T-4 ■■Example of
use of T-4 Pressure gauge
T-4
Couplers
FML-3/8 x 3/8
●● Converts Rc3/8 thread to G

1/2 thread in order to allow a
pressure gauge and a switch
Maximum operating pressure: 70 MPa Approx. weight: 0.2 kg to be mounted.
■■T-5 ■■Example of Pressure gauge
use of T-5 Manual pump
Oils
for single-acting
cylinders
High-pressure hose
T-5
●● Mainly connected to the

outlet port of manual pumps
Hoses
for single-acting cylinders.

The display of the pressure gauge inclines at an angle of
Maximum operating pressure: 70 MPa Approx. weight: 0.6 kg 105° to the axis of the pump’s outlet port.
■■T-6 ■■Example of Pressure switch
use of T-6
SPS-7A
T-6
Joints
T-2
●● Converts G1/2 thread to Rc3/8 thread.

●●Use for mounting pressure switches and pressure gauges
Maximum operating pressure: 70 MPa Approx. weight: 0.2 kg with an Rc 3/8 connection port.
163
Pressure Switches
Digital Pressure Gauges (DPGS-70)
Accessories
●The industry’s first digital pressure gauge ■■DPGS-70
with CE marking. Model code structure
● One digital pressure gauge alone can function
as both pressure display and pressure switch. DPGS - 70 - G4 - U
● The one-touch keys on the body allow easy
operation. The key lock is also provided to Maximum operating pressure (MPa) Joint type
prevent operator errors. Digital pressure gauge U : Universal joint
● The kN display is also available as a special Connection thread size F : Fixed joint
function. (The display range is from 0 to G4 : G1/2 *G1/2 thread is
1999.) R3 : R3/8 available only for
● Universal joint models allow users to select N3 : NPT3/8 universal joints.
the desired display orientation.
Maximum operating Display
Rated voltage Output
Model pressure Factory setting accuracy Conformed standard
Allowable voltage contact
MPa R.C.
DPGS-70-G4-U Rated voltage Preset pressure:
250 VAC RoHS Directive
DPGS-70-R3-U 100 to 240 VAC 70 MPa
3A Low Voltage Directive
50/60 Hz Dead band: ±1 %
DPGS-70-R3-F 70 (resistive EMC Directive
Allowable voltage 5 MPa (Note 1)
load) (industrial electromagnetic
DPGS-70-N3-U 85 to 264 VAC Output operation:
1A, 1B environment)
47 to 440 Hz B contact

DPGS-70-N3-F
* If an inverter is used, install the power supply for the DPGS-70 to the primary side.
■■Mounting method
Model Mounting method
DPGS-70-G4-U Mount the gauge on a pressure gauge mounting bracket (page 163). The S-111 packing is required.
DPGS-70-R3-U After securing the T-4 mounting bracket (accessory), mount the gauge using the S-111 packing (accessory).
DPGS-70-R3-F After wrapping seal tape around the R3/8 joint, mount the gauge directly. (Note 2)
DPGS-70-N3-U After securing the T-4-NPT mounting bracket (accessory), mount the gauge using the S-111 packing (accessory).
DPGS-70-N3-F After wrapping seal tape around the NPT 3/8 joint, mount the gauge directly. (Note 2)
(Note 1) Because the measurement range of the sensor is 100.0 MPa, R.C. is 100 MPa.
(Note 2) A radius of about 70 mm from the center of the joint is required for the rotation of the DPGS-70.
Switches
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Image diagram of output operation
Branches
■■External drawings of the DPGS-70 ■■DPGS-70-G4-U ■■DPGS-70-R3-U
Couplers
Oils
■■DPGS-70-R3-F ■■DPGS-70-N3-U ■■DPGS-70-N3-F

Hoses
Joints
164
Pressure Switches
Pressure Switches (SPS/PCS Series)

Accessories
● The pressure can be set easily without a tool.

Model code structure Model code structure
● Because a universal joint is used, users can
select the desired display orientation. (Except
the SPS-7A)
SPS - 700 PCS - 700 P
● The flange model is available for the PCS se-
ries. Type Type
500 700
Blank : W/O flange

Pressure switch Pressure switch P : With flange
■■SPS ■■PCS ■■PCS-700P (with flange)
Pressure setting Maximum operating Minimum Maximum Repeatability Mounting Approx.
Contact
Model range pressure scale dead band ± weight

thread size capacity
MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa kg
SPS-70 1 to 7 7 1 0.9 0.2
SPS-140 2 to 14 14 2 1.8 0.4
SPS-210 3 to 21 21 3 2.7 0.7
G1/2
SPS-350 5 to 35 35 5 4.5 1 250 V, 3 A 0.35
SPS-500 10 to 50 50 10 6.5 1.5
SPS-700
10 to 70 70 10 9 2
SPS-7A R3/8
PCS-500 10 to 50 7
PCS-700 20 to 70 9
Switches
70 5 0.5 G1/2 500 V, 6 A 2.3

PCS-500P 10 to 50 7
PCS-700P 20 to 70 9
* The SPS models include a 500 mm 3-core lead cable. The PCS models include a 3P terminal block.
* Use the S-111 pressure gauge packing (see page 163) when mounting a PCS model.
* The SPS models include packing. (Except the SPS-7A)
■■SPS ■■SPS-7A ■■PCS-500/700
Branches
(Except for SPS-7A)

Couplers
Oils
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■PCS-500P/700P

Hoses
■■Switch wiring diagram

Joints
Panel cutout
Maximum panel thickness: 4.5 mm
165
Switches
Control Boxes
Accessories
● Mainly used for EMP-5SW, EMP-6SW (SB), MP-10SW (SB), MP-12SW (SB), and MP-
15S electric pumps. A push button switch allows easy operation by connecting a solenoid Model code structure
valve. In addition, the CBS-2 is used for package pumps. (See page 77.)
● For installation of the control box to an electric pump, dedicated mounting brackets are pro- CBS - 1
vided.
● Can switch the electric circuit to another using a 4-pole relay. Voltage 1 : 100 V
2 : 200 V
Control box
■■CBS-1 (2) ■■Dimension and layout ■■Wiring diagram
Push Button Switch (SW-4WP)

● An interlock circuit is incorporated in the switch.
■■SW-4WP ■■SW-4WP ■■Wiring diagram
Switches
Foot Switchs (SF-1/SF-2B)
Branches
● Two types are available to meet the requirements of applications.
■■SF-1 ■■SF-1 ■■Wiring diagram
Couplers
Oils
■■SF-2B ■■SF-2B ■■Wiring diagram

Hoses
Joints
166
Branches
Branches for One Circuit

Accessories
● Used to branch one hydraulic circuit.

● Rc3/8 and Rc1/2 models are available. Model code structure
● For Rc3/8 models, up to 5 outlets are available. For Rc1/2 models, up to 4
outlets are available as standard model. B - 2 3 VC
■■B-2 ■■B-33VC
Attached coupler
Connection port size B-23/33/43/53
Blank : Rc3/8 VC : VC-70-R3
(cylindrical) S : S-1R
3 : Rc3/8 T : ROC-13R
4 : Rc1/2
B-24/34/44
VC : VC-70-R4
No. of outlets
C : S-24R
Branch (for one circuit)
■■Hydraulic symbol (B-2) ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol
(B-23/24) (B-33/34) (B-43/44) (B-53)
Model B-2 B-23 B-33 B-43 B-53 B-24 B-34 B-44
Maximum operating pressure MPa 70 70 70
A ϕ 66 150 250 350 450 140 220 300
VC-70-R3 — ≈ 46 —
S-1R — ≈ 53 —
B ROC-13R — ≈ 49 —
VC-70-R4 — — ≈ 45
S-24R — — ≈ 56
Approx. weight kg 1.5 3.3 5.2 7.2 9.1 5.0 7.7 10.3
■■B-2 ■■B-33VC ■■B-34VC
Switches
Branches
Branches for Two Circuits

● Used to branch two hydraulic circuits. Mainly used to operate two double-acting
cylinders by one pump. Model code structure
Couplers
■■BW-23VC ■■Hydraulic symbol BW - 2 3 VC

Attached coupler
Connection port size BW-23
3 : Rc3/8 VC : VC-70-R3
Oils
4 : Rc1/2 S : S-1R
■■BW-23VC ■■BW-24VC T : ROC-13R
No. of outlets BW-24
VC : VC-70-R4
Branch (for two circuits) C : S-24R
Hoses
Model BW-23 BW-24
VC-70-R3 ≈ 46 —
S-1R ≈ 53 —
Joints
C ROC-13R ≈ 49 —
VC-70-R4 — ≈ 45
S-24R — ≈ 56
Approx. weight kg 6.4
167
Branches
Branches with Shutoff Valve for One Circuit
Accessories
● A branch for one circuit with shutoff valves that can open and
close outlets separately. Select the couplers for the primary Model code structure
side. (Except the BV-2)
● 3/8 and 1/2 port size are available. C BV - 2 3 VC
■■BV-2 ■■CBV-33VC Attached coupler
Connection port size CBV-23, 33, 43 and 53
Blank : Rc3/8 VC : VC-70-R3
No. of outlets (cylindrical) S : S-1R
Branch with shutoff valve 3 : Rc3/8 T : ROC-13R
Type 4 : Rc1/2 BV-24/34/44
C : Cartridge type (3/8 only) VC : VC-70-R4
Blank : Screw-in type (BV-2 and Rc1/2 models only) C : S-24R
■■Hydraulic symbol (BV-2) ■■Hydraulic symbol (CBV-23) ■■Hydraulic symbol (CBV-33) ■■Hydraulic symbol (CBV-43)
■■Hydraulic symbol (CBV-53) ■■Hydraulic symbol (BV-24) ■■Hydraulic symbol (BV-34) ■■Hydraulic symbol (BV-44)

Model BV-2 CBV-23 CBV-33 CBV-43 CBV-53 BV-24 BV-34 BV-44
Maximum operating pressure MPa 70 70 70
Maximum flow rate L/min 10 10 40
VC-70-R3 — ≈ 46 —
S-1R — ≈ 53 —
B ROC-13R — ≈ 49 —
VC-70-R4 — — ≈ 45
S-24R — — ≈ 56
Approximate weight kg 3.0 3.8 5.1 7.0 9.0 8.5 12.9 17.3
Switches
■■BV-2 ■■CBV-23VC
Branches
Couplers
■■CBV-33VC ■■CBV-43VC
Oils
Hoses
Joints
168
Branches
■■CBV-53VC ■■BV-24VC
Accessories
■■BV-34VC ■■BV-44VC
Switches
OutBlocks
Branches
● A type of branch used to change directions.

■■Specifications OUB - 2 3
Couplers
Model OUB-23 OUB-33 OUB-24 OUB-34

Maximum operating pressure MPa 70 70 No. of outlets 3 : Rc3/8
Approx. weight kg 2.0 3.3 3.4 5.6 Outblock 4 : Rc1/2
■■OUB-23 ■■OUB-23 ■■OUB-33

Oils
Hoses
■■Hydraulic symbol (OUB-23/24) ■■OUB-24 ■■OUB-34

Joints
■■Hydraulic symbol (OUB-33/34)
169
Couplers
Quick Couplers (VC-70 Series)
Accessories
● The pressure loss is reduced to 1/5 of that of a conventional model
(ROC-13). Model code structure
● The force required for the coupler insertion is approximately 1/2 of
that of a conventional model. VC - 70 - R3
● Self-sealing type that prevents oil leakage.
● Equipped with a lock mechanism to prevent detachment. Male thread type
● In the series, couplers with a different thread size can be connected R3 : R3/8
to each other. Maximum operating pressure R4 : R1/2
● A duster cap (made of resin) is attached to all models. 70 MPa N3 : NPTF3/8
● As an optional extra, an aluminum duster cap and pressure elimina- Female thread type
tion accessory are available. Quick coupler RC3 : Rc3/8
RC4 : Rc1/2
* Cannot connect to the ROC-13 series.
■■VC-70 ■■VC-70 series

VC-70-N3
VC-70-RC4
VC-70-RC4
VC-70-RC3
VC-70-N3 VC-70-R4
VC-70-RC3

VC-70-R3
VC-70-R4
VC-70-R3
Maximum operating Operating fluid Approx.
Accessory
Model pressure Operating fluid temperature range weight (coupled couplers)
(duster cap)
MPa °C kg
VC-70-R3 0.06
Switches
VC-70-R-DC
VC-70-R4 0.08
General
VC-70-N3 70 0 to 60 0.06 VC-70-N-DC
hydraulic oil
VC-70-RC3 0.21
VC-70-RC-DC
VC-70-RC4 0.28
■■External drawings of couplings ■■VC-70 series Pressure loss characteristics against flow rates
Branches
Couplers
Oils
Hoses
● Quick couplers cannot be connected where pressure remains. Due to changes in ambient temperature, the pressure could increase inside
Joints
the hose with couplers at both ends or the cylinder, which makes it difficult to connect couplers.
In that case, use the pressure elimination accessory (page 175) to removal pressure before connection. (Note)
● After connecting the coupler, turn the sleeve to lock the coupler for preventing detachment.
Note. The maximum operating pressure of the pressure elimination accessory is 10.5 MPa.
170
Couplers
Couplers (S-1 Series)

Accessories

● A duster cap (made of resin) is attached to all models. Model code structure
(Except the GS-1R)
* The body of OS-1 couplers is made of stainless steel. Standard materials
S - 1 R
are used for the internal components.
■■S-1 Type Thread size
Coupler R : Cylinder side coupler Blank : R3/8
Blank : Standard coupler H : Hose side coupler -NPT : NPT3/8
O : SUS coupler for hydraulic oil (S-1 models only)
G : Coupler for T-3 (pressure gauge mounting bracket) *R type only
S-1R S-1H
Accessory
Model pressure Operating fluid temperature range Thread size weight
(duster cap)
MPa °C kg
S-1R R3/8 0.13 S-1R-DC
S-1H Rc3/8 0.12 S-1H-DC
OS-1R R3/8 0.13 S-1R-DC
OS-1H 70 General hydraulic oil 0 to 60 Rc3/8 0.12 S-1H-DC
GS-1R R3/8 0.13 —
S-1R-NPT NPT3/8 0.12 S-1R-DC
S-1H-NPT NPT3/8 0.13 S-1H-DC
■■S-1R/OS-1R ■■S-1H/OS-1H ■■External drawing of couplings (S-1) ■■Hydraulic symbol

(coupled couplers)
Couplers (S-2 Series)

S - 2 4 R
Switches
■■S-2
R : Cylinder side coupler

Thread size H : Hose side coupler
3 : 3/8 (H type coupler only)
Branches
Type 4 : 1/2
S-24R S-24H (S-23H) Coupler
Accessory
(duster cap)
MPa °C kg
Couplers
S-24R R1/2 0.22 S-2R-DC

S-24H 70 General hydraulic oil 0 to 60 Rc1/2 0.2 S-2H-DC
S-23H Rc3/8 0.2 S-2H-DC
■■S-24R ■■S-24H ■■S-1/S-2 internal drawing
Oils
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■S-23H

(coupled couplers)
Hoses
No. Name No. Name

1 R type coupler body S-1 O-ring (AN6227-10)
7
2 Nut S-2 O-ring (AN6227-12)
3 Spring set screw S-1 Backup ring (S-1R only)
8
4 Ball push rod S-2 Backup ring (S-24R only)
■■External drawing of couplings (S-23/S-24)
Joints
5 Spring 9 H type coupler body

6 Steel ball 10 O-ring (P20) (S-1H only)
For S-1 and S-2 series couplers, do not apply pressure to H or R

type alone. Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged.
171
Couplers
Couplers (S-3/S-5/S-6/S-8 Series)
Accessories
● The S-5 series is a self-sealing type that prevents oil leakage.
● A steel duster cap is attached to the S-3 series. Model code structure
● A duster cap (made of resin) is attached to the S-5 series, and a rubber duster
cap is attached to the S6 and 8 series. S - 3 R
*When the S-3R or S-5R (cylinder-side coupler) is attached to a cylinder, a nipple (see page
184) suits the Rc threads of the coupler and cylinder is required.
Type (Thread size)
■■Hydraulic symbol (S-5 coupled ■■Hydraulic symbol (S-3/6/8 coupled Coupler 3 : 1/2 R : Cylinder side coupler
couplers) couplers) 5 : 3/8 H : Hose side coupler
6 : 3/4
8 : 1
■■S-3 ■■S-3R ■■S-3H ■■External drawing of couplings

(S-3)

(S-5)

(S-6)

(S-8)
Switches
Accessory
(duster cap)
MPa °C kg
Branches
S-3R Rc1/2 0.3 S-3R-FDC
S-3H Rc1/2 0.28 S-3H-FDC
S-5R Rc3/8 0.4 S-5R-DC
S-5H Rc3/8 0.25 S-5H-DC
70 General hydraulic oil 0 to 60
S-6R R3/4 1.0 S-6R-DC
Couplers
S-6H Rc3/4 0.6 S-6H-DC
S-8R R1 1.7 S-8R-DC
S-8H Rc1 0.8 S-8H-DC
■■S-3 internal drawing No. Name ■■S-5 internal drawing
1 R type coupler body
2 H type coupler body
Oils
3 Nut
8 O-ring (P24)
9 Backup ring (for P24)
Hoses
■■S-6/S-8 internal drawing

No. Name No. Name No. Name
1 R type coupler body 1 R type coupler body 7 Backup ring (for P20)
2 Nut 2 H type coupler body 8 O-ring (G30)
S-6 Hexagon socket set screw (M6 × 18 cone point) 3 Nut 9 Steel ball
3
Joints
S-8 Hexagon socket set screw (M6 x 20 cone point) 4 Ball seat 10 Spring stopper
4 Hexagon nut (M6) 5 Spring 11 Spring ring
5 H type coupler body 6 O-ring (P20) 12 Retaining ring
S-6 O-ring (P24)
6
S-8 O-ring (P30)
S-6 Backup ring (For P24) For S-5 series couplers, do not apply pressure to H or R type
7
S-8 Backup ring (For P30)
alone. Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged.
*After coupling of the couplers, tighten the set screws and secure the connection with the hexagon nuts.
172
Couplers
OneTouch Couplers (ROC Series)
Accessories
!"#$%&'($)%*+,"-./$"-0)-"/1$2$+-("3*%"%$)4),$5"
!"678*//$9":*-0")"%3;4"<$;0)+*(<"-3"/1$2$+-"9$-);0<$+-5" E39$%";39$"(-18;-81$
!"="98(-$1";)/"><)9$"3&"1$(*+?"*(")--);0$9"-3")%%"<39$%(5"
ROC 1 3 R
@"A)++3-";3++$;-"-3"-0$"BA'CD5"
R : A.%*+9$1"(*9$";38/%$1
H : F3($"(*9$";38/%$1
A3++$;-*3+"/31-"(*G$
H./$ 3 : 3/8
I+$'-38;0";38/%$1
J"LIA'MN LIA'MNF
J"LIA'MNL J"LIA'MNF
LIA'MNL
J"6O-$1+)%"91):*+,"3&";38/%*+,(">LIA'MN? J"F.91)8%*;"(.<K3%">;38/%$9";38/%$1(?"
J !"#$%&$'(%)*+
E)O*<8<"3/$1)-*+,"" I/$1)-*+,"^8*9"" =//13O5"
=;;$((31."
E39$% pressure I/$1)-*+,"^8*9 -$</$1)-81$"1)+,$ H01$)9"(*G$ :$*,0-
>98(-$1";)/?
ER) °C 4,
LIA'MNL R3/8 D5M LIA'MNL'_A
CD W$+$1)%"0.91)8%*;"3*% 'ND"-3"MDD
LIA'MNF L;NS\ D5YU LIA'MNF'_A
!"_3"+3-"8($"3+$'-38;0";38/%$1("*+")"0.91)8%*;";*1;8*-"*+":0*;0")"(03;4"*(";)8($9"K."%)1,$"/1$((81$"^8;-8)-*3+"98$"-3"K%)+4*+,T"/8+;0*+,T"31"
-0$"%*4$5"I-0$1:*($T"-0$"$78*/<$+-"<)."K$"9)<),$95"`&"-0$"9)<),$9"/)1-(")1$";*1;8%)-$9"*+"-0$"0.91)8%*;";*1;8*-T"3-0$1"$78*/<$+-"<)."K$"
Switches
9)<),$95"
!"I+$'-38;0";38/%$1(";)++3-"K$";3++$;-$9":0$1$"/1$((81$"1$<)*+(5"_8$"-3";0)+,$("*+")<K*$+-"-$</$1)-81$T"-0$"/1$((81$";38%9"*+;1$)($"
*+(*9$"-0$"03($":*-0";38/%$1(")-"K3-0"$+9("31"-0$";.%*+9$1T":0*;0"<)4$("*-"9*&a;8%-"-3";3++$;-";38/%$1(5"
" `+"-0)-";)($T"8($"-0$"/1$((81$"$%*<*+)-*3+");;$((31.">/),$"MCU?"-3"1$<32)%"/1$((81$"K$&31$";3++$;-*3+5">V3-$?"
!"=&-$1";3++$;-*+,"-0$";38/%$1T"-81+"-0$"(%$$2$"-3"%3;4"-0$";38/%$1"&31"/1$2$+-*+,"9$-);0<$+-5
Branches
" V3-$5"H0$"<)O*<8<"3/$1)-*+,"/1$((81$"3&"-0$"/1$((81$"$%*<*+)-*3+");;$((31."*("MD5U"ER)5
Coupler Information (References)
!"H0$";3<K*+)-*3+("(03:+"K$%3:")1$"P8(-"$O)</%$(5"H0$."<)."2)1."9$/$+9*+,"3+";3+9*-*3+("(8;0")("-0$"/*/*+,"%$+,-0")+9"-0$"8($"3&")"
03($":*-0";38/%$1(")-"K3-0"$+9(5""
Couplers
Q0$+"3+$"/8</"3/$1)-$("3+$";.%*+9$1"
E39$%
R8</"<39$%" A.%*+9$1
BA'CD'LNSLAN
E)+8)%"/8</(T")*1"0.91)8%*;"/8</(T" =%%"(*+,%$');-*+,";.%*+9$1(T"NUD"4V"31"(<)%%$1"938K%$');-*+,";.%*+9$1(T"
#'MFSL
M5U"4Q"31"(<)%%$1"$%$;-1*;"/8</("" UDD"4V"31"(<)%%$1";$+-$1"03%$";.%*+9$1("
I#'MFSL
Oils
W#'ML X31"$O;%8(*2$"8($":*-0")"H'N"/1$((81$",)8,$"<38+-*+,"K1);4$-
#'YNFSYZFSYZL
ER'MYSER'MU UDD"-3"YDDD"4V"938K%$');-*+,";.%*+9$1(T"CDD"4V"31"%)1,$1";$+-$1"03%$";.%*+9$1("
Hoses
BA'CD'LZSLAZ
#'N ER'MU [($"#'N";38/%$1("*&"-0$";.%*+9$1"(/$$9"0)("/1*31*-.5"
[($9":*-0")+";.%*+9$1":*-0"L;NS\"-01$)9("/)1-*;8%)1%."&31"1$98;*+,"/1$((81$"
#'U Y5Y"4Q"31"(<)%%$1"$%$;-1*;"/8</("
Joints
%3((5"
#'] ER'MC =+"#']L"<39$%";38/%$1"*(")--);0$9"-3")";.%*+9$15"
#'\ ER'YD =+"#'\L"<39$%";38/%$1"*(")--);0$9"-3")";.%*+9$15"
173
Couplers
● It is dangerous to connect or disconnect the couplers while pressure is applied. Doing so may allow compressed oil to flow out, causing
Accessories
injury.
● Do not use S-1, S-2, or ROC-13 series couplers in a hydraulic circuit in which a shock is caused by large pressure fluctuation due to
blanking, punching, or the like.Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged. If the damaged parts are circulated in the hydraulic circuit, other
equipment may be damaged.
● Select couplers that are compatible with the discharge volumes of individual pumps. If the coupler size is smaller than the outlet port of the
pump, the predetermined cylinder speed may not be attained, and also noise and heat from the hydraulic oil could result.
● Securely and completely connect the couplers. Not doing so could cause pressure not to rise, the hydraulic oil not to flow, or other problems.
● If a cylinder that works normally with S-1, S-2, or S-5 series couplers stops suddenly, the most likely cause is looseness (a gap) between the
couplers. Tighten the couplers again using a tool if a gap exists.
● If the pressure fluctuates often or vibration is transmitted to the couplers, regularly check the looseness of the cap nut.
● A duster cap is included with a coupler. Attach the cap to the coupler after use to prevent dust.
■■Example of how to remove air from a ■■Example of how to remove air from a
single-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder

Switches
Coupler Information (References)
■■S type and ROC type Pressure loss characteristics against flow rates
Branches
Couplers
Oils
Hoses
Joints
174
Oils
Couplers (Pressure Elimination Accessories)

Accessories
● If the pressure inside the cylinder or hose increases, use this accessory so that pressure can be eliminated easily only by turning the
handle.
● With the attachment, pressure elimination is possible for both R type and H type couplers.
● The maximum operating pressure is 10.5 MPa.
● Vent type.
■■VC-70-PEA
VC-70 - PEA
Pressure elimination accessory
Compatible coupler
VC-70 : VC-70
S-1 : S-1 (Make-to-order product)
ROC : ROC-13 (Make-to-order product)
■■VC-70-PEA
Switches
Riken Power Oils

Branches
● Hydraulic oil is a fluid used in the hydraulic equipment as

a power transmission medium. Also has functions such Model code structure
as lubrication, rustproof, and cooling.
● The selection and management of hydraulic oils is im- OIL - 05 - 32
portant to take full advantage of the performance of the
hydraulic equipment.
Couplers
Riken power oil Viscosity grade

● Riken’s genuine power oils are mineral oil-based hydrau- Capacity 32 : Manual pumps
lic oil as standard. Viscosity grade: 32 70 MPa electric pumps (MP-15 and below)
05 : 0.5 L 70 MPa air hydraulic pumps
2 : 2L 46 : 70 MPa electric pumps (MP-17 and higher)
* Contact us if hydraulic oil for cold regions or flame-redundant
hydraulic oil (based on fatty acid ester, water-glycol, and phos- 18 : 18 L 200 MPa electric pumps
phoric ester) is used. Checking whether the oil can be used or not Viscosity grade: 46 200 MPa air hydraulic pumps
Oils
is necessary. 20 : 20 L
* See page 224 for the list of hydraulic oils of major manufactures.
■■OIL
Hoses
Joints
OIL-05-32 OIL-2-32 OIL-18-32
175
Hoses
High-Pressure Rubber Hoses (H3/8 Series)
Accessories
● With R (male) threaded joints at both ends. Basically used with an H
type coupler attached to one of its ends. In the case of the VC-70 series, Model code structure
RC couplers are attached.
● Two different internal diameters are available for the H3/8 series. Use
H 3/8 B - 1 VC
an H3/8B type for the MP-12 series. Attached coupler
Overall length (m) VC : With VC-70-RC3 on one side
Hose internal diameter VCW : With VC-70-RC3 on both sides*
Blank : Hose internal S : With S-1H on one side
diameter ϕ 6.3 SW : With S-1H on both sides*
B : Hose internal T : With ROC-13H on one side
Thread size diameter ϕ 9.5 TW : With ROC-13H on both sides*
3/8 : R3/8 D : With S-23H on one side
High-pressure rubber hose DW : With S-23H on both sides*
*The hoses marked “*” are filled with the hydraulic NC : No couplers
oil before shipping unless otherwise specified.
■■H3/8 ■■H3/8
H3/8-1VC
H3/8-1S
(Note) 150 mm if the overall length is 0.5 m.
■■H3/8B

H3/8-1T
Maximum Operating Thread External Internal Expansion Minimum Approx.
operating temperature size diameter diameter Volume volume bend radius weight
Model pressure range (°C) Hydraulic oil Material kg/m
MPa (Note 1) R ϕ ϕ cm3/m cm3/m mm (Note 2)
H3/8 General hydraulic oil Synthetic 3/8 14.7 6.3 31.2 8.0 100 0.38
70 -40 to 100 (mineral-based
Switches
H3/8B rubber 3/8 20 9.5 71 10.4 130 0.66
hydraulic oil)
(Note 1) The operating temperature range shown above can be applied to the hose alone.
(Note 2) The approx. weight represents the weight of the hose alone. It does not include the joints at both ends and the guard springs.
■■Compatibility list of hose types and lengths, pumps, and cylinders
Model Standard overall length m Pump connectable to the threaded end of a hose Cylinder connectable to the coupler side of a hose
Branches
H3/8-*VC All manual pumps/foot pumps/
0.5/1/1.5 battery pumps/SMP-30/SMP-40/ 40 to 1000 kN single-acting cylinders
H3/8-*S
2/3/4/5 EMP-5/EMP-6/MP-4/MP-10/ 40 to 350 kN double-acting cylinders
H3/8-*T MP-12H/MP-12 (Note)/MP-15H/MP-17H/
6/10/15
H3/8-*D variable discharge pumps/air hydraulic pumps 500 to 2000 kN double-acting cylinders
H3/8B-*D 1/2/3/6/10 MP-12 (Note) 500 to 2000 kN double-acting cylinders
Couplers
(Note) If the MP-12 uses a hose having a length of 5 m or shorter and a high-pressure hose having a length of 6 m or longer, select a H3/8-* VC model and
　　　a H3/8B model, respectively.
*The hose size is determined by the outlet port of the pump. Change the coupler of the cylinder if the couplers of the hose and the cylinder do not match.
*Hoses having an overall length other than the above can be manufactured. (Make-to-order product)
Anti-Spatter Hoses (ANH Series) (Make-to-order product)
● Wrapped with a new material that is resistant to weld spatters and equipped with SUS joints at both ends.
● Specify the overall length required in increments of 1 m. (Only the 3/8 size is available.)
Oils
● No coupler is included. Please let us know the coupler type if couplers are required, referring to pages 170 to 173.
■■ANH Model code structure
ANH 3/8 - 1 NC
Hoses
NC : No couplers
Thread size Overall length (m)
3/8 : R3/8
Anti-spatter hose
Maximum operating Operating temperature Thread Internal Minimum Approx.
Volume weight
Joints
Model pressure range (°C) Hydraulic oil size diameter bend radius kg/m
MPa (Note 1) R ϕ cm3/m mm (Note 2)
General hydraulic oil
ANH3/8 70 -10 to 70 3/8 6.3 33 100 0.48
(mineral-based hydraulic oil)
(Note 2) The approx. weight represents the weight of the hose alone. It does not include the joints at both ends.
176
Hoses
High-Pressure Nylon Hoses (NH3/8 Series)

Accessories
● About half the weight of a high-pressure rubber hose.

● With R (male) threaded joints at both ends. Basically used with an H type coupler
on one of its sides. In the case of the VC series, VC-70-RC3 couplers are at- NH 3/8 - 1 VC
tached.
Attached coupler
Overall VC : With VC-70-RC3 on one side
length (m) VCW : With VC-70-RC3 on both sides*
Thread size S : With S-1H on one side
3/8 : R3/8 SW : With S-1H on both sides*
T : With ROC-13H on one side
High-pressure nylon hose TW : With ROC-13H on both sides*
D : With S-23H on one side
*The hoses marked “*” are filled with DW : With S-23H on both sides*
the hydraulic oil before shipping
unless otherwise specified. NC : No couplers
■■NH3/8 NH3/8-1VC ■■NH3/8
NH3/8-1S
NH3/8-1T
(Note) 100mm if the overall length is 0.5m

operating temperature Volume weight
Model pressure range (°C) Hydraulic oil Material size diameter diameter volume bend radius
kg/m

NH3/8 70 -40 to 80 (mineral-based Nylon 3/8 12.8 6.3 31.2 4.8 60 0.21
hydraulic oil)
(Note 2) The approx. weight represents the weight of the hose alone. It does not include the joints at both ends and the protection covers.
NH3/8-*VC All manual pumps/foot pumps/battery pumps/
0.5/1/1.5 SMP-30/SMP-40/EMP-5/EMP-6/ 40 to 1000 kN single-acting cylinders
NH3/8-*S
2/3/4/5 MP-4/MP-10/MP-12H/MP-12 (Note)/MP-15H/ 40 to 350 kN double-acting cylinders
NH3/8-*T MP-17H/variable discharge pumps/
6/10/15
NH3/8-*D air hydraulic pumps 500 to 2000 kN double-acting cylinders
(Note) If the MP-12 uses a hose having a length of 5 m or shorter and a high-pressure hose having a length over 5 m, select a NH3/8-*VC model and a
H3/8B model, respectively.
Switches
*The hose size is determined by the outlet port of the pump. Change the coupler of the cylinder if the couplers of the hose and the cylinder do not match.
*Hoses having an overall length other than the above can be manufactured. (Make-to-order product)
● With R (male) threaded joints at both ends. Basically used with an H type coupler Model code structure
on one of its sides. In the case of the VC-70 series, VC-70-RC4 couplers are
H 1/2 - 1 VC
Branches
attached.
Attached coupler
Overall VC : With VC-70-RC4 on one side
length (m) VCW : With VC-70-RC4 on both sides*
Thread size B : With S-3H on one side
1/2 : R1/2 BW : With S-3H on both sides*
High-pressure nylon hoses C : With S-24H on one side
Couplers
*The hoses marked “*” are filled with CW : With S-24H on both sides*
the hydraulic oil before shipping NC : No couplers
unless otherwise specified.
■■H1/2 ■■H1/2
H1/2-1NC
Oils
size diameter diameter volume bend radius
Hoses
Model pressure range (°C) Hydraulic oil Material kg/m

MPa (Note 1) R ϕ ϕ cm3/m 3
cm /m mm (Note 2)
General hydraulic oil Synthetic
H1/2 70 -40 to 100 (mineral-based 1/2 22.8 12.7 127 16.3 170 0.83
hydraulic oil) rubber
Joints

H1/2-*VC (B/C) 1/2/3/6/10 MP-15/MP-20H 500 to 2000 kN double-acting cylinders
* The hose size is determined by the outlet port of the pump. Change the coupler of the cylinder if the couplers of the hose and the cylinder do not match.
* Hoses having an overall length other than the above can be manufactured. (Make-to-order product)
* In the case of the MP-15, if the speed under no load condition has priority, select a H1/2-*B model.
177
Hoses
Accessories
● With R (male) threaded joints at both ends. Basically used with an H type
coupler on one of its sides.
H 3/4 - 1 E
Attached coupler
Thread size Overall length E : With S-6H on one side
3/4 : R3/4 (m) EW : With S-6H on both sides
High-pressure rubber hose NC : No couplers
■■H3/4 ■■H3/4
H3/4-1NC
Model pressure range (°C) Hydraulic oil Material size diameter diameter volume bend radius kg/m

MPa (Note 1) R ϕ ϕ cm3/m 3
cm /m mm (Note 2)
H3/4 70 -40 to 100 (mineral-based 3/4 32.2 19 283 20.4 200 1.75

H3/4-*E 1/2/3/6 MP-17 3000 kN double-acting cylinders
Switches
● With R (male) threaded joints at both ends. Basically used with an H type
coupler on one of its sides.
H 8/8 - 1 F
Branches
Attached coupler
Thread size Overall length F : With S-8H on one side
8/8 : R1 (m) FW : With S-8H on both sides
High-pressure rubber hose NC : No couplers
■■H8/8 ■■H8/8
Couplers
H8/8-1NC
Oils
Hoses
Model pressure range (°C) Hydraulic oil Material size diameter diameter volume bend radius kg/m
H8/8 70 -40 to 100 (mineral-based 1 39.4 25.4 506 31.4 300 2.2
Joints

H8/8-*F 1/2/3/6 MP-20 5000 kN double-acting cylinders
178
Hoses
Handling Precautions for High-Pressure Hoses and Maintenance

Accessories
● Please use high-pressure hoses with a logo.

They are highly reliable hoses, whose durability is checked regularly using the repeat pressure test machine.
● Do not hold a high-pressure hose while pressure is applied.

If the hose is broken while held by hand, the high-pressure hydraulic oil could spurt and
cause severe injury, for example, a pierced hand.
● Before work starts, check the following: damage to the hose, swelling of the hose (sheath), exposure of the reinforced layer (external
damage), bent (deformation), leakage from the joints, etc. If any of the above problems is found, replace the hose with new one immediately
because the use of a damaged hose is dangerous.
Even if there are no abnormalities in appearance, there may be scratches, pinholes, etc. inside the hose.
Replace the hose regularly taking the operating conditions into account.
● Use the hose with the specified minimum bend radius (R) or larger. In addition, if the hose is moved during operation, install it so that the
bend radius must not be smaller than the minimum one.
● Since the hose shrinks due to the internal pressure, install it so that it has the flexibility.
● When the high-pressure hose contacts the floor or an object, the hose is rubbed due to the shrinkage and vibration while pressure is ap-
plied. In this case, protect the hose using a support or a cushion.
● Do not move the equipment by pulling the high-pressure hose.
● Do not allow the hose to be run over by a vehicle or the like. Also, do not drop a heavy object on the hose. Be sure to provide a protection to
the high-pressure hose that is expected to be put at risk.
Switches
Low-Pressure Hoses
● Exclusively used for the return line and connects an individual valve and the tank
port of the pump. Model code structure
Branches
● Because one end has an R (male) thread and the other has an R (male) thread
with a flexible cap nut, no couplers are required. L 3/8 - 1
● The 3/4 and 8/8 models are make-to-order products.
● Hoses having an overall length other than the standard lengths can be manufac- Thread size Overall length
tured. 3/8 : R3/8 03 : 0.3 m
1/2 : R1/2 05 : 0.5 m
Couplers
3/4 : R3/4 1 : 1m
(Make-to-order product) 2 : 2m
8/8 : R1 3 : 3m
Low-pressure hose (Make-to-order product)
■■L3/8 ■■L
Oils
Hoses
Maximum Operating Minimum Approx.

Thread External Internal
Model operating temperature E bend weight
Hydraulic oil Material size diameter diameter D F G H J
pressure range (°C) HEX radius kg/m
MPa (Note 1)
A ϕB ϕC mm (Note 2)
L3/8-* R3/8 15.2 9.5 15 19 6 31.5 25 38.5 60 0.15

-40
Joints
L1/2-* to Mineral-based Synthetic R1/2 18.5 12.7 18 22 8 36 29.5 46 80 0.20

3.5
L3/4-* 100 hydraulic oil rubber R3/4 27.1 19 20 30 10 41 33 52 130 0.38
L8/8-* R1 33.9 25.4 22 36 10 43.5 35.5 56 165 0.52

(Note 2) The approx. weight represents the weight of the hose alone. It does not include the joints at both ends.
179
Joints
Steel Pipes
Accessories
● Select an appropriate size taking into account the discharge volume of the pump and the piping
length. If the size is incorrect, the predetermined cylinder speed may not be attained, and also
noise and heat from the hydraulic oil could result.
● When the overall piping length is extremely long using a two-stage electric pump, particularly if the
FEP - 6
cylinder approach speed has priority, use an steel pipe one size larger in nominal diameter.
● If the hydraulic oil is equally branched by a branch, tee, or the like, pipes or hoses with a smaller Nominal diameter
nominal diameter can be used. 6 / 9 / 1/4
● Every pipe has been flushed. Steel pipe for piping 3/8 / 1/2 / 3/4
1 / 1-1/4
■■Dimensions
Maximum
External Internal Wall Standard Approx.
operating Nominal
Model Joint type diameter diameter thickness length Pump connectable to the threaded end of a hose
pressure diameter weight
ϕ ϕ mm m
MPa
FEP-6 6 6 3 1.5 2 (Note) Manual pumps (Except the P-5 and P-7) 0.7 kg/4 m
FEP-9 Bite type 9 9 4.5 2.25 P-5/SMP-30/40/MP-4/EMP-5/EMP-6/ON-2/5 1.1 kg/3 m
FEP-1/4 tube joint 1/4 13.8 7 3.4 P-7/MP-10/MP-12/MP-12H/MP-15H/MP-17H 2.6 kg/3 m
FEP-3/8 3/8 17.3 9 4.15 MP-15 4.0 kg/3 m
70
FEP-1/2 1/2 21.7 11.5 5.1 3 MP-15 (Particularly if the cylinder speed has priority) 6.3 kg/3 m
FEP-3/4 Welded 3/4 27.2 14 6.6 MP-17 10.0 kg/3 m
FEP-1 Joint 1 34 18 8.0 MP-20 15.4 kg/3 m
FEP-1-1/4 1-1/4 42.7 22.5 10.1 MP-40 24.4 kg/3 m

(Note) Only the FEP-6 has a standard length of 2 m and is sold in a set of 2 pieces.
* Commercial pipe benders can be used for bending of up to a 3/8 pipe. For larger pipes, use equal elbows instead of bending.
* The pipes have been flushed. After completion of piping, be sure to flush the pipe to remove chips, welding slugs, etc., from the inside of the pipe.
* After completion of piping, secure the steel pipe with commercial clamp blocks.
Bite Type Tube Joints

● Equipped with a sleeve that bites the outer periphery of a pipe with a nominal di-
ameter of 3/8 or smaller so that the sleeve has sealing performance and prevents Model code structure
the pipe from coming off.
● Threading or welding the pipe is not necessary. SU - 3/8
● For Riken hydraulic equipment, be sure to use Riken’s genuine joints and steel
pipes. Bite type tube joint
■■How to use bite type tube joints SU : Stud union Compatible pipe size
Switches
(1) After cutting the pipe, remove the burrs, clean the cut surface, and flush the SL : Stud elbow 6A : FEP-6
pipe. EU : Equal union 6B : FEP-6
(2) Use a joint as a dummy and secure it with a vice or the like. EL : Equal elbow 9 : FEP-9
(3) Pass the pipe through the cap nut and then the sleeve properly, and lubricate STS : S-shaped stud tee 1/4 : FEP-1/4
it to prevent heat generation and galling. STL : L-shaped stud tee 3/8 : FEP-3/8
(4) Leave clearance of dimension “h” between the pipe end and the innermost ET : Equal tee
Branches
face of the joint, and tighten the cap nut gently.
(5) By tightening the cap nut, the rotation torque increases rapidly and the sleeve starts to bite the pipe, eliminating the looseness of the
pipe.
(6) From the above state, tighten the cap nut of FEP-6 and FEP-9 by 1-1/4 rotations and FEP-1/4 and FEP-3/8 by 1-1/4 to 1-3/4 rota-
tions to complete temporary tightening.
(7) Remove the pipe with the sleeve from the dummy joint, and check the biting condition of the sleeve.
Couplers
(8) Take the pipe to the work site and do the final tightening. For the tightening torques, see the table below.
(9) After all piping work is complete, flush the pipe and conduct a pressure test. In the pressure test, apply low and high pressures in
several stages to check oil leakage. After applying the maximum pressure a few times, tighten the cap nut to the specified torque.
After starting the operation, inspect the pipe on a regular basis and tighten the nut additionally. Stop the pump and reduce the pres-
sure before inspecting and tightening.
● An improper work procedure may cause a serious accident.

Oils
Maximum operating pressure Dimension h No. of rotations of the cap nut required
Model Sleeve Tightening torque
MPa (gap) for temporary tightening
FEP-6 SLEEVE-6 35 to 50 N•m
1-1/4 rotations
Hoses
FEP-9 SLEEVE-9 Approx. 2 mm 60 to 80 N•m

70
FEP-1/4 SLEEVE-1/4 100 to 120 N•m
1-1/2 to 1-3/4 rotations
FEP-3/8 SLEEVE-3/8 Approx. 3 mm 170 to 190 N•m
Before tightening After tightening

Joints
180
Joints
Bite Type Tube Joints

Accessories
■■Dimensions
Stud union Stud elbow Stud tee (S-shaped)
Model
SU-6A SU-6B SU-9 SU-1/4 SU-3/8 SL-6A SL-6B SL-9 SL-1/4 SL-3/8 STS-9 STS-1/4 STS-3/8
Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa 70 MPa 70 MPa
Compatible pipe FEP-6 FEP-9 FEP-1/4 FEP-3/8 FEP-6 FEP-9 FEP-1/4 FEP-3/8 FEP-9 FEP-1/4 FEP-3/8
A Thread size R3/8 R1/8 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/8 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2
B Overall length 45 37 44 50 54 50 37 50 66 73 80 105 116
C Width across flats 17 17 23 29 32 17 17 23 29 32 23 29 32
D Overall height — 44 33 47 60 66 47 60 66
E Width across flats 19 17 21 23 29 — —
Stud tee (L-shaped) Equal union Equal elbow Equal tee

Model
STL-9 STL-1/4 STL-3/8 EU-6 EU-9 EU-1/4 EU-3/8 EL-6 EL-9 EL-1/4 EL-3/8 ET-9 ET-1/4 ET-3/8
Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa 70 MPa 70 MPa 70 MPa
Compatible pipe FEP-9 FEP-1/4 FEP-3/8 FEP-6 FEP-9 FEP-1/4 FEP-3/8 FEP-6 FEP-9 FEP-1/4 FEP-3/8 FEP-9 FEP-1/4 FEP-3/8
Switches
A Thread size R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 — — —
B Overall length 74 96 106 44 44 53 58 40 53 69 76 80 105 116
C Width across flats 23 29 32 17 23 29 32 17 23 29 32 23 29 32
D Overall height 53 69 76 — 40 53 69 76 53 69 76
E Width across flats — 19 21 23 29 — —

Branches
Temporary Fastening Tool for Bite Type Tube Joints

● This hydraulic temporary fastening tool is for bite type tube joints with a nominal diameter of 9 or larger, and can make temporary tight-
ening possible without a wrench or a vice.
● Please use this tool for piping to manual pumps or the SMP series pumps for single-acting cylinders.
Couplers
■■FTC-6 ■■FTC-6
Oils
Hoses
Joints
Maximum operating
Maximum output Accessory Approx. weight
Model pressure
kN Bracket/Die kg
MPa
FTC-6 70 56 ϕ 9 / 1/4B / 3/8B 1.8
181
Joints
Welded Joints
Accessories
■■SUW ■■SLW ■■EUW ■■ELW
SUW - 1/2
Welded joint
SUW : Welded stud union Compatible pipe size
SLW : Welded stud elbow 1/2 : FEP-1/2
EUW : Welded equal union 3/4 : FEP-3/4
ELW : Welded equal elbow 1 : FEP-1
■■SUW ■■SLW
■■EUW ■■ELW

■■Dimensions
Welded stud union Welded stud elbow Welded equal union Welded equal elbow
Model
SUW-1/2 SUW-3/4 SUW-1 SLW-1/2 SLW-3/4 SLW-1 EUW-1/2 EUW-3/4 EUW-1 ELW-1/2 ELW-3/4 ELW-1
Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa 70 MPa 70 MPa 70 MPa
Compatible pipe FEP-1/2 FEP-3/4 FEP-1 FEP-1/2 FEP-3/4 FEP-1 FEP-1/2 FEP-3/4 FEP-1 FEP-1/2 FEP-3/4 FEP-1
Switches
ϕP 22 27.2 34 22 27.2 34 22 27.2 34 22 27.2 34
A Thread size R1/2 R3/4 R1 R1/2 R3/4 R1 — —
B — — 50 55 58 65 70 85
C Width across flats 54 65 79 54 65 79 54 65 79 54 65 79
Branches
D — 15 17 17 — 15 17 17
E Width across flats 35 41 50 — 35 41 50 —
ϕF 11 14 18 11 14 18 11 14 18 11 14 18
G Overall length 105 110 120 125 137 158 80 85 90 100 112 128
Couplers
H Width across flats 30 35 46 30 35 46 — —
O-ring P20 P24 P30 P20 P24 P30 P20 P24 P30 P20 P24 P30
*Joints for pipes with a nominal pipe diameter of 1-1/4 are also available. Contact us for details.
■■How to use a welded joint
(1) After cutting the pipe, chamfer and clean the cut surface.
(2) Remove the attached O-ring and the back-up ring and store them.
Oils
(3) Perform tack welding to determine the welding position.

(4) Perform arc welding. Using a JISD5016 or D5826 welding rod improves work
efficiency. Preheat the surface at 100 to 200 °C before welding. Perform two or
three layer fillet welding fully to the corner of the joint, avoiding the catching of
slag and undercutting, and maintaining a concave welded shape to disperse
stress concentrations.
Hoses
(5) Clean the joint after welding, and after the joint has been cooled to room tem-
perature, attach the O-ring and backup ring correctly.
(6) Connect the joint.
(7) After all piping work is complete, flush the pipe and conduct a pressure test. Ap-
ply low and high pressures in several stages to check oil leakage. After applying
the maximum pressure a few times, tighten the cap nut additionally.
Joints
(8) After starting operation, check oil leakage and the looseness of the cap nut on a
regular basis. If any trouble is found, take appropriate measures immediately.
● An improper work procedure may cause a serious accident.
182
Joints
Air Vent Valve

Accessories
● This valve removes the air in the circuit using the tee provid- ■■SV-1000 ■■SV-1000
ed on the actuator side of the hydraulic piping.
Model
pressure port size weight
SV-1000 70 MPa R3/8 0.1 kg
High-Pressure Crosses

● All models are coated. ■■C-
C - 3/8 Model
Maximum
operating pressure
A B C D
Approx.
weight
C-3/8 Rc3/8 60 30 ϕ 34 0.5 kg
Size : 3/8
C : High-pressure cross 1/2 C-1/2 Rc1/2 68 34 ϕ 39 0.7 kg
70 MPa
3/4 C-3/4 Rc3/4 76 38 ϕ 47 1.1 kg
8/8 C-8/8 Rc1 90 45 ϕ 57 1.7 kg
High-Pressure Elbows
● All models are coated.

■■L-3/8 / L-1/2 ■■L-3/4 / L-8/8
L - 3/8
Size : 3/8
L : High-pressure elbow 1/2
3/4
8/8
Model Maximum operating pressure A B C D E Approx. weight
L-3/8 Rc3/8 49 30 30 32 0.3 kg
Switches
L-1/2 Rc1/2 55 34 34 36 0.5 kg

70 MPa
L-3/4 Rc3/4 61.5 38 38 ϕ 48 0.8 kg
L-8/8 Rc1 73.5 45 45 ϕ 57 1.2 kg
High-Pressure Tees
Branches
● All models are coated.

■■T-3/8 / T-1/2 ■■T-3/4 / T-8/8
T - 3/8
Couplers
Size : 3/8
T : High-pressure tee 1/2
3/4
8/8
Model Maximum operating pressure A B C D E F Approx. weight
Oils
T-3/8 Rc3/8 60 50 30 30 32 0.4 kg

T-1/2 Rc1/2 68 55 34 34 36 0.6 kg
70 MPa
T-3/4 Rc3/4 80 64 40 40 ϕ 47 0.9 kg
T-8/8 Rc1 90 74 45 45 ϕ 58 1.4 kg
Hoses
High-Pressure 45° Elbows

● All models are coated. ■■Q-
Q - 3/8 Model
Maximum
A B C D
Approx.
Joints
operating pressure weight

Q-3/8 Rc3/8 54 44 ϕ 34 0.3 kg
Size : 3/8
1/2
Q-1/2 Rc1/2 64 53.5 ϕ 39 0.4 kg
70 MPa
Q : High-pressure 45° elbow 3/4 Q-3/4 Rc3/4 75.5 64 ϕ 47 0.6 kg
8/8 Q-8/8 Rc1 87.5 76 ϕ 57 0.9 kg
183
Joints
High-Pressure Y-Shaped Tee
Accessories
■■S-003 ■■S-003
Model
pressure port size weight
R3/8 x 1
S-003 70 MPa 0.2 kg
Rc3/8 x 2
High-Pressure Nipples
■■N-3/8-40 ■■N-
N - 3/8 - 40
Size : 3/8
1/2 Overall length
3/4
8/8
N : High-pressure nipple

Model N-1/4-40 N-NPT1/4 x R3/8 N-NPT3/8 x R3/8 N-3/8-40 N-3/8-60 N-3/8-90 N-3/8-120 N-3/8-150 N-1/2-50
NPT1/4 NPT3/8
A R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R3/8 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2
R3/8 R3/8
13 (NPT side)
B 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 18
16 (R3/8 side)
C 14 11 8 8 28 58 88 118 14
L 40 40 40 40 60 90 120 150 50
H 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 26
Approx. weight kg 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.1
Switches
Model N-1/2-100 N-1/2-150 N-3/8 x 1/2 N-3/4-80 N-3/4-120 N-3/4-150 N-8/8-80 N-8/8-120 N-8/8-150
A R1/2 R1/2 R3/8, R1/2 R3/4 R3/4 R3/4 R1 R1 R1
Branches
B 18 18 18 28 28 28 30 30 30
C 64 114 9 24 64 94 20 60 90
L 100 150 45 80 120 150 80 120 150
H 26 26 26 36 36 36 41 41 41
Approx. weight kg 0.3 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.9 0.4 0.8 1.1
Couplers
High-Pressure Sockets
■■S-3/8 ■■S-
S - 3/8 x 1/2
Oils
Thread size (A1)

Thread size (A2)
Blank : Equal to diameter A1
S : High-pressure socket x* : Variant thread
Hoses
Model S-NPT1/4 x Rc3/8 S-3/8 S-3/8 x 1/2 S-1/2 S-3/4 S-3/4 x 8/8 S-8/8
A1 NPT1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/4
Joints
Rc3/8 Rc1/2 Rc3/4 Rc1

A2 Rc3/8 Rc1/2 Rc1
L 40 40 40 40 60 75 85
H 26 26 32 32 41 55 55
Approx. weight kg 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 1.2 1.2
184
Joints
High-Pressure Male-and-Female Sockets
Accessories
! FMS3/8 x 3/8 ! FMS
FMS - 3/8 x 3/8

B : Male thread size
A : Female thread size
Highpressure maleandfemale socket
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Model FMS1/4 x 3/8 FMSNPT1/4 x R3/8 FMS3/8 x 1/4 FMSRc3/8 x NPT1/4 FMS3/8 x 3/8 FMSRc3/8 x NPT3/8 FMSNPT3/8 x R3/8
A Rc1/4 NPT1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 NPT3/8
B R3/8 R3/8 R1/4 NPT1/4 R3/8 NPT3/8 R3/8
C 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
D 20 20 25 25 25 25 25
L 45 45 50 50 50 50 50
H 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
J 16 16 15 13 16 17 16
Approx. weight kg 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Model FMS3/8 x 1/2 FMS1/2 x 3/8 FMS1/2 x 1/2 FMS3/8 x 3/4 FMS3/8 x 8/8 FMS1/2 x 3/4 FMS3/4 x 1/2

A Rc3/8 Rc1/2 Rc1/2 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc1/2 Rc3/4
B R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1 R3/4 R1/2
C 25 30 30 25 25 30 37
D 25 25 35 30 30 30 25
L 50 55 65 55 55 60 62
H 26 32 29 32 41 32 41
J 18 16 18 20 24 20 18
Approx. weight kg 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.4 0.4
Model FMS1/2 x 8/8 FMS8/8 x 1/2 FMS3/4 x 8/8 FMS3/4 x 8/8L FMS8/8 x 3/4 FMS8/8 x 8/8 FMS8/8 x 8/8L

Switches
A Rc1/2 Rc1 Rc3/4 Rc3/4 Rc1 Rc1 Rc1
B R1 R1/2 R1 R1 R3/4 R1 R1
C 30 50 35 110 50 50 110
D 30 25 30 50 30 30 50
L 60 75 65 160 80 80 160
Branches
H 41 55 46 46 55 54 54
J 25 21 24 28 21 28 28
Approx. weight kg 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.9 1.5
High-Pressure Male-and-Female Square Elbows
Couplers
! FML ! FML3/8T
FML - 3/8 x 1/4

Oils
B : Male thread size
A : Female thread size
Highpressure maleandfemale square elbow
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Hoses
Model FML3/8 x 1/4 FML3/8 x 3/8 FML3/8 x 3/8L FML3/8 x 1/2 FML1/2 x 1/2 FML3/8T

A Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc1/2 Rc3/8
B R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2 R3/8
C 46 48 63 51 57 58
D 18 20 35 23 25 19
Joints
E 28 28 28 28 32 38
F 14 14 14 14 16 19
G 14 14 14 14 16 20
J 12 16 16 18 18 13
Approx. weight kg 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1
185
Joints
Flexible Elbows
Accessories
● The flexible elbow is a joint for rotation under no ■■FL-3/8 ■■FL-3/8
load condition. It does not rotate while pressure
is applied.
FL - 3/8
Size
3/8 : Rc3/8
1/2 : Rc1/2
Flexible elbows
Maximum operating pressure Rated flow rate Approx. weight
Model A B C D E F G H
MPa L/min kg
FL-3/8 15 R3/8 Rc3/8 65 40 35 49 19 28 0.3
70
FL-1/2 20 R1/2 Rc1/2 75 45 40 56 23 32 0.5
Rotary Joints
● Equipped with a mechanical balance system ■■RJ70-3 ■■RJ70-3

having an innovative sealing mechanism.
● Very low torque required for rotation plus good
sealing performance and durability.
● The carefully finished sealing surface allows
very little leakage. However, be sure to provide a
drain.
● Used for rotors such as hose reels and machin-
ing centers, swinging parts of loading arms and
piping connections.
RJ70 - 3 ■■Hydraulic symbol
Switches
3 : 3/8
4 : 1/2
Rotary joints
Branches
Maximum operating pressure Rated flow rate Maximum revolutions Drain Approx. weight
Model A B C D E
MPa L/min rpm port kg
Couplers
RJ70-3 15 R3/8 Rc3/8 136 28 15
70 300 Rc1/4 3.6
RJ70-4 20 R1/2 Rc1/2 141 33 21
Oils
Hoses
Joints
*Connect the drain port directly to the tank.
186
Standard Press Stands ･･･････････ 188 to 189

Mini Press Stands ･･･････････ 190 to 191
Bolt Tensioners ･･･････････ 192
Coupling Pullers ･･･････････ 193
Straighteners ･･･････････ 194
Rod Cutters ･･･････････ 195
Pinch-Off Presses ･･･････････ 196
Master Punch ･･･････････ 197 to 198
Port Punch
Punchings ･･･････････ 199
Cable Cutters ･･･････････ 200
187
Standard Press Stands
CD Standard Press Stands

● Press frames compatible with Riken’s 70 MPa standard cylinders.
● A cylinder can be easily mounted by means of screwing the cylinder collar thread into the thread of the press stand.
■■CD-10-10M ■■CD-50 Model code structure
CD - 10 - 10M
Cylinder mounting thread (CD-10/CD-20 only)
CD-10
Frame capacity 4S : 1 1/2-16NS
10 : 100kN 45 : M45 x 1.5
20 : 200kN 10 : 2 1/4-14NS
50 : 500kN 10M : M58 x 2
100 : 1000kN CD-20
10 : 2 1/4-14NS
10M : M58 x 2
CD standard press stand 20 : 3 5/16-12NS
20M : M82 x 2
Cylinder Parallelism Approx.
Frame between the
Model Compatible cylinder mounting weight
capacity upper and lower
thread frames (max.) kg
Standard Press Stands Mini Press Stands Bolt Tensioners

CD-10-4S S04 single-acting cylinders 1 1/2-16NS
CD-10-45 MC05/MS05 single-acting cylinders/D04/MD05 double-acting cylinders M45 x 1.5
100 kN ±0.3 45
CD-10-10 S1 single-acting cylinders/D1 double-acting cylinders 2 1/4-14NS
CD-10-10M MC1/MS1 single-acting cylinders/MD1 double-acting cylinders M58 x 2
200 kN ±0.3 80
CD-50 500 kN S5 single-acting cylinders/D5 double-acting cylinders M127 x 2.5 ±0.5 135
CD-100 1000 kN D10 double-acting cylinders (D10-500 cylinders cannot be mounted.) M170 x 3 ±1.3 285
* The weight does not include the weights of the cylinder and other equipment.
Bearing Pullers
Coupling Pullers Straighteners
* The parallelism between the lower frames is approx. ±0.5.
If the frames needs to be parallel, use the stand with a die set and so on.
■■CD-10 *Dimension D can be changed to a specified one. (Make-to-order product) ■■CD-20 *Dimension D can be changed to a specified one. (Make-to-order product)
Flange Flange
CD-10-10 : 10F CD-20-10 : 10F
Rod Cutters
CD-10-10M : 10FM CD-20-10M : 10FM
CD-10-4S : 4FS CD-20-20 : 20F
CD-10-45 : 4FD CD-20-20M : 20FM
Pinch-Off Presses
Master Punch
Port Punch
Punchings
Cable Cutters
(Note) The dimensions shown above vary depending on the cylinder used. They are the minimum values.
188
Standard Press Stands
■■CD-50 *Dimension D can be changed to a specified one. (Make-to-order product) ■■CD-100 *Dimension D can be changed to a specified one. (Make-to-order product)
Bolt Tensioners Mini Press Stands Standard Press Stands
(Note) The dimensions shown above vary depending on the cylinder used. They are the minimum values.
Press Sets Make-to-order product
● No safety equipment is included. Contact us if needed.

● Delivered not as a set but as individual products.
● The following combinations are examples. The cylinder speed varies if the pump is replaced by a different model. Contact us for de-
tails.
■■Combinations
Model Press stand Double-acting cylinder Cylinder cap High-pressure hose Electric pump
Bearing Pullers
Straighteners Coupling Pullers
CD-10PA CD-10-10M MD1-200VC R-10PM H3/8-2VC (x 2) EMP-5SW-PA
CD-20PA CD-20-20M MD2-200VC R-20PM H3/8-2VC (x 2) MP-10SW-PA

Rod Cutters
CD-50PA CD-50 D5-150VC R-50P H3/8-2VC (x 2) MP-12SW-PA
CD-100PA CD-100 D10-300VC R-100P H1/2-3VC (x 2) MP-15S-PA
* The push button switch with a 5 m operation cable is inluded.

Pinch-Off Presses
Speed mm/min (at 50 Hz)
Output Stroke
Model Under no load Under load Under no load Under load
kN mm
condition (push) condition (push) condition (pull) condition (pull)
Master Punch
Port Punch
CD-10PA 100 200 2754 275 5369 536
CD-20PA 200 200 2261 313 4365 604
CD-50PA 500 150 1186 209 2122 374

Punchings
CD-100PA 1000 300 1364 170 2651 331
* The cylinder operates while the push button is pressed down. When the button is released, the cylinder stops immediately.
Cable Cutters
* If necessary, the pump can be replaced by a manual direction-control valve and a pressure reducing circuit can be added to the combination.
* A counterbalance valve is necessary if the cylinder falls by its own weight.
* The above cylinder speeds are just reference values. It varies depending on the operating conditions.
* If the CD-50PA is used with a high-pressure hose longer than 5 m, select the D5-150VC (with VC-70-R4 coupler) and the H3/8B-*VC (with VC-70-RC3
coupler).
189
Mini Press Stands
CDM Press Frames

● CDM press frames are available for 50, 100, and 200 kN. They can be used for powder injection molding, material compression tests, etc.
● Press flames for 300/350 kN can be manufactured. (Make-to-order product)
■■CDM-5M
CDM - 5 M
Blank : For unified threaded cylinders
M : For metric threaded cylinders
Frame capacity (50/100/200 kN models only)
4 : 40 kN
5 : 50 kN
10 : 100 kN
20 : 200 kN
CDM press frame
Frame Cylinder Approx.
Model Compatible cylinder
capacity mounting thread weight kg
CDM-4 S04 single-acting cylinders 1 1/2-16NS
50 kN 6
CDM-5M MC05/MS05 single-acting cylinders D04/MD05 double-acting cylinders M45 x 1.5

CDM-10 S1 single-acting cylinders D1 double-acting cylinders 2 1/4-14NS
100 kN 17
CDM-10M MC1/MS1 single-acting cylinders MD1 double-acting cylinders M58 x 2
CDM-20 S2 single-acting cylinders D2 double-acting cylinders 3 5/16-12NS

200 kN 41
CDM-20M MC2/MS2 single-acting cylinders MD2 double-acting cylinders M82 x 2
* The weight does not include the weights of the cylinder and other equipment.
■■CDM-4 ■■CDM-5M ■■CDM-10
Bearing Pullers
Rod Cutters
Pinch-Off Presses
■■CDM-10M ■■CDM-20 ■■CDM-20M
Master Punch
Port Punch
Punchings
Cable Cutters
190
Mini Press Stands
Mini Press Sets

● No safety equipment is included. Contact us if needed.

● Delivered not as a set but as individual products.
● The following combinations are examples. The combinations can be changed. Contact us for details.
● The pressure gauges can be changed to one with a load scale.
(For pressure gauges with a load scale, see page 162.)
● Dimension D can be changed to a specified one. (Make-to-order product)
■■CDM-5PA
CDM - 5 PA
Mini press set
Frame capacity
5 : 50kN
10 : 100kN
20 : 200kN
CDM press frame
■■CDM-5PA
■■CDM-10PA ■■CDM-20PA
Bearing Pullers
Rod Cutters
Pinch-Off Presses
Master Punch
Port Punch
■■Combinations
Single-acting High-pressure Pressure gauge
Model Press stand Cylinder cap Manual pump Pressure gauge
cylinder hose mounting bracket
Punchings
CDM-5PA CDM-5M MS05-100VC R-5PM NH3/8-1.5VC P-16B T-5 AS100-100M

Cable Cutters
191
Bolt Tensioners
Bolt Tensioners Make-to-order product

● Hydraulic bolt tensioners apply tension to a bolt or stud bolt using a cylinder to produce elasticity of the bolt, which generates constant
clamping force by the bolt and nut(s).
● A precise tightening force can be obtained only by adjusting the hydraulic pressure.
● Prevent bend and torsion due to friction, galling of threads, damage to bolts, nuts, and flanges.
● Typical examples of dimensions and strokes are shown below. Special models can be manufactured to meet requirements including
the desired stroke and the ram chair diameter (ϕ A) that prevents contact with adjacent nuts.
● An S-1R coupler is attached.
■■BS1.35-5G
B S 1.35 - 5 G
G : Nut tightening system
Cylinder output with bevel gear
1.35 : 135kN L : Nut tightening system
S : Spring-return type 2.6 : 260kN with insertion bar
D : Double-acting type 4.4 : 440kN
R : Load-return type 5.7 : 570kN Stroke (mm)
8.7 : 870kN
11 : 1100kN
Bolt tensioner 16 : 1600kN
22 : 2200kN

■■Specification
Model BS1.35-5G BS2.6-8G BS4.4-10G BS5.7-10G BS8.7-10G BS11-10G BS16-10G BS22-10G
Maximum output kN 135 260 440 570 870 1110 1600 2200
2
Effective area cm 19.32 37.68 64.2 82.46 125.07 159.43 233.1 317.3
Stroke mm 5 8 10 10 10 10 10 10
Maximum bolt diameter ϕ mm 24 30 42 48 56 64 76 90

Hex (NAF)/
Maximum nut dimension 36 x 41.6 46 x 53.1 65 x 75 75 x 86.6 85 x 98.1 95 x 109.7 110 x 127 130 x 150
Round (OD)
Bearing Pullers
Approx. weight kg 5.5 12.5 19.0 22.5 29.0 45.0 65.0 78.0
ϕA mm 75 95 125 135 147 160 185 220
ϕB mm 80 120 146 156 180 215 250 285
Minimum overall length (C) mm 172 220 224 235 250 260 278 290
Rod Cutters
Coupler connection port size — Rc3/8
Attached coupler — S-1R

* Please specify the dimensions of the bolts and nuts to be used when ordering.
* If one bolt tensioner is used to tighten bolts different in size, tension bars compatible with individual bolts are required.
Pinch-Off Presses
■■BS5.7-10G ■■Example of use
Master Punch
Port Punch
Punchings
Cable Cutters
192
Coupling Pullers
Coupling Pullers
● Can pull out axles of various types of pulleys and gears with ease.
● Two-toe and three-toe models are available for 100, 200, and 500 kN.

■■F2-10 ■■F2-10M ■■F3-10 ■■F3-10M
F 2 - 10 M
Blank : For unified threaded cylinders
M : For metric threaded cylinders
*Except the F2-50 and F3-50
Max. load
2 : Two toes 10 : 100 kN
3 : Three toes 20 : 200 kN
Coupling puller 50 : 500 kN
■■Two toes ■■Three toes

Max. load Max. overall length Hole interval Interval Thread size Recommended cylinder Recommended attachment Approx. weight
Model
kN A B C D (optional) (optional) kg
S1-150VC (S/T) R-10P/R-113
F2-10 2 1/4-14NS
S1-255VC (S/T) R-117
100 210 75 250 6.5
MS1-150VC (S/T) R-10P/R-113
F2-10M M58 x 2
MS1-250VC (S/T) R-117/MI-10
Two toes
S2-126VC (S/T) R-20P/R-202

F2-20 3 5/16-12NS
S2-200VC (S/T) R-206
200 315 110 350 17.5
MS2-125VC (S/T) R-20P/R-202
F2-20M M82 x 2
MS2-200VC (S/T) R-206/MI-20
S5-153VC (S/T)
F2-50 500 490 150 500 M127 x 2.5 R-50P 70.0
D5-300VC (C)
S1-150VC (S/T) R-10P/R-113
Bearing Pullers
F3-10 2 1/4-14NS
S1-255VC (S/T) R-117
100 210 75 250 9.0
MS1-150VC (S/T) R-10P/R-113
F3-10M M58 x 2
MS1-250VC (S/T) R-117/MI-10
Three toes
S2-126VC (S/T) R-20P/R-202

F3-20 3 5/16-12NS
S2-200VC (S/T) R-206
200 315 110 420 25.0
MS2-125VC (S/T) R-20P/R-202
Rod Cutters
F3-20M M82 x 2
MS2-200VC (S/T) R-206/MI-20
S5-153VC (S/T)
F3-50 500 490 150 600 M127 x 2.5 R-50P 100
D5-300VC (C)
*For details on the recommended cylinders, see pages 17 to 31. For details on the recommended attachments, see pages 48 and 53.
*Each toe (indicated by E in the above drawings) has two holes.
Pinch-Off Presses
*The approximate weight does not include the weights of the cylinder and attachment.
*Select a pump (manual, electric, etc.) according to the application.
Bearing Puller
● An attachment used to pull out the shaft of the bearing using the two toes of an F2 coupling puller. It can also be used for gears, pul-
Master Punch
leys, etc. It is designed to be shared by 100 and 200 kN cylinders.

Port Punch
■■B-1020 ■■Example of use

Punchings
Cable Cutters
■ Coupling puller components

Head Flat steel plate Bolt set Toe
Two toes 1 4 4 2
Approx. weight: 9 kg Three toes 1 6 6 3
193
Straighteners
!(,'%-.(#*#,+
#$%&'($)*+$&,+-.,'/./0$*)$,1'$,.2$*)$3*.4$+*(&$-/($5'/(./0$-/($&,+-.,'/./0$*)$+*($6-,'+.-4&7$
! RS4SWVC
RS 4 HV VC
Attached coupler
VC : With VC70R3
S : With S1R
T : With ROC13R
HV : With 3way hand valve
SW : With hand switch
4 : 40kN
10B : 100kN
Straightener
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Maximum Straightening capacity Approx.
Output Straightening
Model operating pressure Tensile strength Tensile strength Cylinder Cap weight
kN equipment
MPa 500 N/mm2 1000 N/mm2 kg
RS4HV
40 " 25 " 20 S0470RS R403 R402 6.5
RS4SW
70

RS10BHV 13.6
100 " 36 " 28 S1120RS R331 R332
RS10BSW 12.5
! RS4HVVC ! RS10BHVVC
Bearing Pullers
*
*Tank port should be connected with hose directly. Do not use couplers.
! RS4SWVC ! RS10BSWVC
Rod Cutters
PinchOff Presses
Master Punch
Port Punch
! Hydraulic symbol ! Example of the use of an HV model
RS4HV/RS10HV
Punchings
! RS4SW/RS10SW
Wiring diagram
Cable Cutters
*Tank port should be connected with hose directly. Do not use couplers.
194
Rod Cutters
Rod Cutters
● Can cut carbon steel bars, special steel bars, and so on. It is designed to prevent the blades from contacting each other.
*Because the cutter may chip due to metal fatigue, be sure to wear protective goggles during work.
■■RC-10-SWVC
RC - 10 - HV VC
10 : 100kN Attached coupler
20 : 200kN VC : With VC-70-R3
35 : 350kN
50 : 500kN HV : With 3-way hand valve
Rod cutter 70 : 700kN SW : With hand switch
100 : 1000kN(Make-to-order product )
■■Specification
Maximum operating Output Cutting capacity Required oil Approx. ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model pressure Tensile strength volume A B weight (3-way hand valve )
MPa kN 1000 N/mm2 cm3 kg
RC-10-HV(SW) 100 ϕ 13 max. 22 258.5 (16) 7.5
RC-20-HV(SW) 200 ϕ 18 max. 70 348 (22) 17.5
RC-35-HV(SW)
70
350 ϕ 25 max. 154 419 (32) 26 ■■Wiring diagram
RC-50-HV(SW) 500 ϕ 30 max. 234 459 (34) 50 (SW hand switch)
RC-70-HV(SW) 700 ϕ 35 max. 397 585 (40) 70
RC-100-HV(SW) 1000 ϕ 42 max. 704 733 (50) 136
■■RC-10 ■■RC-20/35/50 ■■RC-70/100

Bearing Pullers
VCT operating cable : 1.25mm2 X 2C 0.5m VCT operating cable : 1.25mm2 X 2C 0.5m VCT operating cable : 1.25mm2 X 2C 0.5m
Special Pumps for Straighteners and Rod Cutters Make-to-order product

Rod Cutters
● Special pumps for the SW models of straighteners and rod cut-

ters. There are two types: one is the single-use type (RCS model) that Model code structure
can use a straightener or a rod cutter, the other is the combined-use
type (RCW model) that has two outlet ports for a straighteners and rod MP-10 RCS
Pinch-Off Presses
cutters.
● Pay attention to the cylinder speed if a 40 kN or 100 kN cylinder is Electric pump RCS : Single-operation
used. The SMP series or a one-stage electric pump may be able to be EMP-5 : EMP-5 model RCW : Dual-operation
used as a replacement. Please contact us for details. MP-10 : MP-10 model
*The performance of each pump is the same as that of the standard model. See MP-15 : MP-15 model
page 80 (EMP-5), page 82 (MP-10), and page 86 (MP-15).
Master Punch
Port Punch
■■EMP-5RCS No. Name Notes

■■EMP-5RCS electric circuit diagram
1 Oil tank
4 Motor
6 Start switch
7 Pilot lamp
Punchings
22 Direction-control valve ESL-4S-2

27 Air breather
29 Oil level gauge
Cable Cutters

40 Mover’s dolly
For remote controlled
41 Receptacle operating switch
195
Pinch-Off Presses
Pinch-Off Presses Make-to-order product

● Suitable for closing ends of copper tubes used for air conditioners and chillers.
● In combination with the special pump, it is possible to start or stop operation using the hand switch.
● A special model can be designed and manufactured according to the copper tube size and the installation site.
■■Installation type
POP - 1.5 - 35 VC
Attached coupler
VC : With VC-70-R3
■■Portable type S : With S-1R
No. ROC : With ROC-13R
Output
1.5 : 15 kN
4 : 40 kN
Pinch-off press
Maximum operating pressure Output Maximum opening span Cutter diameter Maximum pipe diameter for cutting Approx. weight
Model
MPa kN mm mm (External diameter x Internal diameter) mm kg

POP-1.5-35 47.5 15 7.3 ϕ6 ϕ 6 xϕ 4 3.0
POP-4-33 62.3 40 14 ϕ 10 ϕ 12 x ϕ 10 3.4
■■POP-1.5-35VC ■■POP-4-33VC
Bearing Pullers
Example of use of a pinch-off press
Special pump for Various types of
pinch-off presses pinch-off pressed
Rod Cutters
Pinch-Off Presses
Master Punch
Port Punch
Type E closed-type magnet motor (50/60 Hz) Pump specifications
Maximum operating pressure MPa Discharge volume L/min Effective Approx.
Model Voltage Current Frequency Output
Punchings
High Low High Low oil volume weight

V A Hz kW L kg
pressure pressure pressure pressure
SMP-3012PK 100 8
SMP-3022PK 200 4 50/60 0.25 70 1.5 0.2 2.0 1.8 14.5
Cable Cutters
SMP-3032PK 230 4
*For details on high-pressure hose lengths, metal connectors, etc., contact us.
*The maximum operating pressure must be adjusted according to the specifications for the pinch-off press.
*The approximate weight of the SMPs listed above does not include the weights of the pinch-off press, high-pressure hose, and metal connector.
196
Master Punch/Port Punch
Hydraulic Knockout Punches (Master Punch/Port Punch)

● Can make a hole in a panel, box, etc. with ease as necessary and shows its good performance in work sites.
■■Master punch ■■Port punch
■■List of components
Master punch Port punch
Usable range of thicknesses 1.6 to 3.2 mm (equivalent to SS400) 1.6 to 3.2 mm (equivalent to SS400)
Round hole ϕ 15 to 90 ϕ 15 to 120
Punching dimension
Square hole □ 20 to 75 □ 20 to 75
Pump model P-18B P-16B
Hose model Special hose H3/8-2VC
Cylinder model SR-225VC SC1.2-40VC
SMR-3/8 x 3/4 SPR-3/8 x 3/4
For round cutters
SMR-3/4 x 3/4 SPR-3/4 x 3/4
Shafts
SMQ-1/2 x 3/4 SPQ-1/2 x 3/4
For square cutters

SMQ-3/4 x 3/4 SPQ-3/4 x 3/4
NUT-1/2 NUT-1/2
Nuts
NUT-3/4 NUT-3/4
Washers WM-10/WM-20 WP-10/WP-20/WP-30
* The master punch set (MAS-18S) includes each of the items marked with in the above list.
The port punch set (1681-RS) includes each of the items marked with in the above list.
*The P-18B manual pump is exclusively for use with the SR-225VC cylinder.
Actual Size Cutters Shared by the Master Punch and Port Punch
● Actual size round cutters are available with a diameter of 15 to 30 mm in increments of 1

mm as regular stock items. Model code structure
Cutters with a diameter of 15 to 200 mm are available in increments of 0.1 mm as make-to-
order products.
● Actual size square cutters are available with a width of 20 to 50 mm in increments of 5mm JIM - 15
as regular stock items.
Cutters with a width of 20 to 120 mm are available in increments of 0.1mm as make-to-order JIM : Actual size Cutter size (mm)
Bearing Pullers
products. round cutter

In addition, a long square cutter with the following specifications is a make-to-order product:
the longer sides are not more than twice as long as the shorter sides, and the shorter sides JIK : Actual size
are 20 mm or longer and the longer sides are 120 mm or shorter. (□ 20 x 40 mm to □ 60 x square cutter
120 mm)
■■Types of actual size cutters and compatible shafts, nuts, and washers
Rod Cutters
Cutter type Punching dimension Shaft Nut Washer

ϕ 15 to 26 SMR-3/8 x 3/4 WM-20 1 pc
Actual size ϕ 27 to 65 WM-20 1 pc
round cutter Not needed
ϕ 66 to 85 SMR-3/4 x 3/4 WM-10 1 pc
Master punch
JIM-*
Pinch-Off Presses
ϕ 86 to 90 Not needed —
□ 20 to 25 SMQ-1/2 x 3/4 NUT-1/2 1 pc WM-10 and WM-20 1 each
Actual size □ 30 to 35 WM-10 and WM-20 1 each
square cutter
JIK-* □ 40 to 55 SMQ-3/4 x 3/4 NUT-3/4 1 pc WM-20 2 pcs
Master Punch
Port Punch
□ 60 to 75 WM-10 and WM-20 1 each

Actual size ϕ 15 to 26 SPR-3/8 x 3/4 WP-20 1 pc
round cutter NUT-3/4 1 pc
JIM-* ϕ 27 to 120 SPR-3/4 x 3/4 WP-10 1 pc
□ 20 NUT-1/2 1 pc WP-20 1 pc
Punchings
SPQ-1/2 x 3/4
□ 25
Port punch
NUT-3/4 1 pc WP-10 1 pc
Actual size
□ 30 to 40 WP-20 and WP-30 1 each
square cutter □ 45 to 50 WP-30 1 pc
Cable Cutters
JIK-* □ 55 SPQ-3/4 x 3/4 NUT-3/4 2 pcs WP-20 1 pc

□ 60 to 70 WP-30 1 pc
□ 75 WP-20 1 pc
197
Master Punch/Port Punch
Cutters Shared by the Master Punch and Port Punch for Electrical Conduits

● Designed to make a hole through which a pipe called a thin steel (or thick steel) conduit runs.
■■Types of cutters for thin steel conduits and compatible shafts, nuts, and washers
Shaft Nut Washer Compatible thin steel conduit
Cutter
Punching
model For the For the For the For the For the For the External
dimension Conduit No.
No. master punch port punch master punch port punch master punch port punch diameter
USU-5/8 ϕ 17.6 15 ϕ 15.9

USU-3/4 ϕ 19.75 SMR-3/8 x 3/4 SPR-3/8 x 3/4 19 ϕ 19.1
WP-20
USU-1 ϕ 26.1 25 ϕ 25.4
USU-1 1/4 ϕ 32.5 Not WM-20 31 ϕ 31.8
NUT-3/4
USU-1 1/2 ϕ 38.7 needed 39 ϕ 38.1
USU-2 ϕ 51.6 SMR-3/4 x 3/4 SPR-3/4 x 3/4 51 ϕ 50.8
WP-10
USU-2 1/2 ϕ 64.4 63 ϕ 63.5
USU-3 ϕ 77.2 WM-10 75 ϕ 76.2
■■Types of cutters for thick steel conduits and compatible shafts, nuts, and washers
Shaft Nut Washer Compatible thin steel conduit
Cutter
Punching
model For the For the For the For the For the For the External
dimension Conduit No.
No. master punch port punch master punch port punch master punch port punch diameter

ATU-1/2 ϕ 21.8 SMR-3/8 x 3/4 SPR-3/8 x 3/4 16 ϕ 21.0
ATU-3/4 ϕ 27.3 WM-20 22 ϕ 26.5
ATU-1 ϕ 34.1 28 ϕ 33.3
WM-20
ATU-1 1/4 ϕ 42.7 36 ϕ 41.9
ATU-1 1/2 ϕ 48.7 Not 42 ϕ 47.8
NUT-3/4
ATU-2 ϕ 60.5 SMR-3/4 x 3/4 SPR-3/4 x 3/4 needed 54 ϕ 59.6
ATU-2 1/2 ϕ 76.1 WM-10 70 ϕ 75.2
WM-10
ATU-3 ϕ 88.9 82 ϕ 87.9
ATU-3 1/2 ϕ 102.8 Not 92 ϕ 100.7
ATU-4 ϕ 115.5 needed 104 ϕ 113.4
■■Work procedure ■■SMR-3/8 X 3/4 (shaft for the master punch)

(e.g. for punching a hole with a diameter of 50 mm)
Bearing Pullers
(1) Make a pilot hole with a diameter of 10 mm in the steel
plate using a drill.
(2) Make a hole into which a 3/4 x 3/4 shaft is inserted, using
a cutter with a diameter of approx. 20 mm and a 3/8 x 3/4
shaft.
(3) Make a hole using a cutter with a diameter of approx. 50
Rod Cutters
mm and a 3/4 x 3/4 shaft.
■■SMR-3/4 X 3/4 (shaft for the master punch)
Pinch-Off Presses
■■SPR-3/8 X 3/4 (shaft for the port punch)

Master Punch
Port Punch
Punchings
● Retract the cylinder piston immediately after making ■■SPR-3/4 X 3/4 (shaft for the port punch)
holes. Failure to do so damages the shaft and the cutter.
● Never apply pressure to the SR-225VC cylinder when the
piston is reached at the stroke end.
(The piston stroke must be within 28 mm.)
Cable Cutters
Otherwise, the piston may be ejected.
198
Punchings
,-*$.%*4+/5?,@/!#;%#+9
!"#$%"&'"()'*"+,-".$-/'")0''."$%/.')")(12"$)"12$%%'.3)'104,%"$%*"5"&'$6)"02$%7)"0,"$"84*'")9$%"9-,:4*'*;"
!"<2'"1(00'-"1$%"&'"'$)4.="-'6,:'*"02$%7)"0,"02'"()'",+"$"*,(&.'3$104%/"1=.4%*'-;"
L"MNO3?@KD#
>,*'."1,*'")0-(10(-'
RPF 10B VC
10B : ?@@7A B00$12'*"1,(9.'-
20B : C@@7A D# : E402"D#3F@"1,(9.'-"
35B : GH@7A"I>$7'30,3,-*'-"9-,*(10J"
50B : H@@7A"I>$7'30,3,-*'-"9-,*(10J"
Punching F@K : F@@7A""I>$7'30,3,-*'-"9-,*(10J"
100B : ?@@@7A"I>$7'30,3,-*'-"9-,*(10J"
L !"#$%&$'(%)*+
>$T46(6",(09(0 >$T46(6",9'-$04%/" Q0-,7' M'U(4-'*",4.":,.(6' B00$12'*" B99-,T;"8'4/20
>,*'. A B # D E V "O G 5 V "W
7A 9-'))(-'">N$ 66 163 1,(9.'-" 7/
MNO3?@KD# 100 25 GF ?X;H 18 45 82 ICY@J" FC F@ F@ 100 F
D#3F@3MG
MNO3C@KD# 200 25 83 40 18 45 XY IG?YJ" 80 105 XC;H 140 Y
MNO3GHKD# 350 CF 136 66 20 68 YF IZZ[J" 100 130 XF 160 11
F@
MNO3H@KD# 500 35 250 FH 24 68 132 IH@FJ" 135 110 85 150 11
D#3F@3MZ
MNO3F@KD# F@@ 35 360 105 28 68 ?CF IH@[J" 150 130 100 160 11
MNO3?@@KD# 1000 35 513 150 28 68 142 IHFYJ" 180 150 100 180 11
L"MNO3?@KD# L"MNO3C@KD#PMNO3GHKD#PMNO3H@KD#PMNO3F@KD#PMNO3?@@KD#
Bearing Pullers
L ,-*$./'*0/0%#/0%1#*+%)*+/('23#
Punch Punch \4' L"Q")4R' L"S")4R'
>,*'.
V "\ A V "\?
Rod Cutters
Q")4R'"I+,-"MNO3?@KPC@KJ"
MNO3GPXQ ?@;H ?F ??;G
MNO3?PCQ ?Z;@ ?F ?Z;X
MNO3HPXQ ?F;H ?F ?X;G
MNO3GPZQ C?;@ ?F C?;X
PinchOff Presses
S")4R'"I+,-"MNO3GHKPH@KPF@KP?@@KJ"
MNO3GPXS ?@;H 30 ??;G
MNO3?PCS ?Z;@ 30 ?Z;X
MNO3HPXS ?F;H 30 ?X;G
MNO3GPZS C?;@ 30 C?;X
]Q3)4R'"1(00'-"IV "?X^"MNO3?XQJ"4)"$.),"$:$4.$&.';"
Master Punch
MNO3FPXS CZ;@ 30 CZ;X

Port Punch
]S3)4R'"1(00'-)"IV "?X^"MNO3?XSJ_"IV "CC^"MNO3CCSJ_"IV "CH^"MNO3CHSJ"$-'"$.),"$:$4.$&.';"

MNO3?S CF;H 30 CX;G ]B"9(%12"$%*"*4'"1$%"&'"9(-12$)'"$)"$")'0",%.=;"
MNO3?3?PXS G?;@ 30 G?;X ]Q9'14$."1(00'-)"1$%"&'"6$%(+$10(-'*;"Q9'14+="V" \"82'%",-*'-4%/;"I>$7'30,3,-*'-"9-,*(10J
L ,-*$.%*4/3)'0/('23#/5-*%(6/789///:'(#;%'3/</!!=>>/
N.$0'"02417%'))"
G;C Z;X 6 8 Y 10 12 16 ?Y 20 22 25
Punchings
5,.'"*4$6'0'-"
?@;H 42 62 FX 103 116 ?CY 155 C@F 246 258 285 323
?Z;@ 55 83 103 138 155 ?FC C@F CF[ 328 345 GFY 431
?F;H [Y 103 ?CY ?FC ?YZ 215 258 345 Z@Y 431 ZFZ HGY
Cable Cutters
C?;@ 83 124 155 C@F 233 258 310 414 ZYC H?F H[Y [ZF
CZ;@ YH 142 ?FF CGF 266 CY[ 354 ZFG 561 HY? 651 FGY
CF;H 108 162 203 CF? 304 GGY 406 542 644 [FF FZH XZF
G?;@ 118 ?FF 222 CY[ 333 G[Y 444 HY? F@C FGY 813 YCZ
199
Cable Cutters
Cable Cutters (CC Series)

● Can cut electric wires and cables with a maximum external diam-
eter of 100 mm.
●Cannot be used for piano wires, PC steel wires, and cables in-
cluding hard wires or steel pipes inside.
CC - 30S VC
● Can be used with any of manual, electric, and foot pumps.
● A special cylinder is included. Cable external diameter Attached coupler
30S : ϕ 30 With VC-70 coupler
*Because the cutter may chip due to metal fatigue, be sure to wear protec- 50S : ϕ 50
tive goggles during work. 75S : ϕ 75
100S : ϕ 100
Cable cutter
■■CC-30SVC ■■CC-75SVC

Maximum operating pressure Output Cable external diameter Stroke Required oil volume Approx. weight
Model
MPa kN ϕ mm cm3 kg
CC-30SVC 60 30 65 59 2.5
CC-50SVC 40 50 70 45 4.0
70
CC-75SVC 40 75 85 55 5.1
CC-100SVC 100 100 125 182 14.6
Bearing Pullers
Rod Cutters
Pinch-Off Presses
Master Punch
Port Punch
Punchings
Cable Cutters
200
100 to 400 MPa Series
100 MPa
Pumps ･･･････････ 202
Accessories ･･･････････ 203
200 MPa
Single-Acting Cylinders ･･･････････ 204
Double-Acting Cylinders ･･･････････ 205
Manual Pumps ･･･････････ 206
SMP-200 ･･･････････ 207
Electric Pumps ･･･････････ 208
Special Pumps ･･･････････ 209
Valves ･･･････････ 210 to 212
Pressure Switches/
･･･････････ 213
Pressure Gauges
Hoses/Couplers ･･･････････ 214
Branches ･･･････････ 215
Joints ･･･････････ 216
300 MPa/400 MPa
Manual Pumps/Pressure Gauges ･･･････････ 217
201
Pumps (100 MPa)
Manual Pumps (UP Series)
100 MPa
● Manual pumps with a maximum operating pressure of 100 MPa feature the two-stage speed control by which the pressure automati-
cally switches between high and low speed modes.
● Compact and lightweight because all necessary valves such as a safety valve, air valve, and operating valve included, and an oil tank
is incorporated.
Model code structure ■■UP-11 ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram
UP-11/UP-12
UP - 1 1
Series No.
1
2
100 MPa series
Ultrahigh-pressure manual pump
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume Outlet Tank oil Effective oil Lever load Approx.
Model port volume volume N weight
oil
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure Rc cm3 cm3 (At 100 MPa) kg
UP-11 1.0 5.0 500 400 284 4.5
100 2 3/8 ISO VG32
UP-12 2.3 13.0 1000 850 490 9.3
* The oil tank is filled up with hydraulic oil before shipment.
* As an optional extra, the pressure gauge mounting bracket (T-5-1K) is available.
■■UP-11 ■■UP-12
Pumps
Accessories
Electric pumps (MP-1000 Series) Make-to-order product
Model code structure ■■MP-1000-4
MP - 1000 - 4
4 : For single-acting cylinders
4C : For double-acting cylinders
100 MPa series
High-pressure electric pump
Motor 50/60 Hz Pump 50/60Hz Oil tank Approx. Attached
Model Voltage Output Number of Maximum Discharge Hydraulic Tank oil Effective oil weight operating
Type (No. of revolutions operating pressure volume volume volume
phases) kW rpm MPa L/min oil L L kg valve
MP-1000-4 Fully-enclosed 200 V 40 SMV-33-1K

fan-cooled type 0.75 1500/1800 100 0.38/0.45 ISO VG32 4.5 3.5
MP-1000-4C with small flange (3 phases) 41 SMV-43-1K
■■Hydraulic circuit diagram MP-1000-4(C) ■■MP-1000-4 No. Name Notes
1 Oil tank
4 Motor
6 Start switch
High-pressure
13 safety valve
18 Pressure switche PCS-1000
22 Direction-control valve SMV-33-1K
27 Air valve
37 Fill port Rc3/4
the part numbers of the product.
For the part numbers of the product, see
the operation manual.
202
Accessories (100 MPa)
High-Pressure Nylon Hoses (UH03 Series)

100 MPa
● With R (male) threaded joints at both ends. Basically used with an

H type coupler on one of its sides. Model code structure
UH 03 - 1 NC
*For precautions for and maintenance of high-pressure hoses, see page 179.
● Do not hold a high-pressure nylon hose while pressure is
applied.
If the hose is broken while held by hand, the high-pressure
hydraulic oil could spurt and cause severe injury, for example, Attached coupler
a pierced hand.
● Before work starts, check the following: damage to the hose, Blank : With HS-1H on one side
swelling of the hose (sheath), exposure of the reinforced layer Overall length (m) W : With HS-1Hs on both sides*
(external damage), bent (deformation), leakage from the joints,
etc. If any of the above problems is found, replace the hose with Thread size NC : No couplers
new one immediately because the use of a damaged hose is 03 : R3/8
dangerous. Even if there are no abnormalities in appearance, High-pressure nylon hose
there may be scratches, pinholes, etc. inside the hose. Replace
the hose regularly taking the operating conditions into account. The hose marked “*” is filled with the hydraulic oil before shipping unless otherwise specified.
■■UH03-1NC ■■UH03
Maximum Operating Thread Internal Standard Expansion Minimum Approx.
operating temperature overall Volume
Model pressure range Hydraulic oil Material size diameter length volume bend radius weight
MPa °C R ϕ m cm3/m cm3/m mm kg/m
Pumps
-40 to 80 General hydraulic oil 1/2/3 0.3

UH03 100 (mineral-based Nylon 3/8 6.3 32.0 5.5 55
(Note 1) hydraulic oil) 6/10 (Note 2)
(Note 2) The approx. weight represents the weight of the hose alone. It does not include the joints at both ends and the protection.
Accessories
Couplers (HS Series)

● The HS-1 models are a self-sealing type that prevents oil leakage.
HS - 1 R
● Do not apply pressure to the H type or R type coupler alone. Otherwise, the
equipment may be damaged.
● It is dangerous to connect or disconnect the couplers while pressure is applied.
Doing so may allow compressed oil to flow out, causing injury.
● Securely and completely connect the couplers. Not doing so could cause pressure
not to rise, the hydraulic oil not to flow, or other problems. R : Cylinder side coupler
● If the pressure fluctuates often or vibration is transmitted to the couplers, regularly H : Hose side coupler
check the looseness of the cap nut. Thread size
● If a cylinder that works normally stops suddenly, the most likely cause is looseness (a
gap) between the couplers. Tighten the couplers again using a tool if a gap exists. 1 : 3/8
● A duster cap is included with a coupler. Attach the cap to the coupler after use to High-pressure coupler
prevent dust.
■■HS-1R ■■HS-1H ■■External drawing of couplings ■■HS-1R ■■HS-1H

(HS-1)
Maximum operating Operating Operating fluid Approx. weight Accessory ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model pressure temperature range (coupled couplers)
MPa fluid °C kg (duster cap)
HS-1R General 0.13 S-1R-DC
100 0 to 60
HS-1H hydraulic oil 0.12 S-1H-DC
Joints (FMSH Series)
■■FMSH-M22 x 3/8 ■■FMSH-3/8 x M22
FMSH - M22 x 3/8

Male thread size
Female thread size
High-pressure male-and-female socket
Model Maximum operating pressure MPa Approx. weight kg
FMSH-M22 x 3/8 0.12
100
FMSH-3/8 x M22 0.15
203
Single-Acting Cylinders (200 MPa)
300 to 1000 kN (US Series)
200 MPa–
Model code structure Maximum operating pressure 200 MPa
US 3 - 50 Maximum output
Cylinder system
300/500/1000 kN
Single-acting
Maximum output Stroke (mm) Return system Spring-return type
3 : 300 kN
US Series 5 : 500 kN Attached coupler S-4R
10 : 1000 kN
Coupler connection port size M22 x 1.5
■■US5-50 ■■US3-50/US5-50 ■■US5-100/US5-150/US10-50/US10-150
Cylinders
Model US3-50 US5-50 US5-100 US5-150 US10-50 US10-150
Effective area cm2 15.20 28.27 50.26
Stroke mm 50 50 100 150 50 150
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 44 60 80
Pumps
Cap diameter ϕF 55 75 95
Piston protrusion length I 31 34 46
Coupler protrusion length S ≈ 62 ≈ 62 ≈ 62
Valves
Approx. weight kg 6 10 13 15 18 24
1000 to 3000 kN (ULF Series)
Accessories
● The piston is allowed to be inclined at a maximum angle of 4°.
■■ULF10-10
Maximum output 1000/1500/2000/3000 kN
ULF 10 - 10 Cylinder system Single-acting
Maximum output Stroke (mm)
300 MPa–
Return system Load-return
10 : 1000 kN
ULF Series 15 : 1500 kN
Attached coupler ROC-2K-R
20 : 2000 kN
30 : 3000 kN Coupler connection port size M14 x 1.5
Model ULF10-10 ULF15-10 ULF20-10 ULF30-10 ■■ULF
Stroke mm 10 10 10 10
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 80 100 115 140
Cylinder external diameter ϕ C 120 150 175 210
Piston diameter ϕD 80 100 115 140 Use the whole surface of the cylinder bottom on hard
flat plane so that the jack supports the load stably.
Coupler protrusion length S ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53 ≈ 53
Coupler position T 17 17 19 23 The ULF series cylinders have no piston stop ring.
If the piston advances 10 mm or more (when the
Required oil volume cm3 51 79 104 154 stroke-end indicating groove appears), it will be
ejected causing oil leakage. Moreover the cylinder
Approx. weight kg 3.5 5.7 8.1 12.8 may need repair.
204
Double-Acting Cylinders (200 MPa)
300 to 2000 kN (UD Series)

200 MPa–
Model code structure Maximum operating pressure on the push side 200 MPa
UD 3 - 125 Maximum operating pressure on the pull side 20 MPa
Maximum output Stroke (mm) Cylinder system Double-acting

3 : 300 kN
UD series 5 : 500 kN Attached coupler S-4R
10 : 1000 kN
20 : 2000 kN Coupler connection port size M22 x 1.5
■■UD3-125 ■■UD5-150 Internal drawing No. Part name Q’ty

11 Cylinder tube 1
12 Piston 1
61 O-ring 1
63 O-ring 1
64 O-ring 1
71 Backup ring 2
73 Backup ring 1
74 Backup ring 1
77 Backup ring 2
■■UD 81 Dust seal 1
91 Coupler 2
101 Socket 1
102 Spring 1
Cylinders
103 Adjustment screw 1

104 Ball seat 1
105 Solid carbide ball 1
106 O-ring 1
*The cylinder has a safety valve for the pull side (preset pressure: 107 Backup ring 2
20 MPa). A modification is required if the pull side is used for 108 Backup ring 1
operation. 109 Backup ring 1
*The structures and parts differ depending on the model. 110 Hexagon socket set screw 2
Pumps

Model UD3-125 UD5-150 UD10-150 UD20-100 UD20-150
Push side
Maximum output kN 15.3 24.7 53.0 80.5
Valves
Pull side
Stroke mm 125 150 150 100 150
Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 44 60 80 115
Accessories

Piston thread size E M30 x 2.0 M40 x 1.5 M52 x 2.0 M84 x 3.0
Piston thread length G 25 22 35 35
Piston protrusion length I 32 25 40 40
Collar thread size M M75 x 2.0 M95 x 2.0 M127 x 2.5 M185 x 3.0
300 MPa–

Coupler protrusion length on the push side S ≈ 62 ≈ 62 ≈ 62 ≈ 60
Coupler protrusion length on the pull side V ≈ 62 ≈ 62 ≈ 62 ≈ 60
Coupler position on the pull side W 65 87 85 97
Distance between the ports Y 154 183 188 140 190
Approx. weight kg 8 15 27 60 70
300 to 2000 kN Caps (UD Series) Make-to-order product

Model ϕA B C Approx. weight kg
300 kN cap 55 36 M30 x 2.0 0.5
500 kN cap 65 35 M40 x 1.5 0.7
1000 kN cap 85 53 M52 x 2.0 1.8
2000 kN cap 120 63 M84 x 3.0 4.3
205
Manual Pumps (200 MPa)
Ultrahigh-Pressure Manual Pumps (UP Series)
200 MPa–
■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram
Model code structure UP-21M-U UP-22B-U/UP-22M-U
UP - 21 M - U
U : With pressure gauge mounting bracket
Series No. T-5-2000 (B)
21 M : For single-acting cylinders (Outlet port M14 x 1.5)
22 B : For single-acting cylinders (Outlet port M22 x 1.5)
D : For double-acting cylinder (Outlet port M14 x 1.5)
■■UP-22B-U ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram

UP-21D-U UP-22D-U
Cylinders
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume Tank oil Effective Lever load Approx. Attached
Hydraulic
Model MPa cm3/stroke Outlet port volume oil volume N weight operating
oil
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure cm3 cm3 (At 200 MPa) kg valve
UP-21M-U 8.2 —
2 0.75 9.75 M14 x 1.5 700 600 627
UP-21D-U 9.8 SMVT-2K-4
UP-22B-U 200 M22 x 1.5 ISO VG32 18.6 —
Pumps
UP-22M-U 3 1.6 31.0 2100 1800 510 18.6 —
M14 x 1.5
UP-22D-U 20.2 SMVT-2K-4
● The oil tank is filled up with hydraulic oil before shipment.
■■UP-21M-U ■■UP-22B-U/UP-22M-U
Valves
Accessories
300 MPa–
*The dimensions in parentheses are of the UP-22B-U.
■■UP-21D-U ■■UP-22D-U
● Any old models of pressure gauges with a fixed joint cannot be mounted. Instead, use the pressure gauge with a universal joint (see page 213).
206
Small-Size Portable Electric Pumps (200 MPa)
Small-Size Portable Ultrahigh-Pressure Electric Pumps (SMP-200 Series)

200 MPa–
● With a magnet motor, noise is reduced greatly as compared with that of conventional models. The durability has also been improved.
● Lightweight, compact, and easy to handle. Ideal for field work such as shipbuilding and civil engineering construction.
● Due to the two-stage speed control, the pressure automatically switches between high and low speed modes for better work efficiency.
● All models have an M14 × 1.5 outlet port.
● A special pressure switch is mounted on each model.
■■SMP-200-14B
SMP - 200 - 1 4 B - A
Tank capacity Attached pressure gauge
2 : 2.0 L Blank : ASBG100-250M-U
4 : 4.5 L A : ASG100-250M-U
Motor voltage 6 : 6.5 L N : W/O pressure gauge
1 : 100 V Attached valve
200 MPa series 2 : 200 V B : For single-acting cylinders
SW-4A
Small-size portable ultrahigh-pressure electric pump 3 : 230 V C : For double-acting cylinders
*No certificates can be issued for the ASBG100-250M-U pressure gauge.

● The SPS-2K pressure switch is exclusively used for the SMP-200 series.
If the switch is used with other products, please contact us.
● If the pump is used continuously, observe the rated operating time (5 minutes) and take care of the increase in motor and oil temperatures.
Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged resulting in poor performance.
Cylinders
Type E closed-type magnet motor (50/60Hz) Pump Oil tank

Approx.
Rated Maximum operating Discharge volume Tank Effective weight
Model Voltage Rated Current pressure MPa L/min Hydraulic
operating oil oil kg
V output A
time High Low At high At low oil volume volume *2
(single phase) kW *1 L L
min pressure pressure pressure pressure
SMP-200-12B(C) 2.0 1.8 18
SMP-200-14B(C) 100 12 4.5 4.0 21
Pumps
SMP-200-16B(C) 6.5 6.0 24

SMP-200-22B(C) 2.0 1.8 18
ISO
SMP-200-24B(C) 200 0.45 5 6 200 3 0.1 2.0 4.5 4.0 21
VG46
SMP-200-26B(C) 6.5 6.0 24
Valves
SMP-200-32B(C) 2.0 1.8 18

SMP-200-34B(C) 230 5.2 4.5 4.0 21
SMP-200-36B(C) 6.5 6.0 24
*1. Each current shown above is the average of the load currents at 200 MPa.
*2. Each of the double-acting cylinder (C) models is about 1 kg heavier than the corresponding approx. weight shown above.
Accessories
● The oil tank is filled up with hydraulic oil before shipment.

■■SMP-200-12B (22B/32B) ■■SMP-200-*B hydraulic circuit diagram
300 MPa–
■■SMP-200-*C hydraulic circuit diagram
207
Electric Pumps (200 MPa)
,-(.'/%0/12.#++3.#45-#$(.%$4236"+478219:::4!#.%#+;4 8'<#1()1).=#.4".)=3$(
200 MPa–
"#$%&'()#*+#&#%,-%./012+13&'40#&5,&6#/,)*+'#)7)*038#*%0#)01,0)#20&*910)#:017#)3&66#4%&'-0)#,'#;,)4%&1-0#:+6930#4&9)0;#<7#/10))910#
=94*9&*,+'>#
"#?@9,//0;#A,*%#&#;+9<60#)&20*7#304%&',)3#9),'-#&#)&20*7#:&6:0#&';#/10))910#)A,*4%#*+#/10:0'*#&'#+:016+&;>#
! MP20004/8 hydraulic circuit diagram
MP 2000 4 C
Blank : For singleacting cylinders
C : For doubleacting cylinders
Series No.
4
8
200 MPa series
Ultrahigh pressure Electric pump
! MP20004 ! MP20004C/8C hydraulic circuit diagram
Cylinders
! !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Motor (50/60 Hz) Pump Oil tank
B//1+5># Attached
Pumps
Model Voltage D93<01#+2# E&5,393# Discharge $&'(#+,6# ?2204*,:0# A0,-%* operating
Output operating :+6930 Hydraulic
$7/0 CD+>#+2# 10:+69*,+') :+6930 +,6#:+6930 kg :&6:0
kW pressure L/min oil
phases) rpm MPa (50/60Hz) L L
MP20004 115 —
1.5 0.35/0.42
MP20004C Fullyenclosed 200 V 122 HOV200043
1500/1800 200 ISO VG46 22 10
Valves
MP20008 2&'.4++60;#*7/0 (3 phases) 142 —
3.7 0.90/1.08
MP20008C 149 HOV200043
"#$%0#+,6#*&'(#,)#J660;#9/#A,*%#%7;1&96,4#+,6#<02+10#)%,/30'*>#
! MP20004 ! MP20008
Accessories
300 MPa–
No. Name Notes No. Name Notes

1 Oil tank 24 Q/01&*,'-#:&6:0#
4 Motor 27 Air breather
5 ?604*1,4#3&-'0*,4#)A,*4% 29 Q,6#60:06#-&9-0
6 G9)%.<9**+'#)A,*4% MP20004 34 Oil drain port Rc3/8
6 R*&1*#)A,*4% MP20008 35 Return port Rc3/8
13 S,-%./10))910#)&20*7#:&6:0 36 Outlet port EHH#5#M>I
18 G10))910#)A,*4% PCS2000 37 T0J66#/+1* Rc3/4
F#$%0#&<+:0#'93<01)#;+#'+*#4+110)/+';#*+#*%0#/&1*#'93<01)#+2#*%0#/1+;94*>
FG+A01#4&<60#60'-*%#H>I#3 # P+1#*%0#/&1*#'93<01)#+2#*%0#/1+;94*8#)00#*%0#+/01&*,+'#3&'9&6>
"#B'7#+6;#3+;06)#+2#/10))910#-&9-0)#A,*%#&#J50;#K+,'*#4&''+*#<0#3+9'*0;>#L')*0&;8#9)0#*%0#/10))910#-&9-0#A,*%#&#9',:01)&6#K+,'*#C)00#/&-0#HMNO>
208
Special Pumps (200 MPa)
Esperpack (AMP-2000 Series) Make-to-order product

200 MPa–
● The latest automatic control hydraulic equipment developed drawing upon the know-how ■■AMP-2000
and experience accumulated based on the 70 MPa series that has been proven in the
market, capable of highly accurate pressure control up to 200 MPa.
● Esperpack can meet demands, such as controlling the pressure linearly in proportion to
time and maintaining the pressure precisely for a long time, and can be used with simple
operation.
● Always monitoring the present pressure, this unit automatically corrects the pressure
even if there is a disturbance factor like a hot press or a device for deformation testing of
an elastic material, which fluctuates pressure.
● The pump applies only the pressure required when it is necessary, and the proportional
pressure reducing valve reduces only the unnecessary pressure. For this reason, the
energy loss is small and no oil cooler is needed, resulting in excellent low-noise property
and durability.
LCD touch panel control screen

Cylinders
Pumps
Ultrahigh-Pressure Air Hydraulic Pump (ON-15-2K)

Valves
● The pump piston is operated by using the air source to generate 200 MPa hydraulic ■■ON-15-2K
pressure.
● Lightweight, compact, and easy to operate.
● A 30PM coupler with a duster cap made by Nitto Kohki is attached to the air connection
port.
● An FRL unit (regulator, filter, and lubricator) is necessary to use the pump.
Accessories
Supply air Maximum Discharge volume cm3/min Oil tank Approx.
Model pressure operating pressure Under no load Tank oil volume Effective oil volume weight
MPa MPa At 200 MPa Hydraulic oil kg
condition cm3 cm3
300 MPa–
ON-15-2K 0.45 to 0.7 200 110 20 ISO VG46 1450 1300 14
■■ON-15-2K ■■Performance characteristics
209
Valves (200 MPa)
4-Way 3-Position Direction-Control Valves (SMVT/HOV-2000 Series)
200 MPa–
● The SMVT-2K is used with manual pumps(UP-21/UP-22 series) for double-acting cylinders.
● The HOV-2000 is used with electric pumps(MP-2000 series) for double-acting cylinders.
■■SMVT-2K-4 ■■SMVT-2K-4 ■■HOV-2000-43 ■■HOV-2000-43
■■Hydraulic symbol ■■Hydraulic symbol

SMVT-2K-4 HOV-2000-43
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Connection port Return port Allowable back pressure Approx. weight
Cylinders
Model
MPa L/min size Rc MPa kg
SMVT-2K-4 2.5 M14 x 1.5 1/4 1.3
200 1.5
HOV-2000-43 1.2 M22 x 1.5 3/8 4.5
2-Way Solenoid Valves (SL-2K Series)
Pumps
● Since the coil has a continuous rating, electric power can be
applied for a long time. Model code structure
● Oil leakage is extremely small because the valve is a poppet
type. SL - 2K - 2 - 1
● Durable and reliable because the valves are a pressure-balanced
type. 200 MPa series Solenoid power supply
Valves
● Pressure can be applied to both primary and secondary sides. 1 : 100 V
● 24 VDC models are make-to-order products. SL series (2-way valve) 2 : 200 V

DC24 : 24 VDC
*For the solenoid specifications, see page 223. 2 : Normally open
* The connectors are dedicated to one of 100 V, 200 V, or 24 VDC. 2C : Normally closed
■■SL-2K-2 ■■SL-2K
Accessories
300 MPa–
■■SL-2K-2 hydraulic symbol ■■SL-2K-2C hydraulic symbol
Maximum Maximum flow Approx.
Hydraulic symbol Connection
Model operating pressure rate Power Accessory weight
name port size
MPa L/min kg
SL-2K-2-1 100 VAC
SL-2K-2-2 Normally open 200 VAC
SL-2K-2-DC24 24 VDC Mounting bolts:
200 2.5 M22 x 1.5 7.5
SL-2K-2C-1 100 VAC MBH-60 (4 pcs)
SL-2K-2C-2 Normally closed 200 VAC
SL-2K-2C-DC24 24 VDC
*The SL-2K-2-DC24V and SL-2K-2C-DC24 are make-to-order products.
210
Valves (200 MPa)
Shutoff Valve (V-2000-1B)

200 MPa–
● Used to open/close a circuit. Uses a mechanism that allows smooth handle operation even during pressurization.
● Turning the handle clockwise closes the pipe line.
■■V-2000-1B ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■V-2000-1B
V-2000-1B
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Approx. weight
Model Connection port size
MPa L/min kg
V-2000-1B 200 1.2 M22 x 1.5 3
Check Valve with Bypass (CH-2000-13B)

Cylinders
● The flow goes from port 1 to port 2. It can be reversed by opening the bypass side.
● Turning the handle clockwise throttles the bypass line.
■■CH-2000-13B ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■CH-2000-13B
CH-2000-13B
Pumps
Valves
Accessories
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Cracking pressure Approx. weight
MPa L/min MPa kg
CH-2000-13B 200 1.2 0.03 M22 x 1.5 4
Inline Check Valve (CH-2000-1B)

300 MPa–
● Allow oil to flow in one direction at the cracking pressure or higher to prevent a reverse flow.
■■CH-2000-1B ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■CH-2000-1B
CH-2000-1B
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Cracking pressure Approx. weight
MPa L/min MPa kg
CH-2000-1B 200 1.2 0.03 M22 x 1.5 0.8
211
Valves (200 MPa)
Pilot Controlled Check Valve (CH-2000-43)
200 MPa–
● Enables a reverse flow by applying pressure 1/30 of the secondary-side pressure to the pilot pressure port.
● Generally, if the primary side is pressurized, the check valve cannot be opened.
■■CH-2000-43 ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■CH-2000-43
CH-2000-43
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate Cracking pressure Connection port Pilot port size Approx.
Model pressure Pilot area ratio weight
MPa L/min MPa size Rc kg
CH-2000-43 200* 2.5 30:1 0.3 M22 x 1.5 3/8 8

*The maximum operating pressure of a pilot circuit is 70 MPa.
Relief Valve (RV-2000-3B)
Cylinders
● For pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut first. To increase the pressure, turn the handle clockwise gradually. To reduce the pres-
sure, turn it counterclockwise. After pressure adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut.
■■RV-2000-3B ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■RV-2000-3B
RV-2000-3B
Pumps
Valves
Maximum operating Maximum flow rate Pressure Allowable Connection port Return port Approx.
Accessories
Model pressure setting range back pressure weight
MPa L/min MPa MPa size Rc kg
RV-2000-3B 200 1.2 20 to 200 1 M22 x 1.5 3/8 2.3
Needle Valve (NV-2000-1B)

● The hydraulic oil passage can be throttled for flow adjustment using the needle. As the temperature or pressure changes, the flow rate
300 MPa–
also changes.
● Turning the handle clockwise throttles the pipe line.
■■NV-2000-1B ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■NV-2000-1B
NV-2000-1B
Maximum operating pressure Maximum flow rate Approx. weight
MPa L/min kg
NV-2000-1B 200 1.2 M22 x 1.5 3
212
Pressure Switch/Pressure Gauge (200 MPa)
Pressure Switche (PCS-2000)

200 MPa–
● For installation, use a GC-2000 pressure gauge cone and a T1-2000(B) pressure gauge mounting bracket.
● The pressure can be set easily without a tool.
● Because a universal joint is used, users can select the desired display orientation.
■■PCS-2000 ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■PCS-2000
PCS-2000
■■Terminal names
Maximum Pressure Maximum Connection port Approx. weight
Model operating pressure setting range dead band Contact capacity
MPa MPa MPa size kg
PCS-2000 200 50 to 200 25 500V, 6A G1/2 universal joint 2.3
Pressure Gauges
Cylinders
● Can be mounted in a narrow place thanks to the universal joint.

● The ASBG100-250M-U and ASG100-250M-U are silicone-containing Model code structure
gauges that are resistant to surge pressure and a sudden pressure
fluctuation. AS 150 - 250M - U
● Calibration and traceability certificates cannot be issued for the AS-
BG100-250M-U because of its special internal structure. Maximum scale (MPa)
Pumps
If the certificates are required, choose the ASG100-250M-U or AS150- Nominal diameter (ϕ mm)
250M-U. Pressure gauge
● The AS150-250M-U can be mounted on the pressure gauge mounting AS : Standard type (certificates available) U : Universal joint
bracket without a GC-2000 cone, because the gauge uses a mounting ASBG : Silicone-containing type (certificates not available)
part with the cone. ASG : Silicone-containing type (certificates available)
●The ASG100-250M-U is a make-to-order product.

Valves
■■ASBG100-250M-U ■■Hydraulic ■■ASBG100-250M-U ■■Mounting

symbol
Accessories
300 MPa–
■■AS150-250M-U ■■ASG100-250M-U
Maximum Maximum Minimum Accuracy Approx.
Model operating pressure scale scale Thread size Certificates weight
MPa MPa MPa F.S. kg
ASBG100-250M-U 2 Equivalent to ±2.5 % Not available 0.8
G1/2
AS150-250M-U 200 250 5 Available 1.0
±1.6% universal joint
ASG100-250M-U 2 Available 0.8
*The accuracy of the ASBG100-250M-U is a reference value.
213
Ultrahigh-Pressure Hoses/Ultrahigh-Pressure Couplers (200 MPa)
Ultrahigh-Pressure Nylon Hoses (UH14/UH22 Series)
200 MPa–
● Ultrahigh-pressure hoses with a maximum operating pressure of 200 MPa.
● Two types of thread sizes, “M22 x 1.5” and “M14 x 1.5” are available.
* For precautions for and maintenance of ultrahigh-pressure hoses, see page 179. UH 14 - 1
● Do not hold an ultrahigh-pressure nylon hose while pressure is applied.
If the hose is broken while held by hand, the high-pressure hydraulic oil
could spurt and cause severe injury, for example, a pierced hand.
● Before work starts, check the following: damage to the hose, swelling of Overall length (m) Blank : With coupler on one side
the hose (sheath), exposure of the reinforced layer (external damage), UH14 : With ROC-2K-H
bent (deformation), leakage from the joints, etc. If any of the above prob- Thread size UH22 : With S-4H
lems is found, replace the hose with new one immediately because the 14 : M14 x 1.5 W : With couplers on both sides
use of a damaged hose is dangerous. Even if there are no abnormalities 22 : M22 x 1.5 UH14 : With ROC-2K-H*
in appearance, there may be scratches, pinholes, etc. inside the hose. UH22 : With S-4H*
Replace the hose regularly taking the operating conditions into account. Ultrahigh-pressure nylon hose NC : No couplers
*The hoses marked “*” are filled with the hydraulic oil before shipping unless
otherwise specified.
Maximum Operating Standard Expansion Minimum Approx.
Model operating pressure temperature range Hydraulic oil Material Thread size overall length Volume
3 volume bend radius weight
cm /m
MPa °C m cm3/m mm kg/m
UH14 -40 to 50 General M14 x 1.5 1/2/3 0.3
200 Plastic 19.6 3.2 120
UH22 (Note 1) hydraulic oil M22 x 1.5 6/10 (Note 2)
Note 1. The operating temperature range shown above can be applied to the hose alone.
Note 2. The approx. weight represents the weight of the hose alone. It does not include the joints at both ends and the protection.
■■UH14
Cylinders
■■UH14
■■UH22 ■■UH22
Pumps
Valves
*The dimension in parentheses is of when the overall length of the hose is 1 m.
Couplers (S-4/ROC-2K Series)

■■Specifications ■■Hydraulic
Maximum Operating fluid Approx. symbol Model code structure
Model operating pressure Operating fluid temperature range weight (coupled
S-4 R
Accessories
MPa °C kg couplers)
S-4R 0.4
S-4 0 to 60 Coupler R : Cylinder side coupler
S-4H General 0.2
200 S-4 H : Hose side coupler
ROC-2K-R hydraulic oil 0.1
ROC-2K -30 to 100 ROC-2K
ROC-2K-H 0.2
■■S-4 ■■Dimensions of couplings ■■S-4R ■■S-4H
300 MPa–
(S-4)
■■ROC-2K ■■Dimensions of couplings ■■ROC-2K-R ■■ROC-2K-H

(ROC-2K)
*When the ROC-2K couplers are attached, the special joint (NU-14) may be needed (see page 216).
● Pressure must not be applied to a ROC-2K-R coupler alone. Otherwise, the equipment may be damaged.
● It is dangerous to connect or disconnect the couplers while pressure is applied. Doing so may allow compressed oil to flow out, causing
injury.
● Securely and completely connect the couplers. Not doing so could cause pressure not to rise, the hydraulic oil not to flow, or other problems.
● If the pressure fluctuates often or vibration is transmitted to the couplers, regularly check the looseness of the cap nut.
● If a cylinder that works normally with S-4 couplers stops suddenly, the most likely cause is looseness (a gap) between the couplers.
Tighten the couplers again using a tool if a gap exists.
● A duster cap is included with a coupler. Attach the cap to the coupler after use to prevent dust.
214
Branches (200 MPa)
Branches for One Circuit

200 MPa–

Model Maximum operating pressure Hydraulic oil

MPa
No. of
outlets Accessory Approx. weight
kg B 2 - 2000
B2-2000 2 Hexagon socket 3.3
head bolt:
B3-2000 3 4.5 200 MPa series
General M6 x 60 (4 pcs)
B4-2000 200 4 Base (2 pcs) 6.0 No. of outlets
hydraulic oil
B5-2000 5 11.0
— Branches for one circuit
B6-2000 6 12.0
*The B4-2000, B5-2000, and B6-2000 are make-to-order products.
■■B2-2000 ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■B2-2000
B2-2000
B3-2000
Cylinders
Branches with Shutoff Valve for One Circuit Make-to-order product

Model Maximum operating pressure
MPa Hydraulic oil No. of outlets Approx. weight
kg
BV 2 - 2000
Pumps
BV2-2000 2 13
BV3-2000 3 18 200 MPa series
General
BV4-2000 200 4 24 No. of outlets
hydraulic oil
BV5-2000 5 33
BV6-2000 6 38 Branches with shutoff valve for one circuit
Valves
■■BV2-2000 ■■Hydraulic symbol ■■BV2-2000
BV2-2000
Accessories
BV3-2000
300 MPa–
Branches with Shutoff Valve for Two Circuits Make-to-order product

● Used to branch two hydraulic circuits.
■■Hydraulic symbol BW2-2000 ■■BW2-2000
BW 2 - 2000
200 MPa series
No. of inlets
Branches with shutoff valve for two circuits
Maximum Approx.
Model operating pressure Hydraulic oil Accessory weight
MPa kg
Mounting bolts:
General
BW2-2000 200 M6 x 85 (4 pcs) 14
hydraulic oil
Base (2 pcs)
215
Joints (200 MPa)
Piping Parts (Pressure Gauge Mounting Bracket/Joints) Maximum operating pressure: 200 MPa
200 MPa–
■■T1-2000(B) Pressure gauge mounting bracket ■■EN-2000 equal nipple ■■NU-14 x 22 reducing nipple
■■FMSU-G1/2 x M34 conversion bushing ■■EA-2000 sleeve ■■NU-14 nipple
■■U-2000 socket ■■EB-2000 bushing ■■FMSU-22 x 14 male-and-female socket
Cylinders
■■L-2000 elbow ■■ED-2000 plug ■■FMSU-14 x 22 male-and-female socket
Pumps
Valves
■■T-2000 tee ■■Steel pipe with ends processed ■■SU-14 socket
Accessories
Approx. weight: 0.6 kg Approx. weight: 2.4 kg/3 m Approx. weight: 0.06 kg
■■X-2000 cross ■■Steel pipe ■■PU-14 plug

300 MPa–
Approx. weight: 1.0 kg Approx. weight: 2.4 kg/3 m Approx. weight: 0.05 kg
● Any old models of pressure gauges with a fixed joint cannot be mounted on the T1-2000(B) pressure gauge mounting bracket. Instead, use the pressure
gauge with a universal joint (see page 213).
Details of Piping Threads

■■M22 female thread machine drawing ■ϕ■ 12 pipe thread machine ■■Coupling drawing (M22 thread) ■■M14 female thread machine drawing
drawing
216
300 MPa–
Ultrahigh-Pressure Manual Pumps (UP-31/UP-41 Series)

200 MPa–
● Can boost the pressure up to 300/400 MPa (ultrahigh-pressure).

● Equipped with a safety valve like the reliable 70 MPa and 200 MPa series.
● Calibration and traceability certificates cannot be issued for the ASBG100-400M-U (mounted on the UP-31) because of its special
internal structure.
■■UP-31B
UP - 31 B
Pressure gauge
Blank : With pressure gauge (ASBG100-400M-U)
*UP-31 only
Series No. B : Without pressure gauge
31 : For 300 MPa
41 : For 400 MPa
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume Tank oil Effective oil Lever load Approx.
Model Outlet port volume volume weight
oil
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure cm3 cm3 N kg
UP-31 19.3
300 1.0 564
UP-31B 3 14.4 M16 x 1.5 ISO VG32 2100 1800
Cylinders
18.6
UP-41B 400 0.8 576
■■UP-31 ■■UP-31B/UP-41B
Pumps
Valves
Accessories
■■UP-31 hydraulic circuit diagram ■■UP-31B/UP-41B hydraulic circuit diagram

300 MPa–
*The pressure in parentheses is the preset pressure for the UP-41B.
300 MPa/400 MPa Pressure Gauges

● Can be mounted in a narrow place thanks to the universal joint.
● The ASBG100-400M-U is a silicone-containing gauge that is resistant to surge pressure and a sudden pressure fluctuation.
● Calibration and traceability certificates cannot be issued for the ASBG100-400M-U because of its special internal structure.
If the certificates are required, choose the AS150-400M-U or AS150-500M-U.
● The AS150-400M-U and AS150-500M-U are make-to-order products.
Maximum Maximum Accuracy Compatible Approx.
Model operating pressure scale Thread size Certificates weight
MPa MPa F.S. pump kg
ASBG100-400M-U 5 Equivalent to ±4.0 % Not available 0.8
300 G1/2 UP-31
AS150-400M-U 10 Available 1.1
±1.6 % universal joint
AS150-500M-U 400 10 Available UP-41 1.1
*The accuracy of the ASBG100-400M-U is a reference value.
217
70 MPa, 200 kN SingleActing Water Cylinder
Model code structure Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa
WS 2 50 X Cylinder internal diameter ! 60.5
Attached coupler Effective area 28.74 cm2
Stroke X : WOC13R
Cylinder system Singleacting
Maximum output (mm) Y : WS1R
2 : 200 kN Return system Springreturn
Singleacting water cylinder
" WS250X " WS250X
Water Equipment
Various Types of
" !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Maximum Effective Required amount Coupler protrusion length S Approx.
Stroke mm
Model operating pressure area #$%&'()*+,-(*% of water weight
mm
MPa cm2 cm3 WOC13R WS1R kg
WS250 70 28.74 50 Tap water 144 .,/0 .,/1 4.7

23'45&,+$)*6%5&7,8*49,7:5+*;+'4*<67,<495&,49'6,495,'=<>5,+'6,=5,?'6(@'+4(&5%,A?'B5C4<C<&%5&,:&<%(+47DE,F)5'75,+<64'+4,(7,@<&,%54'*)7E
70 MPa Manual Water Pump (WP1B)
G,H'6,=<<74,495,:&577(&5,(:,4<,IJ,KF',(7*6L,4':,8'45&,'7,495,9$%&'()*+,-(*%E,
G,M95,+<64'+4,'&5',8*49,8'45&,*7,?'%5,<@,74'*6)577,7455),<&,7:5+*'),7455),8*49,7:5+*'),&(74:&<<@,4&5'4?564E,
G,H'6,=5,(75%,*6,',:)'+5,895&5,*7,6<4,7(*4'=)5,@<&,(7*6L,<*)E,
G,NO(*::5%,8*49,',7'@54$,>')>5,)*B5,495,&5)*'=)5,IJ,KF',75&*57E,
G,P(5,4<,495,48<C74'L5,7:55%,+<64&<)Q,495,:&577(&5,'(4<?'4*+'))$,78*4+957,=548556,9*L9,'6%,)<8,7:55%,?<%57,@<&,=5445&,8<&B,5@;+*56+$E,
" WP1B
WP 1 B
B : For singleacting cylinder
Series No.
Manual water pump
" !"#$%&$'(%)*+
Maximum operating pressure P*7+9'&L5,><)(?5, Outlet Effective Lever load Approx.
MPa cm3/stroke Hydraulic Tank water
Model port volume water volume N weight
-(*% 3
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure Rc cm cm3 (At 70 MPa) kg
WP1B 70 2 2.3 13.0 3/8 Tap water 700 600 534 6.2
" Hydraulic circuit diagram " WP1B
218
70 MPa Electric Water Pumps (WSMP Series) Make-to-order product

● Can boost the pressure up to 70 MPa using tap water as the hydraulic fluid.
● Can be used in a place where is not suitable for using oil.
■■WSMP-3012B
WSMP - 30 1 2 B
Attached valve
Series No. Motor voltage B : Single-acting cylinder
1 : 100 V Tank capacity
Electric water pump 2 : 200 V 2 : 2.0 L
4 : 4.5 L
6 : 6.5 L
Type E closed-type magnet motor (50/60Hz) Pump Water tank
Voltage Rated Maximum operating Discharge volume Approx.
Rated Tank Effective
Model V operating Current pressure MPa L/min Hydraulic water water weight
output A
(single- time High Low At high At low fluid volume volume kg
kW *1 L L
phase) min pressure pressure pressure pressure
WSMP-3012B 2.0 1.6 16
WSMP-3014B 100 8 4.5 4.0 19
Water Equipment
WSMP-3016B Tap 6.5 6.0 22

Various Types of
0.25 5 70 0.5 0.15 2.0

WSMP-3022B water 2.0 1.6 16
WSMP-3024B 200 4 4.5 4.0 19
WSMP-3026B 6.5 6.0 22
*1. Each current shown above is the average of the load currents at 70 MPa.
■■WSMP-3012B ■■Hydraulic circuit diagram
70 MPa Water Pressure Gauges

● Uses tap water as the hydraulic fluid.
● Because a universal joint is used, users can select the desired display orientation. Model code structure
● Use the gauge within 70 % of the maximum scale.
■■Specifications WAS 75 - 100M
Maximum Maximum Minimum Approx.
Mounting Accuracy
Model operating pressure scale scale weight
thread F.S.
MPa MPa MPa kg Maximum scale (MPa)
WAS75-100M 0.4 Nominal diameter (ϕ mm)
70 100 2 G1/2 ±1.6 % Water pressure gauge
WAS100-100M 0.7
■■WAS100-100M ■■Hydraulic ■■WAS75-100M ■■WAS100-100M
symbol
* The inspection report, calibration certificate, and traceability system diagram are not included. If necessary, please let us know your request when ordering.
If you need them for your existing pressure gauge, please send the gauge to us.
219
70 MPa High-Pressure Nylon Hoses

● Can be used at working pressures up to 70 MPa with tap water as the
hydraulic fluid. Model code structure
● The joints are made of stainless steel.
● The standard overall length is 2 m. Hoses having an overall length other
than 2 m can be manufactured. (Make-to-order products) WNH 3/8 - 2 X
*For precautions for and maintenance of water high-pressure nylon hoses, see page
179.
*Water high-pressure nylon hoses with couplers at both ends are not filled with hy- Attached coupler
draulic fluid. Use the hose after air vent. X : With WOC-13H on one side
● Do not hold a water high-pressure nylon hose while pressure is applied. XW : With WOC-13H on both sides
If the hose is broken while held by hand, the high-pressure water could
Y : With WS-1H on one side
spurt and cause severe injury, for example, a pierced hand.
● Before work starts, check the following: damage to the hose, swelling of YW : With WS-1H on both sides
the hose (sheath), exposure of the reinforced layer (external damage), bent NC : No couplers
(deformation), leakage from the joints, etc. If any of the above problems is
found, replace the hose with new one immediately because the use of a Overall length (m)
damaged hose is dangerous. Even if there are no abnormalities in appear- Thread size
ance, there may be scratches, pinholes, etc. inside the hose. Replace the
hose regularly taking the operating conditions into account. Water high-pressure nylon hose
■■WNH3/8-2NC ■■WNH3/8
Water Equipment
Various Types of
Maximum Operating Hydraulic Thread Standard Expansion Minimum Approx.
Model operating pressure temperature range Material size overall length Volume volume bend radius weight
fluid cm3/m
MPa °C R m cm3/m mm kg/m
0 to 50 Tap 0.21
WNH3/8 70 Nylon 3/8 2 31.2 4.8 55
(Note 1) water (Note 2)
Note 1. The operating temperature range shown above can be applied to the hose alone.
Note 2. The approx. weight represents the weight of the hose alone. It does not include the joints at both ends and the protection covers.
70 MPa Water Couplers

● Can be used at working pressures up to 70 MPa with tap water as the hy-
draulic fluid. Model code structure
● Equipped with a lock mechanism to prevent detachment. (WOC only)
● Pressure must not be applied to a WS-1 series coupler alone. Otherwise,

WOC - 13 R
the equipment may be damaged.
● It is dangerous to connect or disconnect the couplers while pressure is
applied. Doing so may allow compressed water to flow out, causing injury.
R : Cylinder side coupler
H : Hose side coupler
● Securely and completely connect the couplers. Not doing so could cause
pressure not to rise, the hydraulic fluid not to flow, or other problems. Thread size
● If the pressure fluctuates often or vibration is transmitted to the couplers, 13 : 3/8 (WOC)
regularly check the looseness of the cap nut. 1 : 3/8 (WS)
● If a cylinder that works normally with WS-1 series couplers stops suddenly,
the most likely cause is looseness (a gap) between the couplers. Water coupler
Tighten the couplers again using a tool if a gap exists. WOC : One-touch coupler
● A duster cap is included with a coupler. Attach the cap to the coupler after
use to prevent dust. WS : Standard coupler
Maximum operating Operating fluid Approx. Accessory ■■Hydraulic symbol
Model pressure Hydraulic fluid temperature range weight (coupled couplers)
(duster cap)
MPa °C kg
WOC-13R 0.1 WOC-13R-DC
WOC-13H 0.15 WOC-13H-DC
70 Tap water 0 to 50
WS-1R 0.13 S-1R-DC
WS-1H 0.12 S-1H-DC
■■WOC-13R ■■WOC-13H ■■WOC-13 External drawing of couplings
■■WS-1R ■■WS-1H ■■WS-1 External drawing of couplings
220
70 MPa Water Pressure Gauge Mounting Bracket

● Used when a pressure gauge is mounted on a WP-1B manual water pump.

● The WS-111 pressure gauge packing is included.
■■WT-5 ■■WT-5 ■■WS-111
Maximum operating pressure Approx. weight Accessory
Model Hydraulic fluid
MPa kg Pressure gauge packing
WT-5 70 Tap water 0.6 WS-111
200 MPa Manual Water Pump (WUP-21M-B)

● Can boost the pressure up to 200 MPa using tap water as the hydraulic fluid.
● A pressure gauge mounting bracket is included.
● A pressure vessel (200 MPa) can be manufactured (make-to-order
product). Specify the internal diameter and the depth of the vessel. Model code structure
● For pipes and joints, please contact us.
WUP - 21M-B
Water Equipment
Various Types of
● Never use this pump with 70 MPa water equipment. Series No.
Ultrahigh-water-pressure manual pump
Maximum operating pressure Discharge volume Tank Effective Approx.
MPa cm3/stroke Hydraulic water water Lever load
Model Outlet port volume volume weight
fluid N
High pressure Low pressure At high pressure At low pressure cm3 cm3 kg
WUP-21M-B 200 2 0.8 13.0 M16 x 1.5 Tap water 700 600 534 8
■■Hydraulic circuit diagram WUP-21M-B ■■WUP-21M-B
200 MPa Water Pressure Gauge

● Uses tap water as the hydraulic fluid. ■■WAS100-250M
● Because a universal joint is used, users can select the desired display orientation.
●The inspection report and traceability system diagram are not included.
If necessary, please let us know your request when ordering. If you need them for your existing
pressure gauge, please send the gauge to us.
Maximum Maximum Minimum Approx.
Mounting Accuracy
Model operating pressure scale scale weight
thread F.S.
MPa MPa MPa kg
WAS100-250M 200 250 5 G1/2 ±1.6 0.7
WAS 100 - 250M

Maximum scale (MPa)
Nominal diameter (ϕ mm)
Water pressure gauge
221
Data
Details of Special Threads
Data/Application Examples
■■NS threads (Male) Unit (mm) ■■NS threads (Female thread) 　　 Unit (mm)
For 40 kN For 100 kN For 200 kN For 40 kN For 100 kN For 200 kN
Male Angle Female Angle
1 1/2-16NS 2 1/4-14NS 3 5/16-12NS 1 1/2-16NS 2 1/4-14NS 3 5/16-12NS
External External
38.1 57.15 84.14 38.1 57.15 84.14
diameter diameter
Pitch Pitch
37.06 55.97 82.76 37.06 55.97 82.76
diameter diameter
60° 60°
Minor Minor
36.15 54.92 81.54 36.38 55.18 81.85
diameter diameter
Crest 0.98 1.11 1.30 Root 0.86 0.98 1.15
■■NPT threads
● NPT threads receive the load not only on the threaded portion but also on the threaded end surface.
Data
Application Examples
Unit (mm) Unit (mm)
A B ϕC ϕD E F ϕG H P H = 0.87P h = 0.8P
For 40 kN 3/4-14NPT 21 4 26 23.50 29 5 26.65 14

1.81 1.57 1.45
threads
For 100 kN 1 1/4-11.5NPT 25 5 41 39.02 37 5 42.09 1°47’
11.5
2.21 1.92 1.77
For 200 kN 2-11.5NPT 27 6 60 57.80 43 5 60.50 threads
Tightening Torques of Tapered and Parallel Pipe Threads

● All tapered pipe threads and parallel pipe threads are shown with the JIS designation in this catalogue.
Tightening torque
Old designation JIS designation
N•m
PT1/4 (Male) R1/4
59 to 71
PT1/4 (Female) Rc1/4
PT3/8 (Male) R3/8
79 to 98
PT1/2 (Male) R1/2
118 to 142
PT3/4 (Male) R3/4
196 to 235
PT1 (Male) R1
294 to 353
PT1 (Female) Rc1
PF1/2 G1/2 39 to 59
— M14 x 1.5 60 to 80
— M22 x 1.5 100 to 120
222
Data
Solenoid Specifications
Switching response time

Power voltage V sec Max. switching
Type of Frequency Rated current
Coil cycle
solenoid valve Working Hz A
Rated voltage voltage ON OFF cycle/min
range
100 VAC 95 to 110 0.23 ± 10 %

AC-DC
50/60
KD-2S/3S models conversion
200 VAC 190 to 220 0.12 ± 10 % 0.1 0.2 20
KD-2C/3C models
Direct current 24 VDC 22.8 to 26.4 — 0.80 ± 10 %
100 VAC 95 to 110 0.43 ± 10 %

AC-DC
50/60
MSL-4 models conversion
200 VAC 190 to 220 0.21 ± 10 % 0.1 0.2 20
MSW-4 models
100 VAC 95 to 110 0.37 ± 10 %

AC-DC
50/60
ESL-4 models conversion
200 VAC 190 to 220 0.19 ± 10 % 0.1 0.2 20
Data
ESW-4 models

100 VAC 95 to 110 0.43 ± 10 %

AC-DC
50/60
SOL-R-4 models conversion
200 VAC 190 to 220 0.21 ± 10 % 0.1 0.2 20
SOW-R-4 models
100 VAC 95 to 110 0.30 ± 10 %

AC-DC
50/60
200 VAC 190 to 220 0.15 ± 10 % 0.5 0.4 20
SOW-R-46 models
100 VAC 95 to 110 0.30 ± 10 %

AC-DC
50/60
200 VAC 190 to 220 0.15 ± 10 % 0.5 0.4 20
SOW-R-48 models
100 VAC 95 to 110 0.40 ± 10 %

AC-DC
50/60
GSL-24 models conversion
200 VAC 190 to 220 0.20 ± 10 % 0.2 0.2 20
GSL-24C models
100 VAC 95 to 110 0.40 ± 10 %

AC-DC
50/60
SL-2K-2 models conversion
200 VAC 190 to 220 0.20 ± 10 % 0.2 0.2 20
SL-2K-2C models
*The working voltage range must be between 95 and 110 % of the rated voltage.
*The switching response times are when the temperature of the hydraulic oil ISO VG32 is between 20 and 40 °C.
*There is a little delay under conditions other than the above.
223
Data
Hydraulic oil
● Hydraulic oil is a fluid used in the hydraulic equipment as a power transfer medium. It also works for lubrication, rustproof, and cooling.
In order to take full advantage of the hydraulic equipment functions, it is important to select an appropriate hydraulic oil and to handle
it properly. In addition, if the relief valve is operated continuously, or if the hydraulic oil temperature exceeds 60 °C due to the frequent
use of the pump, it is necessary to keep an appropriate temperature using an oil cooler.
Viscosity grade
Manufacturer
ISO VG 32 ISO VG 46
Showa Shell Sekiyu K.K. Shell Tellus S2 M32 Shell Tellus S2 M46
JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation Super Hyrando 32 Super Hyrando 46
Cosmo Oil Lubricants Co., Ltd. Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo Hydro AW46
Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Daphne Super Hydro A 32 Daphne Super Hydro A 46
Exxon Mobil Corporation Mobil DTE 20 series 24 Mobil DTE 20 series 25
Data
*For product names and oil characteristics, contact manufacturers. As of January 31, 2016
Types of Hydraulic Oil and Compatible Packing Materials
● In some cases, it is necessary to use a flame-retardant hydraulic oil instead of a general hydraulic oil depending on the ambient condi-
tions. If a flame-retardant hydraulic oil is used, the packing material must be changed according to the type of hydraulic oil.
Type of hydraulic oil Compatible packing material

Nitrile rubber (NBR)
(mineral-based hydraulic oil)
Phosphate ester hydraulic oil

Fluoro rubber (FKM)
(flame-retardant hydraulic oil)
Fatty acid ester hydraulic oil

Nitrile rubber (NBR)
(flame-retardant hydraulic oil)
Vegetable oil (brake oil) Check the type of oil to be used.
* If an hydraulic oil is used instead of a general hydraulic oil, parts may need to be changed as well as the packing material. Please contact us before use.
Compatibility with Water-Glycol Hydraulic Fluid

● The compatibility of water-glycol hydraulic fluid with packing materials, metals, surface treatment, coatings is shown in the table below.
Compatible Incompatible
Packing material Nitrile rubber, fluoro rubber Polyurethane rubber, silicone rubber
Metal Steel, tin, nickel, copper, etc. Zinc, aluminum, magnesium
Surface treatment Nickel plate Galvanizing
General paint coating

Coating Epoxy-based coating
(RIKEN standard coating)
* If a RIKEN product is used with water-glycol fluid, modification may be needed depending on the model.
Please contact us for further information.
224
Data
Table of Standard Bending Loads (Unit: kN)

Work piece: SS400 (tensile strength: 400 N/mm2)
Plate thickness t (mm)

B R
0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.6 3.2 4.0 4.5 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0
6 1 49 78 108
8 1.5 39 59 88 127 167

Soft brass 50 %
10 1.6 29 49 69 98 137 177 Soft aluminum 50 %
13 2 39 59 78 108 137 196 275 Aluminum alloy 100 %
16 2.5 49 59 88 108 177 226 284 Stainless steel 170 %
Chromium molybdenum steel 200 %
20 3.2 39 49 69 88 137 177 226 343
25 4 39 59 69 108 147 186 275 422 539
30 5 49 59 88 118 157 226 353 451 794
35 6 49 78 108 127 196 304 382 686
40 7 69 88 118 177 265 333 598 814
45 7.5 Bending load: kN/m 78 108 157 235 304 530 726 941
50 8 =B≈8t 69 98 137 216 275 480 647 843

Data
55 9 (Standard width of the lower die) 88 127 196 245 431 588 775 971
60 10 118 177 226 402 539 706 892 1079
65 10.5 167 206 373 500 647 824 981 1471

70 11 157 196 343 461 608 765 941 1373 1853
75 12 186 324 431 569 716 883 1275 1726
80 13 167 304 412 530 667 824 1177 1618 2118

Example: The load required to bend an steel plate 3.2 mm
85 14 thick and 3 m long can be obtained as follows. 284 382 500 628 775 1118 1520 1991
The standard width B is approx. 8t ≈ 25. The
90 15 table indicates the corresponding necessary 363 471 598 735 1059 1442 1883
95 16 load per meter as 275 kN. Accordingly, the total 451 569 696 1000 1363 1785
necessary load is 825 kN (275 kN × 3 m).
100 17 In this case, the internal diameter R of the bent 539 667 951 1294 1687
sheet is 4 mm or larger.
110 18 598 863 1177 1540
120 20 794 1079 1412
Simplified Chart of Bending Loads Corresponding to Thickness and Lengths
<Description>
When the t-axis (mm) and the L-axis (m) Bending equation
represent plate thicknesses and lengths
respectively, if two points on the t-axis
and the L-axis are connected with a line,
the point of the intersection on the central
axis represents the load kN.
The chart shows that the width of the
standard bending die is eight times the
plate thickness, and that a mild steel of
370 to 410 N/mm2 is bent to 90°.
E.g.: When the plate is 1.2 mm thick and

2 m long
F = Load (kN)
T = Sheet length (mm)
L = Bending length (mm)
Fs = Tensile strength (N/mm2)
B = Lower die width (mm)
R = Tip of upper die(mm)
225
Data
Cylinder Speed Table (mm/min) (calculated values)
Cylind
er outp 40 kN 50 kN 100 kN 200 kN 300 kN 350 kN 500 kN 700 kN 1000 kN 2000 kN 3000 kN 5000 kN
Effe ut
ctiv
ea
rea
Pump Discharge (cm 2 6.42 7.16 14.52 28.74 33.18 44.18 50.26 71.63 102.69 146.55 285.26 433.73 730.04
)
series volume (L/min)
At low
2.0 3115 2793 1377 695 602 452 397 279
pressure
SMP-30
At High
0.2 311 279 137 69 60 45 39 27
pressure
At low
3.0 4672 4189 2066 1043 904 679 596 418
pressure
SMP-40
At High
0.4 623 558 275 139 120 90 79 55
pressure
At low
4.0 6230 5586 2754 1391 1205 905 795 558 389 272
pressure
EMP-5
At High
0.4 623 558 275 139 120 90 79 55 38 27
pressure
At High
MP-4 0.4 623 558 275 139 120 90 79 55 38 27
pressure
At High
EMP-6 0.58 903 810 399 201 174 131 115 80 56 39
pressure
At low
6.5 10124 9078 4476 2261 1959 1471 1293 907 632 443 227
pressure
MP-10
At High
0.9 1401 1256 619 313 271 203 179 125 87 61 31
pressure
Data
At low
8.5 13239 11871 5853 2957 2561 1923 1691 1186 827 580 297 195 116
pressure
MP-12
At High
1.5 2336 2094 1033 521 452 339 298 209 146 102 52 34 20
pressure
At low
20.0 6958 6027 4526 3979 2792 1947 1364 701 461 273
pressure
MP-15
At High
2.5 869 753 565 497 349 243 170 87 57 34
pressure
At low
40.0 13917 12055 9053 7958 5584 3895 2729 1402 922 547
pressure
MP-17
At High
5.0 1739 1506 1131 994 698 486 341 175 115 68
pressure
At low
70.0 9772 6816 4776 2453 1613 958
pressure
MP-20
At High
10.0 1396 973 682 350 230 136
pressure
At low
140.0 19544 13633 9553 4907 3227 1917
pressure
MP-40
At High
20.0 2792 1947 1364 701 461 273
pressure
At low
190.0 12964 6660 4380 2602
pressure
MP-75
At High
42.0 2865 1472 968 575
pressure
* The above table shows speeds at 50 Hz. The speed increases by 20 % at 60 Hz (except the SMP series).
■■Formula for the above table ■■Cylinder speed formula ■■Time required for a stroke L (mm)
(stroke length per second)
T = Time sec
V = Cylinder speed mm/min V = Cylinder speed mm/sec Q = Pump discharge volume L/min
Q = Pump discharge volume L/min Q = Pump discharge volume L/min A = Cylinder effective area cm2
A = Cylinder effective area cm2 A = Cylinder effective area cm2 L = Stroke mm
226
Data
List of Cylinder Packing Sets

Model Compatible cylinder
PSS-4 40 kN unified threaded single-acting cylinder packing set S04/R04 series
PMS-5 50 kN metric threaded single-acting cylinder packing set MS05/MC05 series
PSP-5 50 kN single-acting pull cylinder packing set MSP05/SP05 series
PMS-10 100 kN single-acting cylinder packing set MS1/S1/MC1/SJ1/RJ1/SN1/R1/MR1 series
PSP-10 100 kN single-acting pull cylinder packing set SP1 series
PMS-20 200 kN metric threaded single-acting cylinder packing set MS2/MC2 series
Single-acting cylinder
PSS-20 200 kN unified threaded single-acting cylinder packing set S2/R2/SJ2/SN2 series
PMS-30 300 kN single-acting cylinder packing set S3/R3 series
PMS-40 400 kN single-acting cylinder packing set S4 series
PMS-50 500 kN single-acting cylinder packing set S5/R5/SJ5/SN5 series
PMS-70 700 kN single-acting cylinder packing set S7 series
PMS-100 1000 kN single-acting cylinder packing set R10/SN10 series
PSR-225 Special packing set for the SR-225
PSC-12 Special packing set for the SC1.2-40

Data
PSC-20 Special packing set for the SC2-40
PSC-36 Special packing set for the SC3.6 SC3.6 series
PSD-4 40 kN unified threaded double-acting cylinder packing set D04 series

PMD-5 50 kN metric threaded double-acting cylinder packing set MD05 series
PMD-10 100 kN double-acting cylinder packing set MD1/D1 series
PMD-20 200 kN metric threaded double-acting cylinder packing set MD2 series
Double-acting cylinder
PSD-20 200 kN unified threaded double-acting cylinder packing set D2 series
PSD-20B Special packing set for the D2-55
PMD-35 350 kN double-acting cylinder packing set D3.5 series
PMD-50 500 kN double-acting cylinder packing set D5 series

* Please contact us for internal drawings of models.
* Other packing sets are also available for those not listed above. (Make-to-order products)
* The above packing sets may not be compatible with double-acting cylinders manufactured before year 2000. If so, please inform us of the production No.
■■Single-acting cylinder packing set ■■Double-acting cylinder packing set
227
Application Examples (Press and Correction)
Press and Correction
Correction of weld distortion Copper tube sealing
[A pole jack is used.] [40 kN pinch-off press]
300 kN
Data
pipe punching and forming press
200 MPa
30 MN press
[A special model of
the MP-2000 is used.]
228
Press and Correction

50 MN press
[Four MP-75 pumps and
ten 5000 kN cylinders are used.]
25 MN press
Data
[An MP-40 pump and five 5000 kN cylinders are used.]

5000 kN press
[Two MP-20H pumps and a 5000 kN cylinder are used.]
229
Application Examples (General Industrial Machinery)
General Industrial Machinery
Roll chock/ Radial pump
coupling puller [An RP2.5 pump is used.]
(patented)
[An MP-5 pump and a 500 kN puller are used.]
Data
Aluminum sleeve compression Reinforcing steel bending machine
molding machine [An SMP pump and 50 kN cylinders are used.]
[An MP-10 pump and a 500 kN cylinder are used.]
230

Hydraulic tester (horizontal type)

[A 2000 kN cylinder is used.]
Rock crusher
Data

Positioning equipment for

large structure processing machinery
[An SMP pump and a cylinder with a cross slide are used.]
231
Press marking machine
[An SMP pump and two 40 kN cylinders are used.]
Data
Rolling mill with three rollers
[An MP-10 pump and two 3000 kN cylinders are used.]
232

Ropeway (cable car)

Data
Used for releasing the disk brake of a ropeway

[Two 100 kN cylinders are used.]
Used for attaching/detaching bearings.

[A P-1B pump and a 50 kN cylinder are used.]
Used for
leading in ropeway cables.
[An P-7 pump and two 350 kN cylinders are used.]
233
Application Examples (Vehicle Transportation)
Vehicle Transportation
A battery bump is used for opening/
closing the engine cover of an aircraft
Data
Used for aircraft lifts.
[A P-16B/P-14T pump and a 100/200 kN cylinder are used.]
234
Application Examples (Vehicle Transportation)
Vehicle Transportation
Wire lead-in equipment for

derailment restoration work
[An EPH-10 pump and special climbing ram cylinders are used.]
Pinion gear puller for

Data
railway vehicle drive units

[An MP-10 pump is used.]
Emergency hydraulic lifting equipment Hydraulic equipment for derailment restoration

for side walls for linear motor cars. work (horizontal feed interlocking system)
[P-8 pumps and 200 kN cylinders are used.] [An RKB-20-140 and two 200 kN cylinders are used.]
235
Application Examples (Construction)
Construction
Immersed tube method
Positioning for the final immersion
Data
Primary outfitting
at a dry dock
236
Application Examples (Construction)
Construction
Used for restoration and conservation of

Yokohama Red Brick Warehouse.
[MP-12H and SMP-3 pumps and eight 1000 kN cylinders are used.]
Feeder for temporary girder construction

Data
[An MP-15H pump and 2500 kN cylinders are used.]

PC steel wire tensioner

[An SMP pump and a special center hole cylinder are used.]
237
Application Examples (Shipbuilding)
Shipbuilding
Folding equipment for ship masts
[An MP-4 pump and a special cylinder are used.]
Data
Fuel booster for vessel engines
238
Application Examples (Test Equipment )
Test Equipment
20 MN loading test equipment

[An MP-40ALS pump is used.]
Loading test equipment for

H-shape steel
[Two MP-6ALS pumps and
two 2000 kN cylinders are used.]
Data
PC girder destruction equipment

239
Test Equipment
Pressure vessels for
200 MPa
Data
Pin puller tester
240
Application Examples (Test Equipment )
Test Equipment
Load test equipment

Segment test equipment

[An MP-15 pump, a 5000 kN cylinder, and
two 2000 kN cylinders are used.]
Data
Hydraulic booster
for fuel injection
test equipment
Measurement of the distortion of a

vehicle frame by changing the pump
pressure gradually using a high/
low-pressure proportional relief valve
241
Application Examples (Exported Applications)
Exported Applications
15 MN base isolation pad test equipment
[An MP-20 pump and three 5000 kN cylinders are used.]
Data
Transformer coil molding press
[Two MP-10 pumps, and 200 kN and
100 kN cylinders are used.]
Jack for
a 150 m twin conveyor
[Three MP-10 pumps and
thirty-eight 100 kN cylinders are used.]
242
Index
Number CD-20-10 /-10M /-20 /-20M Equipment for special use 188 EMP-6SL Hydraulic pumps 75, 81
Product Category Page CD-20PA Equipment for special use 189 EMP-6SW Hydraulic pumps 75, 81
Index
1681-RS Equipment for special use 197 CD-50 Equipment for special use 188 EMP-6SW-PA Hydraulic pumps 75, 81
4FS / 4FD Hydraulic cylinders 49 CD-50PA Equipment for special use 189 EMP-6TK Hydraulic pumps 76, 81
5FM / 10FM / 20FM Hydraulic cylinders 49 CDM-10 Equipment for special use 190 EN-2000 200 MPa series 216
10F to 500F Hydraulic cylinders 49 CDM-10M Equipment for special use 190 EPH-10C Hydraulic pumps 94
100FB / 200FB Hydraulic cylinders 49 CDM-10PA Equipment for special use 191 EPS-1/EPS-2 Hydraulic valves 116, 138
A CDM-20 Equipment for special use 190 ERV-P /-A /-B Hydraulic valves 136
Product Category Page CDM-20M Equipment for special use 190 ESL-4S /-4H /-4P Hydraulic valves 116, 136
Hydraulic pumps
ADC-*-*K-* Hydraulic pumps 102 CDM-20PA Equipment for special use 191 Esperpack 200 MPa series 98, 209
AMP-2000 200 MPa series 209 CDM-4 Equipment for special use 190 ESW-4H/ -4P /-4C Hydraulic valves 116, 136
AN-305 /-355 Hydraulic pumps 102 CDM-5M Equipment for special use 190 ET-9 /-1/4 /-3/8 Accessories 181
ANH3/8-*NC Accessories 176 CDM-5PA Equipment for special use 191 ETK-1 Hydraulic pumps 76, 78
AS100-*kN Accessories 162 CH-13 /-14 Hydraulic valves 106 EU-6 /-9 /-1/4 /-3/8 Accessories 181
Hydraulic cylinders
AS100-120kN Accessories 37, 162 CH-23 /-24 /-28 Hydraulic valves 108 EUW-1/2 /-3/4 /-1 Accessories 182
AS100-200kNI Accessories 162 CH-43 /-44 /-48 Hydraulic valves 108 F
AS100-200kNM Accessories 162 CH-2000-1B 200 MPa series 211 Product Category Page
Hydraulic cylinders
AS100-200kNSC Accessories 37, 162 CH-2000-13B 200 MPa series 211 F2-* Equipment for special use 193
Hydraulic cylinders
AS100-360kN Accessories 37, 162 CH-2000-43 200 MPa series 212 F3-* Equipment for special use 193
AS100-*M Accessories 161 CLC-4 to 50 Hydraulic cylinders 52 FCV-13 Hydraulic valves 107
AS125-100M Accessories 161 CLF-4-A /-10-A /-20-A Hydraulic cylinders 51 FCV-35B Hydraulic valves 107
AS150-100M Accessories 161 CLF-4-B /-10-B /-20-B Hydraulic cylinders 52 FEP-6 to 1-1/4 Accessories 180
AS150-250M-U 200 MPa series 213 CLF-5 to 50-1 Hydraulic cylinders 51 FHP-5 / FHP-5P Hydraulic pumps 65
AS150-400M-U 300 MPa series 217 CLF-5 to 50-2 Hydraulic cylinders 52 FL-3/8 /-1/2 Accessories 186
AS150-500M-U 400 MPa series 217 CLM-4-A /-10-A /-20-A Hydraulic cylinders 51 FML-* x * Accessories 185
AS75-100M Accessories 161 CLM-4-B /-10-B /-20-B Hydraulic cylinders 52 FMS-* x * Accessories 185
ASBG100-250M-U 200 MPa series 213 CLM-5 to 50-1 Hydraulic cylinders 51 FMSH-* x * 100 MPa series 203
ASBG100-400M-U 300 MPa series 217 CLM-5 to 50-2 Hydraulic cylinders 52 FMSU-14 x 22 200 MPa series 216
ASG100-100M Accessories 161 CLP-4 to 50 Hydraulic cylinders 52 FMSU-22 x 14 200 MPa series 216
ASG100-250M-U 200 MPa series 213 CLW-4 to 50 Hydraulic cylinders 52 FMSU-G1/2 x M34 200 MPa series 216
ASG75-100M Accessories 161 D FTC-6 Accessories 181
ATU-1/2 to 4 Equipment for special use 198 Product Category Page FV-1 Hydraulic valves 111
Automatic control static loading machine Hydraulic pumps 97 D04-50/-85/-150/-200/-250 Hydraulic cylinders 25 G
B D1-50/100/150/200/260/300 Hydraulic cylinders 28 Product Category Page
Product Category Page D10-50 /-150 /-300 /-500 Hydraulic cylinders 32 GBP-24 Hydraulic valves 115
B-2 Accessories 167 D2-55/100/150/200/300/500 Hydraulic cylinders 30 GD-70 /-1000 Accessories 162
B-23 /-33 /-43 /-53* Accessories 167 D20-150 /-300 /-500 /-1000 Hydraulic cylinders 32 GMP-08-120 Hydraulic pumps 96
B-24 /-34 /-44* Accessories 167 D3.5-100 /-150 /-300 Hydraulic cylinders 31 GMP-48-300 Hydraulic pumps 96
B2(3/4/5/6)-2000 200 MPa series 215 D30-300 /-500 /-850 Hydraulic cylinders 33 GPS-24 Hydraulic valves 115
B-1020 Equipment for special use 193 D5-50/-100/-150/-300/-500 Hydraulic cylinders 31 GS-1R Accessories 171
BCB-4B /-6B /-8B Hydraulic valves 157 D50-300 /-500 /-850 Hydraulic cylinders 33 GSL-24 /-24C Hydraulic valves 115
BCH-44AB /-46AB /-48AB Hydraulic valves 158 DC10-150 Hydraulic cylinders 39 H
BPD-4A Hydraulic valves 158 DC2-100 /-200 Hydraulic cylinders 38 Product Category Page
BPS-42 /-62 /-82 Hydraulic valves 159 DC20-150 Hydraulic cylinders 39 H1/2-** Accessories 177
BR-1-10-NC Hydraulic cylinders 46 DC3-100 /-200 Hydraulic cylinders 38 H3/4-** Accessories 178
BRS-1-10-NC Hydraulic cylinders 46 DC4-100 /-200 Hydraulic cylinders 38 H3/8-** Accessories 176
BR-2-20-NC Hydraulic cylinders 46 DC5-100 /-200 Hydraulic cylinders 38 H3/8B-** Accessories 176
BRS-2-20-NC Hydraulic cylinders 46 DC7-150 Hydraulic cylinders 39 H8/8-** Accessories 178
BR-4-20-NC Hydraulic cylinders 46 DPGS-70-*-* Accessories 164 HOV-2000-43 200 MPa series 210
BRS-4-20-NC Hydraulic cylinders 46 DS100-100M/DS150-100M Accessories 161 HOV-43/43H/43P/43C/43T Hydraulic valves 111
BR-4-20D-NC Hydraulic cylinders 46 E HOV-43(44)*-F Hydraulic valves 111
BRV-4* Hydraulic valves 157 Product Category Page HOV-44/44H/44P/44C/44T Hydraulic valves 111
BS*-*G(L) Equipment for special use 192 EA-2000 200 MPa series 216 HOV-48 /-48H /-48P /-48C Hydraulic valves 111
BSS-4 /-6 /-8 Hydraulic valves 156 EB-2000 200 MPa series 216 HOVCH-43H /-43P Hydraulic valves 113
BTP-20B / BTP-20SK Hydraulic pumps 66 EBH-* Hydraulic valves 137 HS-1 /-1R /-1H 100 MPa series 203
BV-2 Accessories 168 ECB-1 / ECB-2 Hydraulic valves 137 HV-1 Hydraulic valves 111
BV-24 /-34 /-44* Accessories 168 ECH-4 Hydraulic valves 137 Hydraulic cylinder with stroke sensor Hydraulic cylinders 44
BV*-2000 200 MPa series 215 ECP-K /-K2 /-KD Hydraulic valves 138 I
BW-23 / BW-24* Accessories 167 ECR-3 Hydraulic valves 110 Product Category Page
BW2-2000 200 MPa series 215 ED-2000 200 MPa series 216 IRE-*K-* Hydraulic pumps 100
C EHV-3 Hydraulic valves 135 J
Product Category Page EHV-4B /-4H Hydraulic valves 135 Product Category Page
C- 3/8 / -1/2 / -3/4 / -8/8 Accessories 183 EL-6 / -9 / -1/4 / -3/8 Accessories 181 JIK-* / JIM-* Equipment for special use 197
CB-4 to 50 Hydraulic cylinders 50 ELW-1/2 / -3/4 / -1 Accessories 182 K
CB-5M /-10M /-20M Hydraulic cylinders 50 EMP-5B Hydraulic pumps 75, 80 Product Category Page
CBP-4 to 50 Hydraulic cylinders 50 EMP-5C Hydraulic pumps 75, 80 KBSP-34 Hydraulic valves 128
CBP-5M /-10M /-20M Hydraulic cylinders 50 EMP-5D-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 80 KBP-21 /-31 Hydraulic valves 124
CBS-1/CBS-2 Accessories 166 EMP-5SL Hydraulic pumps 75, 80 KCH Hydraulic valves 123
CBV-23 /-33 /-43 /-53* Accessories 168 EMP-5SW /-5SW-PA Hydraulic pumps 75, 80 KD-2C-*(-*) Hydraulic valves 115, 122
CC-*VC Equipment for special use 200 EMP-5RCS /-5RCW Equipment for special use 195 KD-2S-*(-*) Hydraulic valves 115, 122
CD-10-10 /-10M /-45 /-4S Equipment for special use 188 EMP-5TK Hydraulic pumps 76, 80 KD-3C-*(-*) Hydraulic valves 115, 122
CD-10PA Equipment for special use 189 EMP-6B Hydraulic pumps 75, 81 KD-3S-*(-*) Hydraulic valves 115, 122
CD-100 Equipment for special use 188 EMP-6C Hydraulic pumps 75, 81 KIF-3 Hydraulic valves 124
CD-100PA Equipment for special use 189 EMP-6D-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 81 KPD-RK Hydraulic valves 128
243
Index
KPS-NE Hydraulic valves 129 MP-15S Hydraulic pumps 76, 86 P
KPS-SL Hydraulic valves 129 MP-15SC /-15SCD Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 Product Category Page
Index
KPS-SP Hydraulic valves 129 MP-15RCS /-15RCW Equipment for special use 195 P-1B Hydraulic pumps 59
KPS-SW Hydraulic valves 129 MP-15S-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 86 P-1B-AL Hydraulic pumps 59
KRV-1 Hydraulic valves 127 MP-15SCB Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 P-1D Hydraulic pumps 59
KS33-21 Hydraulic valves 126 MP-15SCBD Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 P-1DCB Hydraulic pumps 59
KSBP-1 Hydraulic valves 125 MP-15TK Hydraulic pumps 76, 86 P-14 /-14T Hydraulic pumps 64
Hydraulic pumps
KSEP-1 Hydraulic valves 125 MP-15HC Hydraulic pumps 75, 85 P-16B Equipment for special use 64, 197
KSP-21 /-31 Hydraulic valves 126 MP-15HSB Hydraulic pumps 76, 85 P-18B Equipment for special use 197
KSPC-21 Hydraulic valves 126 MP-15HSB-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 85 P-3 Hydraulic pumps 64
KSV-34 Hydraulic valves 128 MP-15HSL Hydraulic pumps 75, 85 P-4 Hydraulic pumps 60
KT5 /7 /9 Hydraulic valves 123 MP-15HSW Hydraulic pumps 75, 85 P-4-AL Hydraulic pumps 60
L MP-15HSW-PA Hydraulic pumps 75, 85 P-4D Hydraulic pumps 60
Product Category Page MP-15HTK Hydraulic pumps 76, 85 P-4DCB Hydraulic pumps 60
L-2000 200 MPa series 216 MP-17C Hydraulic pumps 75, 88 P-5 Hydraulic pumps 62
L-3/8 /-1/2 /-3/4 /-8/8 Accessories 183 MP-17S Hydraulic pumps 76, 88 P-5D Hydraulic pumps 62
L3/8 / L1/2 / L3/4 / L8/8 Accessories 179 MP-17SC /-17SCD Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 P-5DCB Hydraulic pumps 62
LF3 to 10-10 Hydraulic cylinders 43 MP-17SCB Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 P-6 Hydraulic pumps 64
LJ1 to 20-15 Hydraulic cylinders 13 MP-17SCBD Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 P-7 Hydraulic pumps 63
M MP-17TK Hydraulic pumps 76, 88 P-7-140 Hydraulic pumps 63
Product Category Page MP-17HC Hydraulic pumps 75, 87 P-7-210 Hydraulic pumps 63
MAS-18S Equipment for special use 197 MP-17HS Hydraulic pumps 76, 87 P-7C Hydraulic pumps 63
MB-1 / MB-2 / MB-3 Hydraulic valves 149 MP-17HTK Hydraulic pumps 76, 87 P-7C-140 Hydraulic pumps 63
MBH-* Hydraulic valves 153 MP-20C Hydraulic pumps 75, 90 P-7C-210 Hydraulic pumps 63
MBP-31 Hydraulic valves 148 MP-2000-4 /-4C 200 MPa series 208 P-7DCB Hydraulic pumps 63
MBS-* Hydraulic valves 153 MP-2000-8 /-8C 200 MPa series 208 P-7DCB-140 Hydraulic pumps 63
MBSP-31 /-32 Hydraulic valves 149 MP-20S Hydraulic pumps 76, 90 P-7DCB-210 Hydraulic pumps 63
MBTP-1 Hydraulic valves 150 MP-20SC /-20SCD Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 P-8 Hydraulic pumps 61
MC05-25 /-50 Hydraulic cylinders 14 MP-20SCB Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 P-8D Hydraulic pumps 61
MC1-15 /-25 /-35 /-50 Hydraulic cylinders 14 MP-20SCBD Hydraulic pumps 92, 156 P-8DCB Hydraulic pumps 61
MC2-25 /-50 Hydraulic cylinders 14 MP-20TK Hydraulic pumps 76, 90 PCS-1000 100 MPa series 201
MCB-AB-1 / MCB-AB-2 Hydraulic valves 146 MP-20HC Hydraulic pumps 75, 89 PCS-500 /-500P Accessories 165
MCH-1 Hydraulic valves 144 MP-20HS Hydraulic pumps 76, 89 PCS-700 /-700P Accessories 165
MCH-2-1 Hydraulic valves 145 MP-20HTK Hydraulic pumps 76, 89 PCS-2000 200 MPa series 213
MCH-2-2 Hydraulic valves 145 MP-40C /-40S Hydraulic pumps 91 PMD-* Data 227
MCH-2-3 Hydraulic valves 145 MP-4B Hydraulic pumps 75, 79 PMS-* Data 227
MCH-4 Hydraulic valves 146 MP-4C Hydraulic pumps 75, 79 Pressure gauges with peak pointer Accessories 161
Hydraulic cylinders
MCP-R-M4 Hydraulic valves 151 MP-4D-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 79 Pressure gauges with load scale Accessories 37, 162
MCP-M-R4 Hydraulic valves 151 MP-75C Hydraulic pumps 91 PSC-* Data 227
MCP-M-K Hydraulic valves 125, 151 MPP-31/-32/-33/-34/-35/-37 Hydraulic valves 152 PSD-* Data 227
MCP-M-K2 /-K3 /-KD Hydraulic valves 151 MPS-31 Hydraulic valves 117, 148 PSP-* Data 227
MCP-M-G2 Hydraulic valves 151 MPS-31AT Hydraulic valves 148 PSR-225 Data 227
MD05-50/75/100/150/200/250 Hydraulic cylinders 26 MRP-1 / MRP-2 Hydraulic valves 153 PSS-* Data 227
MD1-50/100/150/200/250/300 Hydraulic cylinders 27 MRV-PAB Hydraulic valves 144 POP-1.5-35* Equipment for special use 196
MD2-50/100/150/200/300/500 Hydraulic cylinders 29 MR1-63 Hydraulic cylinders 23 POP-4-33* Equipment for special use 196
MHV-4B /-4H /-4P /-4C Hydraulic valves 143 MS05-50/75/100/125/150 Hydraulic cylinders 16 PRV-12B /-13B Hydraulic valves 110
MI-10 / MI-20 Hydraulic cylinders 53 MS1-50 /75 /100 /125 /150 Hydraulic cylinders 17 PU-14 200 MPa series 216
MIF-31 / MIF-32 Hydraulic valves 147 MS1-200 /-250 /-300 Hydraulic cylinders 17 PV-*K-*-* Hydraulic pumps 101
MNV-1 Hydraulic valves 147 MS2-75 /-100 /-125 /-150 Hydraulic cylinders 19 Q
MP-10C Hydraulic pumps 75, 82 MS2-200 /-250 /-300 /-500 Hydraulic cylinders 19 Product Category Page
MP-1000-4 /-4C 100 MPa series 202 MSP05-150 Hydraulic cylinders 44 Q-3/8 / -1/2 / -3/4 / -8/8 Accessories 183
MP-10D-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 82 MSP-1 /-2 /-3 /-4 Hydraulic valves 150 R
MP-10RCS /-10RCW Equipment for special use 195 MSL-4S /-4H /-4P Hydraulic valves 117, 143 Product Category Page
MP-10SB Hydraulic pumps 76, 82 MSW-4B /-4H /-4P /-4C Hydraulic valves 117, 143 R-10SP Hydraulic cylinders 48
MP-10SB-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 82 N R-1020SP Hydraulic cylinders 48
MP-10SL Hydraulic pumps 75, 82 Product Category Page R-103 /-105 /-106 /-107 Hydraulic cylinders 53
MP-10SW Hydraulic pumps 75, 82 N-*-* Accessories 184 R-113/-114/-115/-116/-117 Hydraulic cylinders 53
MP-10SW-PA Hydraulic pumps 75, 82 NH3/8-** Accessories 177 R-202/205/206/207/208/215 Hydraulic cylinders 53
MP-10TK Hydraulic pumps 76, 82 NU-14 200 MPa series 216 R-20SP Hydraulic cylinders 48
MP-12C Hydraulic pumps 75, 84 NU-14 x 22 200 MPa series 216 R-306 /-311 Hydraulic cylinders 53
MP-12SB Hydraulic pumps 76, 84 NUT-1/2 / NUT-3/4 Equipment for special use 197 R-331 /-332 Equipment for special use 194
MP-12SB-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 84 NV-13 / NV-14 Hydraulic valves 107 R-402 /-403 Equipment for special use 194
MP-12SL Hydraulic pumps 75, 84 NV-2000-1B 200 MPa series 212 R-43BP Hydraulic valves 118
MP-12SW Hydraulic pumps 75, 84 O R-44P Hydraulic valves 118
MP-12SW-PA Hydraulic pumps 75, 84 Product Category Page R-46-BP /-48-BP Hydraulic valves 119
MP-12TK Hydraulic pumps 76, 84 OIL-*-* Accessories 175 R-4P to 500P Hydraulic cylinders 48
MP-12HC Hydraulic pumps 75, 83 ON-15-2K 200 MPa series 209 R-5PM /-10PM /-20PM Hydraulic cylinders 48
MP-12HSB Hydraulic pumps 76, 83 ON-2F /-2H Hydraulic pumps 96 R04-15 /-30 Hydraulic cylinders 23
MP-12HSB-PA Hydraulic pumps 76, 83 ON-5F /-5H Hydraulic pumps 96 R1-30 /-63 Hydraulic cylinders 23
MP-12HSL Hydraulic pumps 75, 83 ON-5H-18 Hydraulic pumps 96 R10-50 Hydraulic cylinders 24
MP-12HSW Hydraulic pumps 75, 83 OS-1 /-1H /-1R Accessories 171 R2-10 /-50 Hydraulic cylinders 24
MP-12HSW-PA Hydraulic pumps 75, 83 OUB-23 /-33 /-24 /-34 Accessories 169 R3-50/R5-50 Hydraulic cylinders 24
MP-12HTK Hydraulic pumps 76, 83 RAL-20 /-50 Hydraulic cylinders 40
MP-15C Hydraulic pumps 75, 86 RB-4 to 100 Hydraulic cylinders 49
244
Index
RB-5M /-10M /-20M Hydraulic cylinders 49 SJ5-50AL/-100AL/-150AL Hydraulic cylinders 40 T1-2000 (B) 200 MPa series 213, 216
RC-10 to 100-HVVC /-SWVC Equipment for special use 195 SL-6A /-6B /-9 /-1/4 /-3/8 Accessories 181 T-2000 200 MPa series 216
Index
RD-700 Hydraulic valves 108 SL-2K-2 /2C-* 200 MPa series 210 TCB-3-1 / TCB-3-2 Hydraulic valves 109
RJ1-63 Hydraulic cylinders 23 SLEEVE-6 /-9 /-1/4 /-3/8 Accessories 180 TCB-4-1 / TCB-4-2 Hydraulic valves 109
RJ70-3 / RJ70-4 Accessories 186 SLW-1/2 /-3/4 /-1 Accessories 182 TCB-8-1 / TCB-8-2 Hydraulic valves 109
RKB-20-140S /-140W Hydraulic pumps 99 SMP-200-**B 200 MPa series 207 TH-110 to 315 Hydraulic cylinders 50
ROC-13H /-13R Accessories 173 SMP-200-**C 200 MPa series 207 TK-17 / TK-20 Hydraulic pumps 76
ROC-13R(H)-DC Accessories 173 SMP-30**AR Hydraulic pumps 69, 71 TK-3 /-4 /-10 Hydraulic pumps 76, 78
ROC-PEA Accessories 175 SMP-30**B Hydraulic pumps 69, 70 TS05 to 1.5-125 Hydraulic cylinders 43
ROC-2K-R /-H 200 MPa series 214 SMP-30**BR Hydraulic pumps 69, 70 U
RP-1.5 /-2.5 /-5.0 /-10 Hydraulic pumps 93 SMP-30**C Hydraulic pumps 72, 73 Product Category Page
RPF-10BVC to 100BVC Equipment for special use 199 SMP-30**CR Hydraulic pumps 72, 73 U-2000 200 MPa series 216
RPF-*S Equipment for special use 199 SMP-30**DCB Hydraulic pumps 72, 73 UD10-150 200 MPa series 205
RPF-*L Equipment for special use 199 SMP-30**NE Hydraulic pumps 69, 71 UD20-100 /-150 200 MPa series 205
RS-10B-HV /-SW* Equipment for special use 194 SMP-30**NV Hydraulic pumps 69, 71 UD3-125 200 MPa series 205
RS-4-HV/-SW* Equipment for special use 194 SMP-30**RK Hydraulic pumps 69, 71 UD5-150 200 MPa series 205
RSL-303 to 526 Hydraulic pumps 102 SMP-30**SK Hydraulic pumps 69, 70 UH03-** 100 MPa series 203
RV-13 / RV-14 Hydraulic valves 109 SMP-30**SL Hydraulic pumps 72, 74 UH14-** 200 MPa series 214
RV-2000-3B 200 MPa series 212 SMP-30**SP Hydraulic pumps 72, 74 UH22-** 200 MPa series 214
S SMP-30**SW Hydraulic pumps 72, 74 ULF10 to 30-10 200 MPa series 204
Product Category Page SMP-40**AR Hydraulic pumps 69, 71 UP-11 / UP-12 100 MPa series 202
S-003 Accessories 184 SMP-40**B Hydraulic pumps 69, 70 UP-21M/-21D-U 200 MPa series 206
S-3/8 /-1/2 /-3/4 /-8/8 Accessories 184 SMP-40**BR Hydraulic pumps 69, 70 UP-22B-U /-22M-U /-22D-U 200 MPa series 206
S-NPT-1/4 x Rc3/8 Accessories 184 SMP-40**C Hydraulic pumps 72, 73 UP-31 / UP-31B 300 MPa series 217
S-3/4 x 8/8 / S-3/8 x 1/2 Accessories 184 SMP-40**CR Hydraulic pumps 72, 73 UP-41B 400 MPa series 217
S04-15/40/50/70/127/150 Hydraulic cylinders 15 SMP-40**DCB Hydraulic pumps 72, 73 US10-50 /-150 200 MPa series 204
S-1 /-1H /-1R Accessories 171 SMP-40**NE Hydraulic pumps 69, 71 US3-50 200 MPa series 204
Accessories
S-1R(H)-DC Various types of water equipment 171, 220 SMP-40**NV Hydraulic pumps 69, 71 US5-50 /-100 /-150 200 MPa series 204
S-1H(1R)-NPT Accessories 171 SMP-40**RK Hydraulic pumps 69, 71 USU-5/8 to 3 Equipment for special use 198
S-1-PEA Accessories 175 SMP-40**SK Hydraulic pumps 69, 70 V
S1-12 /-35 /-50 /-55 /-100 Hydraulic cylinders 18 SMP-40**SL Hydraulic pumps 72, 74 Product Category Page
S1-120/-150/-200/-255/-300 Hydraulic cylinders 18 SMP-40**SP Hydraulic pumps 72, 74 V-13C /-13B Hydraulic valves 106
S-111 Accessories 162 SMP-40**SW Hydraulic pumps 72, 74 V-14 Hydraulic valves 106
S2-25 /-50 /-70 /-126 Hydraulic cylinders 20 SMQ-* x * Equipment for special use 197 V-18 Hydraulic valves 106
S2-200 /-250 /-320 /-510 Hydraulic cylinders 20 SMR-* x * Equipment for special use 197 V-2000-1B Hydraulic valves 211
S-23/-23H/-24/-24H/-24R Accessories 171 SMV-2K-3 200 MPa series 207 VC-70-R3/R4/RC3/RC4/N3 Accessories 170
S-2R(H)-DC Accessories 171 SMVCH-43*-* Hydraulic valves 114 VC-70-PEA Accessories 175
S-3 /-3H /-3R Accessories 172 SMVH-43 Hydraulic valves 128 VFMP-4 /-5 /-6 /-12H /-15H Hydraulic pumps 95
S-3R(H)-FDC Accessories 172 SMVHT-43 Hydraulic valves 111 VUP-12B /-13B Hydraulic valves 110
S3-50 /-125 /-200 Hydraulic cylinders 21 SMVT-2K-4 200 MPa series 210 W
S-4 /-4H /-4R 200 MPa series 214 SMVT-43 Hydraulic valves 111 Product Category Page
S4-125 Hydraulic cylinders 21 SN1 to 10-200 Hydraulic cylinders 42 W-01 Hydraulic cylinders 46
S-5 /-5H /-5R Accessories 172 SOL-R-4 Hydraulic valves 118 WAS75-100M Various types of water equipment 219
S-5R(H)-DC Accessories 172 SOW-R-4 /-4H /-4P /-4C Hydraulic valves 118 WAS100-100M Various types of water equipment 219
S5-25 /-50 Hydraulic cylinders 21 SOW-R-46/-46H/-46P/-46C Hydraulic valves 119 WAS100-250M Various types of water equipment 221
S5-53 /-100 /-153 Hydraulic cylinders 22 SOW-R-48/-48H/-48P/-48C Hydraulic valves 119 WJ-85N Hydraulic pumps 65
S-6 /-6H /-6R Accessories 172 SP05-150 Hydraulic cylinders 44 WM-10 / WM-20 Equipment for special use 197
S-6R(H)-DC Accessories 172 SP1-150 Hydraulic cylinders 44 WNH3/8-** Various types of water equipment 220
S7-25 /-50 /-100 Hydraulic cylinders 22 SPR-* x * Equipment for special use 197 WOC-13 /-13H /-13R Various types of water equipment 220
S-8 /-8H /-8R Accessories 172 SPQ-* x * Equipment for special use 197 WOC-13R(H)-DC Various types of water equipment 220
S-8R(H)-DC Accessories 172 SPS-2K 200 MPa series 207 WP-10 / -20 / -30 Equipment for special use 197
SC1.2-40 / SC2-40 Hydraulic cylinders 37 SPS-* Accessories 165 WP-1B Various types of water equipment 218
SC3.6-20 /-30 Hydraulic cylinders 37 SR-225VC Equipment for special use 197 WS-111 Various types of water equipment 221
SC6-20 Hydraulic cylinders 37 SRP-05 /-1 /-5 /-10 /-20 Hydraulic cylinders 47 WSMP-30*** Various types of water equipment 219
SCBT-43B Hydraulic valves 113 Steel pipes (200 MPa) 200 MPa series 216 WSPS-7A Various types of water equipment 219
SCH-13B Hydraulic valves 106 Steel pipes (70 MPa) Accessories 180 WSMV-33 Various types of water equipment 219
SD04-100 /-150 /-200 Hydraulic cylinders 34 Steel pipe with ends processed 200 MPa series 216 WS-1 /-1H /-1R Various types of water equipment 220
SD1-150 /-250 Hydraulic cylinders 34 STL-9 /-1/4 /-3/8 Accessories 181 WS2-50* Various types of water equipment 218
SD10-150 /-300 Hydraulic cylinders 36 STS-9 /-1/4 /-3/8 Accessories 181 WT-5 Various types of water equipment 221
SD2-50 /-75 /-100 Hydraulic cylinders 34 SU-14 200 MPa series 216 WUP-21M-B Various types of water equipment 221
SD20-150 /-300 Hydraulic cylinders 36 SU-6A /-6B /-9 /-1/4 /-3/8 Accessories 181 X
SD30-200 /-300 Hydraulic cylinders 36 SUW-1/2 /-3/4 /-1 Accessories 182 Product Category Page
SD3.5-100 /-150 Hydraulic cylinders 35 SV-1000 Accessories 183 X-2000 200 MPa series 216
SD5-50 /-100 /-150 Hydraulic cylinders 35 SW01-30L(R) Hydraulic cylinders 45
SD50-200 /-300 Hydraulic cylinders 36 SW03-35L(R) Hydraulic cylinders 45
SD7-100 /-150 /-200 Hydraulic cylinders 35 SW05-40L(R) Hydraulic cylinders 45
SF-1 /-2B Accessories 166 SW-4A Hydraulic pumps 70 to 73
SJ1-100 /-150 /-255 Hydraulic cylinders 41 SW-4S Hydraulic pumps 70
Hydraulic pumps
SJ10-50AL /-100AL Hydraulic cylinders 40 SW-4WP Accessories 71, 74, 166
SJ2-50/ -126 Hydraulic cylinders 41 T
SJ2-50AL /-100AL /-150AL Hydraulic cylinders 40 Product Category Page
SJ3-125 Hydraulic cylinders 41 T-1* Accessories 163
SJ4-125 Hydraulic cylinders 41 T-2 /-3 /-4 /-5 /-6 Accessories 163
SJ5-54/-154 Hydraulic cylinders 41 T-3/8 /-1/2 /-3/4 /-8/8 Accessories 183
245
Distributor: RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD.
RIKEN SEIKI CO., LTD.
KAKIZAKI MACHINERY INC.
246
■297×477（背表紙 17mm）
No.78E
Power hydraulic Equipment and Tools
PRODUCTS LINEUP
Hydraulic Cylinder
Hydraulic Pump
Hydraulic Valve
Accessory
Exclusive Equipment
100MPa Series
RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD. URL http://www.rikenkiki.co.jp 200MPa Series

4-24-50, Takanawa, Minato-ku, Tokyo, JAPAN 108-0074
Phone: +81-3-3447-1151 Telefax: +81-3-5488-7022 e-Mail: osd@rikenkiki.co.jp Water Equipment
Osaka Branch, Fukuoka Branch
RIKEN KIKI (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD. URL http://www.rikenkiki-sh.com

Room713-715, No.3801 Pusan Road, Pudong, Shanghai P.R China ZIP201315
RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD

Phone: +86-21-5899-7500 Telefax: +86-21-5889-6755 e-Mail: service@rikenkiki-sh.com
No.78E-01 2017

Riken

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Riken

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

■297×477（背表紙 17mm）

RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD. URL http://www.rikenkiki.co.jp 200MPa Series

RIKEN KIKI (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD. URL http://www.rikenkiki-sh.com

RIKEN KIKI CO., LTD

BTP Series EMP-6 Series

Hydraulic Valves > Direction-Control Valve Accessories > Quick Coupler

SMVCH-43 VC-70 Series

EPH Series VFMP Series

Accessories > Couplers Various Types of Water Equipment

VC-70-PEA WSMP Series

SI Units/Cautions and Warnings 5 Electric Pumps

Special Cylinders Engine Pumps (EPH Series) 94

Manual Pump 58 Counterbalance Valves 109

Equipment for Special Use

List of the E Series 134 Mini Press Sets 191

Switches Ultrahigh-Pressure Air Hydraulic Pump (ON-15-2K) 209

Various Types of Water Equipment

Cautions and Warnings

Output required Stroke

An external force is required to return the

Select a double-acting type if the cylinder

Selecting a manual (foot) pump or electric pump

O4d#r 4- $-1d %-4d/&/-4 F PQQ )) R * )1N8

EMP-5B NH3/8-1VC x 5 CB-10M x 4

EMP-5C NH3/8-1VC x 6 CB-10M x 2

(External pilot system)

(External pilot system)

MP-10 with mounted valves

How to Select Hydraulic Cylinders

!"#$%&'()*"#$ ,-%"#d&r0 1234%&'()*"#$ ,-%"#d&r0 !5&)"6% ,-%"#d&r0

100 to 2000 kN (LJ Series)

Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa Model code structure

Model LJ1-15 LJ2-15 LJ3-15 LJ5-15 LJ7.5-15 LJ10-15 LJ15-15 LJ20-15

50 to 200 kN (MC Series)

■■MC2-50VC ■■MC05-25VC/50VC ■■MC1-50VC

Single-Acting Cylinders Double-Acting Cylinders Special Cylinders

Collar thread length N 23 25 50

Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa

■■S04-15VC ■■S04-15VC ■■S04-40VC

■■S04-50VC ■■S04-70VC ■■S04-127VC/S04-150VC

Minimum overall length A 46 126 148 190 252 288

Collar thread length N — 27 28

■■MS05-100VC ■■MS05-50VC ■■MS05-75VC/100VC/125VC/150VC

Single-Acting Cylinders Double-Acting Cylinders Special Cylinders

100 kN (MS Series)

Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa Model code structure

■■MS1-100VC ■■MS1-50VC ■■MS1-75VC to 300VC

Piston protrusion length H 38

Single-Acting Cylinders Double-Acting Cylinders Special Cylinders

200 kN (MS Series)

Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa Model code structure

■■MS2-100VC ■■MS2-75VC/100VC/125VC/150VC ■■MS2-200VC/250VC/300VC/500VC

* Male-and-female sockets are attached to the MS2-

Piston thread length G 40

Incomplete thread length R 6

Single-Acting Cylinders Double-Acting Cylinders Special Cylinders

* Male-and-female sockets are attached to the S2-250/320/510.

300 to 500 kN (S Series)

Maximum operating pressure 70 MPa Model code structure

■■S5-25VC ■■S3-50VC/125VC/200VC/S4-125VC ■■S5-25VC

Cylinder internal diameter ϕ 75 85.77 95.5

Collar thread length N 59 60 — 55

500 to 700 kN (S Series)

Single-Acting Cylinders Double-Acting Cylinders Special Cylinders

Output required　　　　 Stroke　　　　

!"#$%&'()"#$ ,-%"#d&r0 1234%&'()"#$ ,-%"#d&r0 !5&)"6% ,-%"#d&r0

■■D2-100VC ■■D2-55VC ■■D2-100VC to 500VC　

3000 to 5000 kN (D Series) Make-to-order product 　